WO2018006480A1 - Method and device for transmitting data - Google Patents

Method and device for transmitting data Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018006480A1
WO2018006480A1 PCT/CN2016/096296 CN2016096296W WO2018006480A1 WO 2018006480 A1 WO2018006480 A1 WO 2018006480A1 CN 2016096296 W CN2016096296 W CN 2016096296W WO 2018006480 A1 WO2018006480 A1 WO 2018006480A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
message
identifier
state
ran device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/096296
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
金辉
欧阳国威
段小嫣
何岳
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201680080741.2A priority Critical patent/CN108886822B/en
Publication of WO2018006480A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018006480A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications and, more particularly, to methods and apparatus for transmitting data.
  • the base station deletes the context information of the UE stored in the base station.
  • the UE in the Idle state needs to transmit or receive data, it needs between the UE and the base station (eNodeB), between the eNodeB and the Mobility Management Entity (MME), and between the MME and the MME.
  • the service gateway (Serving GateWay, referred to as "SGW”) needs to perform multiple signaling interactions to enable the UE to enter the Connected state. After the data is sent or received, the UE also needs to perform multiple signaling interactions to make the UE. Enter the Idle state.
  • heartbeat packets small data packets
  • the transmission of the packet causes the UE to frequently switch between the Idle state and the Connected state, resulting in higher signaling overhead and affecting data transmission efficiency.
  • the present application provides a method and device for transmitting data, which can reduce signaling overhead during data transmission and improve data transmission efficiency.
  • Encryption processing Encryption and/or integrity protection of the information to be sent.
  • Key group A key that includes an encryption key and/or integrity protection.
  • Radio Access Network RAN
  • UE User Equipment
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the identifier of the UE which is an identifier that can be uniquely identified by the UE, and may be an identifier allocated by the RAN device for the UE, or may be an identifier assigned by the control plane device (CP Function) to the UE.
  • CP Function control plane device
  • a method for transmitting data where a first radio access network RAN device receives a first message sent by a user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier; a first identifier determining transmission path information of the data; the first RAN device forwarding the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
  • the radio access network RAN device may determine the transmission path information of the data of the UE by using the first identifier sent by the user equipment UE to transmit data, and forward the UE according to the path transmission information.
  • Data whereby when the UE in the idle state has a data transmission requirement, there is no need to reconstruct the user plane connection between the UE and the RAN device, the signaling connection between the RAN device and the control plane device in the core network device, and the RAN
  • the user plane connection between the device and the user plane device in the core network device can reduce the signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improve the efficiency of data transmission.
  • the first radio access network RAN device receives a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier, The first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, and the first message The identity of the UE and the identity of the core network device;
  • the first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, and the first RAN device sends a second message to the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device, where the second message is sent by the first RAN device.
  • the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group are processed, so that the core network device verifies the identifier according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group.
  • the context information of the UE is sent to the first RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and the first identifier.
  • the corresponding transmission path information is identified; the first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the first RAN device may request the core network device to request the context information of the UE, and acquire the data transmission of the UE from the context information of the requested UE. Path information.
  • the implementation manner of the core network device verifying whether the UE is legal according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group is: the core network device obtains the first information from the saved UE according to the identifier of the UE. a key group, using the first key group to decrypt the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, if the first identifier encrypted by the first key group can be decrypted and saved in the core network device The first identifier is consistent, and the core network device determines that the UE is legal.
  • the context information of the UE includes all transmission path information used for transmitting data, in this case, the first RAN device is included according to the context of the UE.
  • the first key group decrypts the first identifier of the first key group encryption process included in the received first message, and obtains the clear path corresponding to the first identifier after obtaining the plaintext of the first identifier.
  • the identifier of the core network device may be carried in the identifier of the UE, or may be a single identifier carried in the first information.
  • the first RAN device may acquire the transmission path of the data of the UE from the context information of the saved UE.
  • Information can reduce the signaling overhead in the process of transmitting data and improve the efficiency of transmitting data.
  • the sending, by the first RAN device, the second message, according to the identifier of the UE the first RAN device sends the second message to the core network device.
  • the method before the first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, the method further includes: the first RAN device receiving the UE sending The identifier of the UE is sent by the first RAN device to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE, so as to facilitate the
  • the UE requests the core network device to the first RAN device.
  • the first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, and the first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the UE requests the core network device to send the context information of the UE to the first RAN device, where the UE sends a request message to the core network device by using the first RAN device, where the request message is used to request the core network device to A RAN device transmits context information of the UE.
  • the context information of the UE sent by the core network device to the first RAN device includes a key
  • the first RAN device generates, according to the key included in the context information, the encryption between the UE and the first RAN device. And/or integrity protected key and sent to the UE.
  • the method before the first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, the method further includes: the first RAN device receiving the UE sending The identifier of the UE; the first RAN device sends feedback information to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate, by the first RAN device, whether to determine whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE; When the information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the first RAN device receives the third message sent by the UE, where the third message includes the identifier of the UE, and the second key group is encrypted.
  • the first identifier and the identifier of the core network device sends a fourth message to the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device, where the fourth message includes the identifier of the UE and the second key Encrypting the first identifier that is processed by the group, so that the core network device sends the UE to the first RAN device according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the second key group.
  • Up and down Information context information of the UE included in the first transmission path and the identification information corresponding to the first identification;
  • the first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, and the first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the second key group is a non-access stratum (Non Access Stratum, abbreviated as "NAS”) key group between the UE and the core network device.
  • NAS Non Access Stratum
  • the first radio access network RAN device receives a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data And the first identifier, the first RAN device receiving the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, and the first key group is encrypted and processed.
  • the determining, by the first RAN device, the transmission path information of the data, according to the first identifier includes: when the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, that the context information of the UE is not saved, the first RAN device is configured according to the The identifier of the second RAN device sends a fifth message to the second RAN device, where the fifth message includes the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, so as to facilitate the second
  • the RAN device sends the context information of the UE to the first RAN device according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, and the context information of the UE includes the first a key group, the first identifier, and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier; the first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the first RAN device may request the context information of the UE from the RAN device that the UE once camped on, and obtain the context information of the UE from the request. Transmission path information of the data of the UE.
  • the identifier of the second RAN device may be carried in the identifier of the UE, or may be a single identifier carried in the first information.
  • the context information of the UE may be requested by the RAN device that is the last time the UE is camped according to the method in the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, If the request fails, the UE requests the context information of the UE from the core network device according to the method in the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the first radio access network RAN device receives a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier,
  • the first RAN device includes the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, and the first message
  • the context information of the UE is processed by the public key of the RAN device, and the first key group is included in the context information of the UE.
  • the method further includes: the first RAN device receiving the identifier of the UE sent by the UE; the first RAN device sending feedback information to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines whether to save according to the identifier of the UE Context information of the UE
  • the UE performs encryption processing on the context of the UE by using the public key of the first RAN device when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE.
  • the first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data packet according to the first identifier, and the first RAN device decrypts the context information of the UE by using a private key corresponding to the public key. Obtaining the first key group included in the context information of the UE; the first RAN device decrypting the first identifier encrypted by the first key group by using the first key group, to obtain the first An identifier is determined by the first RAN device according to the correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information.
  • the UE may receive the public key of the first RAN device in the system broadcast message, and perform encryption processing on the context information of the UE by using the public key.
  • the first RAN device stores the correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information, and the first RAN device decrypts the context of the UE that has been encrypted by using the public key group according to the private key, and then obtains the first key.
  • the first RAN device decrypts the received data encrypted by using the first key group and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group by using the first key group, according to the decrypted first By identifying the correspondence between the information and the transmission path information, the transmission path information of the data can be determined.
  • the context information of the UE includes a first key group, a first identifier, and a correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information, where the first RAN device can directly obtain the UE from the context information of the UE.
  • the transmission path information of the data includes a first key group, a first identifier, and a correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information, where the first RAN device can directly obtain the UE from the context information of the UE.
  • the first RAN device after receiving the context information of the UE, saves the context information of the UE for a period of time. For example, when the UE enters the Idle state in the first RAN device, the first RAN device starts the context information corresponding to the UE. Timer, when the timer expires, the first RAN device deletes the context information of the saved UE. When the UE has data receiving or transmitting, the first RAN device resets the Timer to ensure that there is data transmission. The context information of the UE does not expire, improving the efficiency of data transmission.
  • the context information of the UE is saved in the first RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, The first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, the method further includes: the first RAN device receiving the sixth message sent by the UE a message, the sixth RAN device is configured to request the first RAN device to restore a signaling connection between the first RAN device and the UE; the first RAN device sends the signaling message to the UE Sending a seventh message, the seventh message is used to indicate that the signaling connection between the first RAN device and the UE has been restored, so that the UE uses the first key group pair after receiving the seventh message.
  • the data and the first identifier are encrypted;
  • the first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, and the first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the UE is in a Suspend state in the first RAN device, and when the UE has data to transmit, and the UE determines that the first RAN device is the RAN device when the UE enters the Suspend state, the first RAN is in the first RAN.
  • the timer corresponding to the context information of the UE saved in the device does not time out, and the UE sends a request message to the first RAN device requesting the first RAN device to restore the signaling connection between the first RAN device and the UE, so that the first RAN device is receiving.
  • the signaling connection between the first RAN device and the UE is resumed, and the UE transmits data to the first RAN device through the recovered signaling connection.
  • the first RAN device is configured according to the first RAN device Before the data is transmitted, the method further includes: the first RAN device acquiring the second identifier of the UE, where the second identifier is used by the first RAN device to determine when the downlink data is received The destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE;
  • the first RAN device forwards the data according to the transmission path information of the data, including: the first RAN device determines, according to the transmission path information of the data, a next hop forwarding device of the data; the first RAN device The data and the second identity are sent to the next hop forwarding device.
  • the second identifier uniquely identifies the UE on the first RAN device side, or the second identifier identifies a bearer of the UE on the first RAN device side, for example, the second identifier is the first RAN device.
  • the first RAN device can simultaneously send the data and the second identifier to the next hop forwarding device of the data, which can further save signaling overhead.
  • the data transmission path information The address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data; or the address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the third identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, the third label
  • the next hop forwarding device determines that the data belongs to the UE.
  • the third identifier uniquely identifies the UE in the core network device, or the third identifier uniquely identifies a bearer of the UE on the core network device side.
  • the first message sent by the UE to the first RAN device is a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the specific implementation manner of the data forwarding by the first RAN device is: the first RAN device generates a General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol (GTP). a Protocol Data Unit (“PDU”), the GTP-PDU including data and the third identifier.
  • GTP General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol
  • PDU Protocol Data Unit
  • the third identifier is carried in an extended header of the GTP-PDU.
  • the second aspect provides a method for transmitting data, including: determining, by the user equipment UE, a first identifier corresponding to the data, where the first identifier is used by the first radio access network RAN device to determine the transmission of the data according to the first identifier.
  • Path information the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier.
  • the first identifier is sent to the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the UE according to the first identifier.
  • Transmission path information of the data whereby when the UE in the idle state has a data transmission requirement, there is no need to reestablish the user plane connection between the UE and the RAN device, and between the RAN device and the control plane device in the core network device.
  • the signaling connection and the user plane connection between the RAN device and the user plane device in the core network device can reduce the signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improve the efficiency of transmitting data.
  • the method further includes: the UE encrypting the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
  • the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier, and the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes
  • the UE uses the first key group to encrypt the processed data, the first identifier identified by the UE using the first key group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device, to facilitate the first
  • the RAN device acquires the context information of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, the identifier of the core network device, and the first identifier that is used by the UE to be encrypted by using the first key group, where the context information of the UE includes the first a key group, the first identifier, and the first identifier Transmission path information.
  • the method before the sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device, the method further includes: sending, by the UE, the first RAN device The UE receives the feedback information sent by the first RAN device, and the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the context information of the UE is saved, the context of the UE.
  • the information includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the UE sends a second message to the core network device, where The second message is used to request the core network device to send the context information of the UE to the first RAN device.
  • the method before the sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device, the method further includes: sending, by the UE, the first RAN device The UE receives the feedback information sent by the first RAN device, and the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE; When the first RAN device indicates that the context information of the UE is not saved, the UE sends a third message to the first RAN device, where the third message includes the identifier of the UE, and the second key group is encrypted.
  • the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the method further includes: the UE encrypting the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
  • the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier, and the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes The data that is encrypted by the UE using the first key group, the first identifier encrypted by the UE using the first key group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the second RAN device, the second RAN And determining, by the device, the RAN device that saves the context information of the UE, for the first RAN device, according to the identifier of the UE, the first identifier and the first identifier that the UE uses the first key group to encrypt and process.
  • the identifier of the second RAN device acquires the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the method further includes: The UE sends the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device; the UE receives the feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines whether the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE. The result of the judgment of the context information.
  • the UE encrypts the context of the UE by using the public key of the first RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first secret. Key group
  • the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier, and the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes
  • the UE encrypts the processed data using the first key group, the first identifier encrypted by the UE using the first key group, and the public key encrypted by the UE using the first RAN device.
  • the context information of the UE so that the first RAN device acquires the transmission path information of the data according to the context information of the UE.
  • the context information of the UE is saved in the first RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, The first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the UE sends the first message to the first RAN device, the method further includes: the UE sending a fourth message to the first RAN device, The fourth message is used to request the first RAN device to restore the connection between the UE and the first RAN device; the UE receives a fifth message sent by the first RAN device, where the fifth message is used to indicate the UE and the The connection between the first RAN devices has been restored.
  • the sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device includes: sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device by using the connection.
  • the first RAN device recovers the connection between the UE and the first RAN device, and the first RAN device restores the signaling connection between the UE and the first RAN device, or may be the first RAN.
  • the device recovers the signaling connection and the data connection between the UE and the first RAN device.
  • the method before the sending, by the UE, the fourth message to the first RAN device, the method further includes: The first RAN device sends a sixth message, where the sixth message is used to indicate that the first RAN device sets the UE to a suspended state; the UE receives a seventh message sent by the first RAN device, where the seventh message is used by the first RAN device. The indication that the first RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state.
  • the UE sends the sixth message to the first RAN device, where the UE sends the UE to the first RAN device when the UE determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time range is within a preset range.
  • the sixth message is a short message that specifies that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time range is within a preset range.
  • the preset time period can be set according to the needs of the user.
  • the preset time period can be set from 8:00 am to 5:00 pm
  • the preset range can also be set according to the actual situation of the user.
  • the preset range can be set. It is an area within 100 meters of the user's work location.
  • the data transmission path information includes The address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data, or the address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the third identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, where the third identifier is used
  • the next hop forwarding device determines that the data belongs to the UE.
  • a third aspect provides a method for transmitting data, including: receiving, by a radio access network RAN device, data sent by a user equipment UE through a data radio bearer DRB; and determining, by the RAN device, the correspondence between the DRB and the transmission path information a transmission path information of the data; the RAN device acquires a first identifier of the UE, where the first identifier is used by the RAN device to determine, when receiving downlink data, that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE; The transmission path information of the data is sent to the next hop forwarding device of the data and the first identifier of the UE.
  • the RAN device transmits the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device while transmitting data to the next hop forwarding device of the data of the received UE, because the first An identifier can be used to determine that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE when the RAN device receives the downlink data, thereby saving signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improving data transmission efficiency.
  • the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device and the UE, and the context information of the UE includes a key group and the first identifier.
  • the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier before the RAN device receives the data sent by the UE, the method further includes: receiving, by the RAN device, a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request the RAN The device recovers the signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and the DRB; the RAN device sends a second message to the UE, the second message is used to indicate a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE, and the The DRB has been restored.
  • the method before the RAN device receives the data packet sent by the UE, the method further includes: receiving, by the RAN device, a third message sent by the core network device, where The third message includes context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes transmission path information corresponding to the DRB;
  • the RAN device receives the data that is sent by the user equipment UE through the data radio bearer DRB, and includes: the RAN device establishes the DRB with the UE according to the context information of the UE; and the RAN device receives the UE by using the UE.
  • the data sent by the DRB includes: the RAN device establishes the DRB with the UE according to the context information of the UE; and the RAN device receives the UE by using the UE.
  • the data sent by the DRB includes: the RAN device establishes the DRB with the UE according to the context information of the UE; and the RAN device receives the UE by using the UE.
  • the data sent by the DRB includes: the RAN device establishes the DRB with the UE according to the context information of the UE; and the RAN device receives the UE by using the UE.
  • the data sent by the DRB includes: the RAN device establishes the DRB with the UE according to the context information of the
  • the transmission path information of the data includes: a next hop of the data The address information of the forwarding device; or the address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the second identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, the second identifier is used for the next hop forwarding
  • the device determines that the data belongs to the UE.
  • a fourth aspect provides a method for transmitting data, where the user equipment UE sends a first message to a radio access network RAN device, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to set the UE to a suspended state;
  • the UE device receives a second message sent by the RAN device, where the second message is used to indicate that the RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state, so that the UE requests the RAN device to recover when sending data to the RAN device.
  • a connection between the UE and the RAN device and transmitting data to the RAN device through the connection.
  • the user equipment UE requests the RAN device to set the UE to a suspended state, whereby when the UE needs to transmit data, the UE may request the RAN device to directly restore the connection between the RAN device and the UE. It can save signaling overhead and improve the efficiency of data transmission.
  • the UE sends the first message to the RAN device, where the UE determines whether the mobile range of the UE in the preset time period is in a preset range.
  • the UE sends the first message to the RAN device when the UE determines that the UE's range of movement within the device time period is within a preset range.
  • the data sent by the UE is small data
  • the small data is usually an instant message, such as a heartbeat packet of a WeChat application
  • the size of the small data is generally less than 20k.
  • a radio access network RAN device for performing the method of any of the first aspect or the first aspect of the first aspect.
  • the RAN device comprises means for performing the method of any of the above-described first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • a user equipment for performing the method of any of the above-described second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • the user equipment comprises means for performing the method of any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect described above.
  • a radio access network RAN device for performing the method in any of the foregoing third or third possible implementations.
  • the RAN device comprises means for performing the method in any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect described above.
  • the eighth aspect provides a user equipment, configured to perform the method in the foregoing fourth aspect, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, specifically, the user equipment is configured to perform the foregoing fourth aspect or A unit of a method in any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect.
  • a ninth aspect provides a radio access network RAN device, including: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, wherein the processor, the memory, and the transceiver are connected by a bus system, where the memory is used to store an instruction, and the processor uses The instructions stored in the memory are executed to control the transceiver to receive information and transmit information, such that the RAN device performs the method of any of the above aspects or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • a user equipment comprising: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, the processor, the memory and the transceiver being connected by a bus system, the memory is for storing instructions, and the processor is configured to execute the memory
  • the instructions stored in the control to receive the information and transmit the information, such that the user equipment performs the method of any of the second aspect or the second aspect of the second aspect.
  • a radio access network RAN device including: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, the memory, the receiver and the transceiver being connected by a bus system, wherein the memory is used to store an instruction, the processing The apparatus is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive information and transmit information, such that the RAN device performs the method of any of the third aspect or the third aspect of the third aspect.
  • a user equipment including: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, the processor, the memory, the transceiver being connected by a bus system, the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute The instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive information and transmit information, such that the user equipment performs the method of any of the above-described fourth or fourth aspects of the fourth aspect.
  • a thirteenth aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising means for performing the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect The instruction of the law.
  • a fourteenth aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • a computer readable medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the third aspect or any of the possible implementations of the third aspect.
  • a computer readable medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the fourth aspect or any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method of establishing a packet data unit session according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method of establishing a packet data unit session according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a RAN device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a RAN device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is another schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a RAN device according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • 21 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic block diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 29 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic block diagram of a core network device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • 32 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • a user equipment may also be referred to as a terminal device, a mobile station (Mobile Station, abbreviated as "MS”), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc., the user.
  • the device may communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network ("RAN").
  • the user equipment may be a mobile phone (or "cellular” phone), with a mobile terminal.
  • the computer or the like may be, for example, a portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-built or in-vehicle mobile device, and a terminal device in a future 5G network or a terminal device in a future evolved PLMN network. It can be understood that the user equipment can also be a chip with communication function in the above-mentioned device (mobile phone, computer with mobile terminal, etc.).
  • a radio access network (Radio Access Network, hereinafter referred to as "RAN”) device may correspond to a base station in an existing communication system, and a network side device in a future 5G network.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication system includes a user equipment UE, a RAN device, a core network, and an application function entity (Application Function, referred to as “AF” for short).
  • the data network Data Network, referred to as "DN"
  • CP Function Control Plane Function
  • UP Function User Plane Function
  • control plane device may also be referred to as a “control plane entity”
  • the user plane device may also be referred to as a “user plane entity”.
  • the UE and the CP Function are connected through the NG1 interface
  • the RAN and the CP Function are connected through the NG2 interface
  • the RAN and the UP Function are connected through the NG3 interface
  • the CP Function and the UP Function are passed.
  • the NG4 interface is connected
  • the CP Function and the AF are connected through the NG5 interface
  • the UP Function and the DN are connected through the NG6 interface.
  • the CP function stores the context information of the UE, performs legality verification on the UE, performs mobility management and session management on the UE, and transmits control signaling between the UE and the CP Function through the control plane.
  • the UP Function is used to forward data of the UE, and the data of the upper layer application is transmitted between the UE and the UP Function through the user plane.
  • the application function entity is used to determine the quality of service (Quality of Service, referred to as "QoS”) that the UE can use, and the DN refers to an Internet (Internet) network other than the carrier network.
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • Figure 1 shows an UP Function just for the sake of example, usually in the core network package Including a plurality of UP functions, assuming that the core network includes two UP functions, namely UP Function1 and UP Function2, in the process of transmitting data, the UP function 1 and the UP Function 2 always maintain a tunnel connection for the UE.
  • the UP Function 1 can determine which UE sends the data according to the target Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID) in the data, and the existing tunnel of the UE will be used. This data is sent to UP Function 2.
  • TEID Tunnel Endpoint Identifier
  • the UP Function 1 and the UP Function 2 do not need to maintain a tunnel connection for the UE.
  • the UP Function 1 can determine the address of the UP Function 2 according to other information, and send the data to the UE.
  • determining B according to A should be understood as: B can be determined only according to A when determining B, or B can be determined according to A and other conditions (or information) when determining B. .
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flow chart of a method of transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the method 100 includes:
  • the user equipment UE sends a first message to the radio access network RAN device, where the first message includes data and a first identifier.
  • the RAN device determines, according to the first identifier, transmission path information of the data.
  • the RAN device forwards data to the transmission path information according to the data.
  • the RAN device determines that the next hop forwarding device of the data is an UP Function according to the transmission path information of the data, and the RAN device transmits the received data to the UP Function. If there are multiple user plane devices in the core network, the user plane device receiving the data transmitted by the RAN device can forward the data to other user plane devices according to the method described above.
  • the method for transmitting data will be described in detail below with reference to specific examples. It should be noted that, when describing a specific embodiment, the data to be transmitted in the UE is described as an example of small data, but it can be understood. The method of the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to a transmission scenario of non-small data.
  • the small data is usually an instant message, such as a heartbeat packet of a WeChat application, and the size of the small data is generally less than 20k.
  • the key is used as the encryption key as an example.
  • the key in the embodiment of the present invention further includes a key for integrity protection, or It is understood that the key in the specific embodiment of the present invention is actually a "key group", and this key group includes an encryption key and/or an integrity protected key.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of establishing a PDU session according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the method 200 includes:
  • the UE sends an attach request (Attach Request) message to the CP Function, and then the CP Function returns an Attach Accept message to the UE, and the Attach Accept message carries the identifier ID assigned by the CP Function to the UE.
  • the UE ID is used to uniquely identify the UE on the control plane.
  • the UE sends a session establishment request (Session Establish Request) message to the CP Function, requesting to establish a PDU Session;
  • Session Establish Request Session Establish Request
  • the Session Establish Request message carries the Small Data Indication information, where the Small Data Indication information is used to indicate that the UE has small data transmission capability, or the UE uses the The PDU session sends small data, or the UE needs to send small data.
  • the CP Function sends a Create Session Request message to the UP Function1, requesting the UP Function 1 to establish a PDU Session;
  • the Create Session Request message carries a Small Data Indication
  • the UP Function 1 allocates a Tunnel Endpoint ID (Tennel Endpoint ID) for the small data transmission.
  • the TEID uniquely identifies the UE in the UP Function 1, or the TEID uniquely identifies a user plane bearer of the UE in the UP Function 1, or the TEID uniquely identifies a data stream of the UE in the UP Function 1 (Data) Flow).
  • the TEID is referred to as "UP 1-TEID”. The understanding of UP 1-TEID herein is equally applicable to other embodiments of the invention.
  • UP Function 1 sends a Create Session Request message to UP Function 2
  • UP Function 2 sends a Create Session Response message to UP Function 1 to establish a PDU Session between UP Function 1 and UP Function 2. It can be understood that when there is only UP Function 1 in the core network, S240 is an omitting step.
  • the UP Function1 sends a Create Session Response message to the CP Function.
  • the Create Session Response message carries the UP Function 1 in S230. TEID assigned by the UE.
  • the CP Function generates a path information identifier (Data Path ID);
  • the CP Function stores the correspondence between the Data Path ID and the IP address of UP Function 1 and UP 1-TEID.
  • the CP Function sends a message to the RAN device.
  • the message sent by the CP Function to the RAN device includes a session establishment response (Session Establish Response) message sent by the CP Function to the UE, and the context information of the UE, where the CP is carried by the CP Function in the S260.
  • Path ID where the context information of the UE includes: a CP Path is a Data Path ID generated by the UE, a UE ID, a Key Key, and an address of the UP Function 1 and an UP-1 TEID.
  • the data path ID has a one-to-one correspondence with the address of the UP Function 1 and the UP-1 TEID.
  • the context information of the UE includes: a Data Path ID, a UE ID, a Key Key, an IP address of the UP Function 1, and an IP address of the UP Function 2.
  • the understanding of the context information of the UE in this method is applicable to other embodiments of the present invention.
  • the Key includes an encryption key and/or an integrity protected key, and the understanding of Key is equally applicable to other embodiments of the present invention.
  • the RAN device saves the UE ID, the key corresponding to the UE, and the IP address of the UP Function1 corresponding to the Data Path ID and the UP-1 TEID in the context information of the UE;
  • the RAN stores the correspondence between the Data Path ID and the IP address of the UP Function 1 and the IP address of the UP Function 2.
  • the RAN device After the UE enters the Idle state in the RAN device, the RAN device starts a timer corresponding to the saved correspondence. If the timer expires, the RAN device deletes the saved correspondence, if the UE has an uplink or For downlink data, the RAN device will reset the Timer to ensure that the Timer will not time out during the uplink or downlink data transmission.
  • S290 The RAN device sends an RRC message to the UE, where the RRC message carries a Session Establish Response message included in the message received in S270.
  • FIG. 4 is an uplink transmission data according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the key sent by the CP Function to the UE may be a key allocated by the CP Function for the UE for small data, and the key for the small data does not change because the UE replaces the RAN device.
  • method 300 includes:
  • the UE sends an RRC message to the RAN device, where the RRC message includes the UE ID, the encrypted small data, and the encrypted Data Path ID.
  • the UE uses the Key to separately encrypt the small data to be sent and the Data Path ID. Specifically, the UE may determine whether the data is small data according to the size of the data sent by the application (Application, referred to as “APP”), or the APP may indicate the modem (Modulator-Demodulator, the UE) through the tag when transmitting the data.
  • the data sent by simply referred to as "Modem” is small data.
  • DRB Data Radio Bearer
  • the RAN device checks whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the UE ID of the UE; if yes, decrypts the Data Path ID by using the Key of the UE, and obtains the IP address and UP- of the UP Function 1 according to the saved correspondence. 1 TEID, after performing S380 and subsequent steps, if not, executing S330 and subsequent steps;
  • the RAN device sends a UE Information Request message to the CP Function, where the UE information request message includes a UE ID and a Data Path ID of the encryption process;
  • the RAN device may determine the CP Function according to the identifier of the CP Function in the UE ID. If the identifier of the CP Function is separately carried in the RRC message in S310, the RAN device may The identifier of the CP Function carried in the RRC message separately determines the CP Function.
  • the CP Function determines the legality of the UE, and when it is determined that the UE is legal, executing S350;
  • the CP Function searches for the context information of the UE according to the UE ID, acquires the Key in the context information of the UE, and decrypts the Data Path ID of the encryption process by using the obtained Key. If the acquired Key is successfully used, The data path ID of the encrypted data path ID is decrypted and the data path ID obtained by the decryption is the same as the data path ID of the UE saved in the CP Function, and the UE is considered to be legal, and the address of the UP Function 1 corresponding to the Data Path ID is obtained. UP-1 TEID.
  • the CP Function further verifies the integrity of the Data Path ID. If the CP Function verifies that the Data Path ID has not been tampered with and is consistent with the Data Path ID of the UE saved in the CP Function, the UE is considered to be legal.
  • the CP Function sends a UE Information Response (Information Response) message to the RAN device.
  • Information Response Information Response
  • the UE Information Response message includes a Data Path ID, an IP address of the UP Function 1, an UP 1-TEID, and a Key.
  • the RAN device saves the Key of the UE and the address of the UP Function 1 corresponding to the Data Path ID and the UP 1-TEID in the context information of the UE;
  • the RAN device acquires a RAN TEID of the UE, and generates a General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol (GTP) PDU;
  • GTP General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol
  • the RAN TEID refers to the TEID allocated by the RAN device to the UE. If the RAN TEID is included in the context information of the UE stored in the RAN device, the RAN device obtains the RAN TEID from the context information of the UE. The RAN device assigns a RAN TEID to the UE.
  • the GTP PDU generated by the RAN device includes the address of the UP Function 1, the UP1-TEID, the small data processed by the Key decryption, the address of the RAN device, and the RAN TEID, where the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID carry the extension of the GTP PDU.
  • the header Extended Header
  • the RAN device After the UE enters the Idle state in the RAN device, the RAN device starts a timer corresponding to the recorded correspondence. If the timer expires, the RAN device deletes the corresponding relationship of the record. If the UE has uplink or downlink data, the RAN The device will reset the Timer to ensure that the Timer will not time out during the upstream or downstream data transmission.
  • the RAN device sends a GTP PDU to the UP Function 1;
  • the UP Function 1 stores the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID, and sends the GTP PDU to the UP Function 2;
  • the UP Function 1 when the UP Function 1 saves the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID, the corresponding Timer is started. When the Timer expires, the UP Function 1 deletes the address of the saved RAN device and RAN TEID, when UP Function 1 receives the uplink or downlink data of the UE, UP Function 1 resets the Timer.
  • the UP Function 2 sends the data in the received GTP PDU to the corresponding APP server (Sever), and then the APP Sever sends a response message to the UP Function 2 (for example, FIG. 4 ACK), UP Function 2 sends a response message to UP Function 1 after receiving the response message, UP Function 1 acquires the address of the saved RAN device and the RAN TEID, and generates a downlink GTP PDU to be sent to the RAN device, and the RAN device receives After the GTP PDU sent by the UP Function 1, the UE ID is determined according to the RAN TEID, and the key corresponding to the UE is obtained according to the UE ID, and the obtained key is used to encrypt the data in the GTP PDU and then sent to the UE through an RRC message. The UE may perform decryption processing on the data by using the corresponding Key.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic flow chart of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the Key in the method shown in FIG. 5 may be the same as the Key in the method 300, or may be generated by the K eNB that the RAN device sends to the RAN device based on the CP Function for encryption between the UE and the RAN device and/or Or Key to integrity protection.
  • method 400 includes:
  • the UE sends an RRC message to the RAN device, where the RRC message includes the UE ID, the encrypted small data, and the encrypted Data Path ID.
  • S410 is the same as S310. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein.
  • S420 The RAN device checks whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the UE ID of the UE; if yes, decrypts the Data Path ID of the encryption process by using the Key of the UE, and obtains the address of the UP Function 1 according to the saved correspondence relationship.
  • UP-1 TEID after performing S370 and subsequent steps in method 300, if not, executing S430 and subsequent steps;
  • the RAN device sends a UE Information Request message to the RAN device that is the last time the UE is camped, and the UE Information Request message includes the UE ID and the Data Path ID of the encryption process.
  • the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device where the UE last camped in S430.
  • the RAN device may determine, according to the identifier of the last resident RAN device in the UE ID, the last resident RAN device, if in S410
  • the RRC message separately carries the identifier of the RAN device that the UE last camped on, and the RAN device may be based on the UE that is separately carried in the RRC message.
  • the identity of the RAN device determines the RAN device that last camped on.
  • the RAN device that the UE last camped determines the legality of the UE, and when it is determined that the UE is legal, S450 is performed;
  • the RAN device that the UE last camped sends a UE Information Response message to the RAN device.
  • the UE Information Response message includes context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes a Data Path ID, an IP address of the UP Function 1, an UP 1-TEID, and a Key, which are processed by the RAN device that the UE last camped on.
  • the RAN device first performs the relevant step in the method 400 to obtain the context information of the UE from the RAN device that the UE last camped, and if it fails, according to the method.
  • the relevant step in 300 obtains the context information of the UE from the CP Function.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flow chart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • method 500 includes:
  • the UE sends an RRC connection setup request (Connection Request) message to the RAN device, where the RRC Connection Request message carries the Small Data Indication and the UE ID;
  • the RAN device determines, according to the UE ID, whether the context information of the UE is saved, and sends an RRC Connection Setup message to the UE, where the RRC Connection Setup message carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the RAN device is saved.
  • RRC Connection Setup message carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the RAN device is saved.
  • the UE determines, according to the indication information, that the context information of the UE is not saved in the RAN device, and the UE sends a service request (Service Request) message to the CP Function.
  • Service Request Service Request
  • the Service Request message carries a Small Data Indication, and the Service Request message requests the CP Function to send the context information of the UE to the RAN device.
  • S540 The CP Function determines that the UE is legal, and sends context information of the UE to the RAN device.
  • the CP function performs the integrity verification on the service request message when the UE is verified for the validity of the UE.
  • the implementation manner is the same as that in the existing communication standard, and is not described here.
  • the context information of the UE includes: a Data Path ID processed by the CP Function decryption, an IP address of the UP Function 1, an UP 1-TEID, and a Key.
  • the context information of the UE includes: a Data Path ID processed by the CP Function decryption, an IP address of the UP Function 1, and an UP 1-TEID.
  • the RAN device saves the Key corresponding to the UE ID and the address of the UP Function 1 corresponding to the Data Path ID of the UE ID and the UP 1-TEID in the context information of the UE;
  • the RAN device sends security related context information to the UE.
  • the security related context information includes an encryption algorithm selected by the RAN device for data transmission between the RAN device and the UE.
  • the understanding of security-related context information in this embodiment is equally applicable to other embodiments of the present invention.
  • S570 The UE encrypts the data and the Data Path ID by using an encryption algorithm in S560, and sends the data to the RAN device through an RRC message.
  • the RAN device uses the same encryption algorithm to decrypt the encrypted Data Path ID, and determines the UP Function 1 according to the correspondence between the Data Path ID and the address of the UP Function 1 and the UP 1-TEID;
  • the S530 is specifically: the UE sends an RRC message to the RAN device, where the RRC message includes the Data Path ID of the encryption process, the address of the CP Function, and the UE ID; the RAN device sends the CP Function according to the address of the CP Function.
  • the UE Information Request message carries the Data Path ID and the UE ID of the encryption process.
  • the method for verifying the validity of the UE by the CP Function is the same as that in S340, and details are not described herein again.
  • the Session Establish Response message further includes context information of the UE, and after the UE receives the RRC message sent by the RAN device, saves the information included in the RRC message.
  • the context information of the UE illustrates a method of transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention in such a scenario. As shown in FIG. 7, method 600 includes:
  • the UE determines, according to the indication information, that context information of the UE is not saved in the RAN device, and the UE sends an RRC message to the RAN device.
  • the RRC message carries the context information of the UE, which uses the public key of the RAN device for the encryption process, the UE ID, the Data Path ID that the UE performs encryption processing using the Key for data transmission, and the encryption using the Key for data transmission. Processed data, ground of CP Function site.
  • the RAN device decrypts context information of the UE by using a private key, acquires a key for data transmission, and performs a decryption operation.
  • the Data Path ID that performs encryption processing using the Key for data transmission and the data that is encrypted by using the Key for data transmission are decrypted;
  • the RAN device side stores the correspondence between the Data Path ID and the address of the UP Function 1.
  • the context information of the UE does not include the address information of the UP Function 1. That is, the UE does not send the address of the UP Function 1 to the address.
  • the RAN device decrypts the Data Path ID that performs encryption processing using the Key for data transmission, the UP Function 1 is determined according to the correspondence between the Data Path ID and the address of the UP Function 1.
  • the address of the UP Function 1 is included in the context information of the UE.
  • the RAN device may directly determine the UP Function 1 according to the address of the UP Function 1 in the context information of the UE.
  • the RAN device starts a timer corresponding to the context information of the UE. If the timer expires, the RAN device deletes the context information of the recorded UE, if the UE has uplink or downlink. Data, the RAN device will reset the Timer to ensure that the Timer will not time out during the uplink or downlink data transmission.
  • the RAN device when the UE's deactivation timer (Inactive Timer) times out, the RAN device sends a Release message to the UE.
  • the Release message carries a Resume identification ID and indication information allocated to the UE, and the indication information is used to indicate that the reason of the Release is a Suspend state of entering a small data transmission.
  • the data can be transmitted according to the data transmission method shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 8, method 700 includes:
  • S710 The UE determines that the RAN device (or the cell) that is still in the Suspend state is located, and the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE on the RAN device does not time out;
  • the UE needs to determine whether the RAN device (or cell) where the UE enters the Suspend state and the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE on the RAN device time out. If the RAN device where the UE is still in the Suspend state and the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE on the RAN device does not time out, perform S720;
  • the UE sends an RRC connection recovery request (Connection Resume Request) message to the RAN device, where the RRC Resume Request message carries a Resume ID allocated by the RAN device to the UE, and the RRC Resume Request message is used to request the RAN device to restore the context information of the UE. ;
  • the RAN device sends an RRC Connection Resume message to the UE, to notify the UE that the context information of the UE has been restored.
  • the UE sends an RRC connection recovery complete (Connection Resume Complete) message to the RAN device, where the Connection Resume Complete message carries the encrypted data and the Data Path ID;
  • the data transmission can be implemented by executing S530-590 in the method 500. .
  • the CP Function in the process of establishing a PDU session, may be allocated to the UE by the CP Function.
  • the method of establishing a PDU Session is as shown in FIG.
  • method 900 includes:
  • the CP Function saves information used for small data transmission
  • the information for small data transmission includes: an address of UP Function 1 and a TEID (UP 1-TEID) allocated by the UP Function 1 to the UE.
  • a TEID UP 1-TEID
  • the CP Function sends a message to the RAN device by using an interface between the CP Function and the RAN device.
  • the message sent by the CP Function to the RAN device includes a session establishment response (Session Establish Response) message sent by the CP Function to the UE, where the Session Establish Response message carries the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes: ID, key Key, and uplink path information for small data transmission.
  • the uplink path information for small data transmission includes: an address of UP Function 1 and an UP-1 TEID.
  • the uplink path information used for the small data transmission is included in a specific container, or the uplink path information used for the small data transmission includes indication information, where the indication information indicates that the uplink path information is Uplink path information for small data transmission.
  • the context information of the UE includes: a UE ID, a key Key, and an UP Function 1 Address and IP address of UP Function 2.
  • the RAN in the process of establishing the DRB, the RAN carries the indication information in the reconfiguration message, indicating that the established DRB is used for small data transmission, or the indication information is carried in the Session Establish Response message in S730, indicating the DRB established in the S740. It is a DRB for small data transmission, whereby the UE can determine that the DRB is a DRB for small data transmission according to the indication information.
  • the RRC Connection Release message carries the Resume ID assigned by the RAN device to the UE and the indication information indicating that the release reason is the Suspend state of entering the small data transmission.
  • the RAN device saves the correspondence between the DRB and the uplink path information for small data transmission, and the UE saves the UE ID, Key, and the DRB.
  • the UE may perform data transmission with the network.
  • a method for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 10, and FIG. 10 is a further implementation according to the present invention.
  • the method 900 includes:
  • the UE determines that the RAN device (or cell) that is still in the Suspend state, and the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE on the RAN device does not time out;
  • the RAN device restores a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and a DRB for small data transmission;
  • the UE sends an RRC Connection Resume Request message to the RAN device, where the RRC Resume Request message carries the Resume ID allocated by the RAN device to the UE, and the RRC Resume Request message is used to request the RAN device to resume the signaling connection with the UE and The DRB for small data transmission; the RAN device then sends an RRC Connection Resume message to the UE, informing the UE that the signaling connection with the UE and the DRB for small data transmission have been restored, after which the UE sends an RRC Connection Resume Complete message to the RAN device. .
  • the UE sends small data to the RAN device by using a DRB for small data transmission.
  • the UE obtains uplink path information corresponding to the DRB for small data transmission according to the context information of the UE.
  • UP Function 2 sends the data in the received GTP PDU to the corresponding APP server (Sever), and then APP Sever sends a response message to UP Function 2 (for example, FIG. 9 ACK), UP Function 2 sends a response message to UP Function 1 after receiving the response message, UP Function 1 acquires the address of the saved RAN device and the RAN TEID, and generates a downlink GTP PDU to be sent to the RAN device, and the RAN device receives After the GTP PDU sent by the UP Function 1, the UE ID is determined according to the RAN TEID, and the key corresponding to the UE is obtained according to the UE ID, and the acquired key is used to encrypt the data in the GTP PDU and then used for small data transmission.
  • the DRB sends the data to the UE, and the UE can decrypt the data by using the corresponding Key.
  • Figure 11 illustrates a method of transmitting data in accordance with yet another embodiment of the present invention. This method is applicable to the scenario in which the PDU Session is established by the method shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 11, the method 1000 includes:
  • S1010 The UE in the Suspend state determines that the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE is not in the RAN device (or cell) where the Suspend state is not entered, or the RAN device where the UE enters the Suspend state.
  • S1020 The UE sends a Service Request message to the CP Function.
  • the Service Request message carries a Small Data Indication, and the Service Request message requests the CP Function to send the context information of the UE to the RAN device.
  • S1030 The CP Function acquires context information used for small data transmission.
  • Context information for small data transmission includes: Key of the UE, uplink path information, where the uplink path information includes an address of the UP Function 1 and an UP 1-TEID;
  • the CP Function sends an initial context message to the RAN device, where the initial context message includes context information and small data indication information for small data transmission.
  • S1050 The RAN device saves context information used for small data transmission
  • the RAN device sends an RRC Security Mode Command message to the UE, where the RRC Security Mode Command message carries security related context information of the UE.
  • method 2000 includes:
  • UP Function 1 receives downlink data, and determines whether the downlink data is small data;
  • the UP Function 2 receives the data sent by the APP Sever, the destination address of the data is the address of the UE, and the UP Function 2 sends the data to the UP Function 1.
  • the UP Function 1 can determine whether the data is small according to the size of the data sent by the APP.
  • the data, or the tag carried when the data is sent by the APP determines whether the downlink data is small data.
  • UP Function 1 determines that the downlink data is small data, and the UP Function 1 acquires the IP address and the RAN TEID of the RAN device corresponding to the UE. If yes, S2110 is executed. Otherwise execute S2030;
  • the UP function 1 sends a Downlink Data Notification message to the CP Function, where the Downlink Data Notification message carries a Small Data Indication, which is used to notify the CP Function of the downlink data to be received by the UE.
  • the CP Function sends a paging (Paging) message to the UE, where the Paging message carries a Small Data Indication;
  • S2050 The UE sends a Service Request message to the CP Function, where the Service Request message carries a Small Data Indication, and the request enters a connected state.
  • the request enters the connection state, and the CP Function only sends the uplink path information to the RAN device, and the RAN device allocates the TEID to the UE according to the received uplink path information.
  • the CP Function sends a Data Path Request message to the RAN device, where the Data Path Request message is used to request the RAN device to allocate a TEID for the downlink data transmission, where the Data Path Request message includes: Small Data Indication , UE ID, Data Path ID, address of UP Function 1, and UP 1-TEID;
  • the RAN device saves the Key corresponding to the UE ID and the IP address and UP 1-TEID of the UP Function 1 corresponding to the Data Path ID of the UE IE in the context information of the UE;
  • the RAN device sends a data path response (Data Path Response) message to the CP Function, where the Data Path Response message carries the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID;
  • Data Path Response data path response
  • S2090 The CP Function sends a response (ACK) message to the UE for the Service Request message in S2050, to notify the UE that the message sent in S2050 has been received.
  • ACK response
  • the CP Function sends a Downlink Data Path message to the UP Function 1, and the Downlink Data Path message carries the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID;
  • the UP Function 1 generates a downlink GTP PDU according to the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID, and sends the GTP PDU to the RAN device.
  • the RAN device determines the UE ID according to the RAN TEID, and performs encryption processing on the downlink data by using the Key corresponding to the UE.
  • the RAN device sends an RRC message to the UE, where the RRC message carries the encrypted downlink data.
  • the UE sends the UE ID, the encrypted processed small data (ACK), and the encrypted processed Data Path ID to the RAN through the RRC message; after that, the RAN device may acquire the Key of the UE by using the method 300 or the method 400 above. Decrypting the encrypted Data Path ID by using the Key of the UE, obtaining the address of the UP Function 1 and the UP 1-TEID according to the saved correspondence, and generating an uplink GTP PDU according to the method in the method 300, and sending the GTP PDU Give UP Function 1 so that UP Function 1 sends the data to UP Function 2.
  • the Data Path Request is not included in the Data Path Request in S2060, and in S2070, the RAN device is in the context of the UE.
  • the information stores the correspondence between the DRB and the uplink path information.
  • the UE transmits the encrypted data to the RAN device through the DRB.
  • the RAN device 10 includes:
  • the transceiver unit 11 is configured to receive a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier;
  • the processing unit 12 is configured to determine transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier.
  • the transceiver unit 11 is further configured to forward the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
  • the RAN device may determine the transmission path information of the data of the UE by using the first identifier sent by the user equipment UE to transmit data, and forward the data of the UE according to the path transmission information, thereby being idle.
  • the UE has data transmission requirements, it is not required to reconstruct the user plane connection between the UE and the RAN device, the signaling connection between the RAN device and the control plane device in the core network device, and the user in the RAN device and the core network device.
  • User plane connection between device devices which can reduce signaling overhead during data transmission and improve data transmission. effectiveness.
  • the transceiver unit 11 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, the first The first identifier of the key group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device; the second message is sent to the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device, where the second message includes the UE Identifying the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, so that the core network device verifies that the UE is legal according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group.
  • the RAN device sends context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
  • the processing unit 12 is configured to determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the processing unit 12 is further configured to: determine, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves context information of the UE;
  • the transceiver unit 11 is further configured to: when the processing unit determines that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, send the second message to the core network device.
  • the transceiver unit 11 is further configured to: receive an identifier of the UE sent by the UE; and send feedback to the UE.
  • Information the feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the context information of the UE, so that the UE indicates that the RAN device does not save the context of the UE.
  • the core network device is requested to send the context information of the UE to the RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the processing unit 12 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the transceiver unit 11 is further configured to: receive an identifier of the UE sent by the UE; and send feedback to the UE.
  • the feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the context information of the UE, and when the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, receiving Receiving a third message sent by the UE, where the third message includes an identifier of the UE, an identifier of the second key group encrypted and processed by the second key group, and an identifier of the core network device; according to the identifier of the core network device, Core network device sends the first And a fourth message, where the fourth message includes the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the second key group, so that the core network device performs encryption according to the identifier of the UE and the second key group.
  • the first identifier is sent to the RAN device to send the context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the processing unit 12 is specifically configured to determine, as the transmission path information of the data, the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the transceiver unit 11 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, the first The first identifier of the key group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the second RAN device is the RAN device that is determined by the UE and stores context information of the UE; when the processing unit 12 And determining, according to the identifier of the UE, that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, and sends a fifth message to the second RAN device according to the identifier of the second RAN device, where the fifth message includes the identifier of the UE and the Decrypting the first identifier by the first key group, so that the second RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, that the UE is legally forwarded to the RAN device. Transmitting the context information of the UE,
  • the processing unit 12 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the transceiver unit 11 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, the first The first identifier of the UE that has been processed by the key group and the context information of the UE that has been encrypted by the public key of the RAN device, and the first key group is included in the context information of the UE;
  • the transceiver unit 11 is further configured to: receive the identifier of the UE sent by the UE, and send feedback information to the UE, where the sending and receiving unit 11 receives the first message sent by the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate the
  • the processing unit 12 determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the judgment result of the context information of the UE, so that the UE uses the RAN device when the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE.
  • the public key encrypts the context of the UE.
  • the processing unit 12 is specifically configured to: adopt a private key corresponding to the public key to Performing a decryption process on the context information of the UE, acquiring the first key group included in the context information of the UE, and decrypting the first identifier encrypted by the first key group using the first key group, Obtaining the first identifier; determining transmission path information of the data according to the correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information.
  • the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a first key group, the first identifier, and the first identifier.
  • the transceiver unit 11 is further configured to: receive a sixth message sent by the UE, where the sixth message is used to request the RAN device to recover a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE; sending a seventh message to the UE, the seventh message is used to indicate that the signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE has been restored, so that the UE is receiving After the seventh message, encrypting the data and the first identifier by using the first key group;
  • the processing unit 12 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the processing unit 12 is further configured to: acquire a second identifier of the UE, where the second identifier is used.
  • the RAN device receives the downlink data, determining that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE; determining, according to the transmission path information of the data, a next hop forwarding device of the data;
  • the transceiver unit 11 is specifically configured to: send the data and the second identifier to the next hop forwarding device.
  • the transmission path information of the data includes: address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data; or address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the next The third identifier that is allocated by the one-hop forwarding device to the UE, and the third identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to determine that the data belongs to the UE after receiving the data sent by the RAN device.
  • the RAN device 10 may correspond to the RAN device in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the RAN device 10, ie, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, in order to implement the method 100 to the method 700
  • the corresponding process in the process for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 14 shows a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 20 includes:
  • the processing unit 21 is configured to determine a first identifier corresponding to the data, where the first identifier is used by the first radio access network RAN device to determine transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier;
  • the transceiver unit 22 is configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier.
  • the first identity is sent to the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the data transmission of the UE according to the first identifier.
  • Path information whereby when the UE in the idle state has a data transmission requirement, there is no need to reconstruct a user plane connection between the UE and the RAN device, a signaling connection between the RAN device and a control plane device in the core network device, and The user plane connection between the RAN device and the user plane device in the core network device can reduce the signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improve the efficiency of transmitting data.
  • the processing unit 21 is further configured to: perform encryption processing on the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
  • the transceiver unit 22 is specifically configured to: send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that the UE encrypts and processes using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret Decrypting the first identifier, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device, so that the first RAN device uses the first key according to the identifier of the UE, the identifier of the core network device, and the UE.
  • the first identifier that is processed by the group is encrypted, and the context information of the UE is obtained.
  • the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device;
  • the feedback information sent by the first RAN device the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the context information of the UE is saved, and the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and The first identifier identifies the transmission path information.
  • the second message is sent to the core network device, where the second message is used to request the core network device to The first RAN device sends context information of the UE.
  • the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device; Feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate the first Determining, by the RAN device, whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE; and when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, sending a third message to the first RAN device, The third message includes the identifier of the UE, the first identifier that is encrypted by the second key group, and the identifier of the core network device, so that the first RAN device is configured according to the identifier of the UE, the second key group.
  • the cryptographically processed first identifier and the identifier of the core network device obtain the context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information
  • the processing unit 21 is further configured to: perform encryption processing on the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
  • the transceiver unit 22 is specifically configured to: send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that the UE encrypts and processes using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret
  • the device acquires the context information of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, the first identifier that is encrypted by the UE by using the first key group, and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first a key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device, and receive feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate the first
  • the RAN device determines, according to the identity of the UE, whether the determination result of the context information of the UE is saved.
  • the processing unit 21 is further configured to: when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save context information of the UE, encrypt a context of the UE by using a public key of the first RAN device, a context of the UE
  • the information includes a first key group
  • the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is processed by the processing unit 21 using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret.
  • the first identifier of the key group encryption process and the processing unit encrypt the processed context information of the UE by using the public key of the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the information according to the context information of the UE.
  • the transmission path information of the data is further configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is processed by the processing unit 21 using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret.
  • the first identifier of the key group encryption process and the processing unit encrypt the processed context information of the UE by using the public key of the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the information according to the context information of the UE.
  • the transmission path information of the data is further configured to send a first message to the first RAN device
  • the context information of the UE is saved in the first RAN device and the UE, and the context information of the UE includes the first key group and the first identifier.
  • the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier before the transceiver unit 22 sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to: send a fourth message to the first RAN device, where The fourth message is used to request the first RAN device to restore the connection between the UE and the first RAN device, and receive a fifth message sent by the first RAN device, where the fifth message is used to indicate the UE and the first message. The connection between the RAN devices has been restored.
  • the transceiver unit 22 sends a first message to the first RAN device, specifically: sending the first message to the first RAN device by using the connection.
  • the transceiver unit 22 before the sending and receiving unit 22 sends the fourth message to the first RAN device, the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to send a sixth message to the first RAN device, where the sixth message is sent.
  • the message is used to indicate that the first RAN device sets the UE to a suspended state, and receives a seventh message sent by the first RAN device, where the seventh message is used to indicate that the first RAN device has set the UE to be suspended. status.
  • the processing unit 21 is further configured to determine whether the moving range of the UE in the preset time period is within a preset range.
  • the transceiver unit 22 is configured to send the sixth message to the first RAN device when the processing unit 21 determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time period is within a preset range.
  • the transmission path information of the data includes: address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data, or address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data and the next The third identifier that is allocated by the one-hop forwarding device to the UE, and the third identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to determine that the data belongs to the UE after receiving the data sent by the first RAN device.
  • the user equipment 20 may correspond to the user equipment in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the user equipment 20, that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the method 100 to the method 700.
  • the corresponding process in the process for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 15 is a RAN device according to another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15, the RAN device 30 includes:
  • the transceiver unit 31 is configured to receive data that is sent by the user equipment UE by using the data radio bearer DRB.
  • the processing unit 32 is configured to determine transmission path information of the data according to the correspondence between the DRB and the transmission path information;
  • the processing unit 32 is further configured to acquire a first identifier of the UE, where the first identifier is used by the RAN device to determine, when receiving downlink data, that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE;
  • the transceiver unit 31 is further configured to send the data and the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device of the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
  • the RAN device sends the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device while transmitting the data to the next hop forwarding device of the data of the received UE, because the first identifier can
  • the RAN device determines the destination receiving device of the downlink data and the UE, thereby saving signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improving the efficiency of data transmission.
  • the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a key group, the first identifier, and a corresponding identifier corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the transceiver unit 31 is further configured to: receive a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to recover the RAN device and the UE An inter-signaling connection and the DRB; sending a second message to the UE, the second message indicating a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and the DRB has been restored.
  • the transceiver unit 31 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the core network device, where the third message includes the UE.
  • Context information the context information of the UE includes transmission path information corresponding to the DRB;
  • the processing unit 32 is further configured to establish, according to context information of the UE, the DRB between the UE and the UE;
  • the transceiver unit 31 is further configured to receive data sent by the UE by using the DRB.
  • the transmission path information of the data includes: address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data; or address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data and the next And a second identifier that is allocated by the hopping device to the UE, where the second identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to determine that the data belongs to the UE after receiving the data sent by the RAN device.
  • the RAN device 30 may correspond to the RAN device in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the RAN device 30, ie, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, in order to implement the method 700 to the method 2000
  • the corresponding process in the process for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 16 shows a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 40 includes:
  • the sending unit 41 is configured to send, to the radio access network RAN device, a first message, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to set the UE to a suspended state;
  • the receiving unit 42 is configured to receive a second message sent by the RAN device, where the second message is used to indicate that the RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state, so that the UE requests the data when sending the data to the RAN device.
  • the RAN device restores the UE's connection with the RAN device and transmits data to the RAN device over the connection.
  • the user equipment UE requests the RAN device to set the UE to the suspended state, so that when the UE needs to transmit data, the UE may request the RAN device to directly restore the connection between the RAN device and the UE, thereby saving the letter. Increase overhead and increase the efficiency of data transmission.
  • the user equipment 40 further includes:
  • the processing unit 43 is configured to determine whether the moving range of the UE in the preset time period is within a preset range
  • the sending unit 41 is specifically configured to send the first message to the RAN device when the processing unit 43 determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time range is within a preset range.
  • the user equipment 40 may correspond to the user equipment in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and the modules and the other operations and/or functions in the user equipment 40 are respectively implemented to implement the method 700 to the method 2000.
  • the corresponding process in the process for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a RAN device according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the RAN device 100 includes a processor 110 and a transceiver 120.
  • the processor 110 and the transceiver 120 are connected to each other.
  • the RAN device 100 further includes a memory 130 coupled to the processor 110.
  • the RAN device 100 includes a bus system 140.
  • the processor 110, the memory 130, and the transceiver 120 may be connected by a bus system 140.
  • the memory 130 may be used to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory 130 to control the transceiver 120 to transmit information or signal,
  • the transceiver 120 is configured to receive a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier;
  • the processor 110 is configured to determine transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier.
  • the transceiver 120 is further configured to forward the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
  • the RAN device may determine the transmission path information of the data of the UE by using the first identifier sent by the user equipment UE to transmit data, and forward the data of the UE according to the path transmission information, thereby being idle.
  • the UE has data transmission requirements, it can Reduce signaling overhead during data transmission and improve the efficiency of data transmission.
  • the transceiver 120 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the first key group encrypted data, the first key The first identifier of the group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device; the second message is sent to the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device, where the second message includes the identifier of the UE and The first key group encrypts the first identifier, so that the core network device verifies the UE according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, and then sends the UE to the RAN.
  • the device sends the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
  • the processor 110 is configured to determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the processor 110 is further configured to: determine, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves context information of the UE;
  • the transceiver 120 is further configured to: when the processor 110 determines that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, send the second message to the core network device.
  • the transceiver 120 before the transceiver 120 receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive an identifier of the UE sent by the UE, and send feedback information to the UE, where The feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the context information of the UE, so that the UE, when the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, And requesting the core network device to send the context information of the UE to the RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
  • the processor 110 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the transceiver 120 before the transceiver 120 receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive an identifier of the UE sent by the UE, and send feedback information to the UE, where The feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the context information of the UE, and when the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, receiving and receiving the a third message sent by the UE, where the third message includes the identifier of the UE, the first identifier encrypted by the second key group, and the identifier of the core network device; and the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device
  • the device sends a fourth message, The fourth message includes the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the second key group, so that the core network device encrypts the first identifier according to the identifier of the UE and the second key
  • the processor 110 is specifically configured to determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the transceiver 120 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the first key group encrypted data, the first key The first identifier of the UE, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the second RAN device is the RAN device that is determined by the UE and stores context information of the UE; when the processor 110 is configured according to the The identifier of the UE determines that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, and sends a fifth message to the second RAN device according to the identifier of the second RAN device, where the fifth message includes the identifier of the UE and the first Decrypting the first identifier to the RAN device, so that the second RAN device determines that the UE is legal according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, and sends the first identifier to the RAN device. Context information of the UE, where
  • the processor 110 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the transceiver 120 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the first key group encrypted data, the first key The first identifier of the UE that has been encrypted by the group and the context information of the UE that has been processed by the public key of the RAN device, and the first key group is included in the context information of the UE;
  • the transceiver 120 Before the transceiver 120 receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive an identifier of the UE sent by the UE, and send feedback information to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate the
  • the processor 110 determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the determination result of the context information of the UE, so that the UE uses the RAN device when the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE.
  • the public key encrypts the context of the UE.
  • the processor 110 is specifically configured to: decrypt the context information of the UE by using a private key corresponding to the public key, and obtain the first information included in the context information of the UE. Key group; decrypting the first identifier encrypted by the first key group using the first key group to obtain the first identifier; determining according to the correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information The transmission path information of the data.
  • the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a first key group, the first identifier, and a corresponding identifier corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive a sixth message sent by the UE, where the sixth message is used to request the RAN device to recover the RAN a signaling connection between the device and the UE; sending a seventh message to the UE, the seventh message is used to indicate that the signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE has been restored, so that the UE receives the After the seventh message, the first key group is used to encrypt the data and the first identifier;
  • the processor 110 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  • the processor 110 is further configured to: acquire a second identifier of the UE, where the second identifier is used by the When receiving the downlink data, the RAN device determines that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE; and determines a next hop forwarding device of the data according to the transmission path information of the data;
  • the transceiver 120 is specifically configured to: send the data and the second identifier to the next hop forwarding device.
  • the transmission path information of the data includes: address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data; or address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data and the next hop
  • the RAN device 100 may correspond to the RAN device in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the RAN device 100, ie, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, in order to implement the method 100 to the method 700
  • the corresponding process in the process for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
  • the RAN device may determine the transmission path information of the data of the UE by using the first identifier sent by the user equipment UE to transmit data, and forward the data of the UE according to the path transmission information, thereby being in an idle state.
  • the signaling overhead in the data transmission process can be reduced, and the efficiency of transmitting data is improved.
  • the transceiver 120 is configured to receive data that is sent by the user equipment UE by using a data radio bearer DRB.
  • the processor 110 is configured to determine transmission path information of the data according to the correspondence between the DRB and the transmission path information;
  • the processor 110 is configured to acquire a first identifier of the UE, where the first identifier is used by the RAN device to determine, when receiving downlink data, that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE;
  • the transceiver 120 is further configured to send the data and the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device of the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
  • the RAN device sends the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device while transmitting the data to the next hop forwarding device of the data of the received UE, because the first identifier can
  • the RAN device determines the destination receiving device of the downlink data and the UE, thereby saving signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improving the efficiency of data transmission.
  • the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a key group, the first identifier, and a transmission path corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the transceiver 120 before the transceiver 120 receives the data packet sent by the UE, the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the core network device, where the third message includes the context of the UE.
  • the context information of the UE includes transmission path information corresponding to the DRB;
  • the processor 110 is further configured to establish the DRB with the UE according to the context information of the UE.
  • the transceiver 120 is further configured to receive data sent by the UE by using the DRB.
  • the transmission path information of the data includes: address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data; or address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data and the next hop
  • the second identifier assigned by the sending device to the UE, where the second identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device After receiving the data sent by the RAN device, it is determined that the data belongs to the UE.
  • the RAN device 100 may correspond to the RAN device in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the RAN device 100, ie, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, in order to implement the method 800 to the method 2000
  • the corresponding process in the process for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
  • the RAN device sends the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device while the data is sent to the next hop forwarding device of the data of the received UE, because the first identifier can be used for
  • the RAN device determines the destination receiving device of the downlink data and the UE, thereby saving signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improving the efficiency of data transmission.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 200 includes a processor 210 and a transceiver 220.
  • the processor 210 and the transceiver 220 are connected to each other.
  • the user equipment 200 further includes a memory 230 coupled to the processor 210.
  • the user equipment 200 includes a bus system 240.
  • the processor 210, the memory 230, and the transceiver 220 may be connected by a bus system 240.
  • the memory 230 may be used to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory 230 to control the transceiver 220 to transmit information or signal,
  • the processor 210 is configured to determine a first identifier corresponding to the data, where the first identifier is used by the first radio access network RAN device to determine transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier.
  • the transceiver 220 is configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier.
  • the first identity is sent to the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the data transmission of the UE according to the first identifier.
  • the path information thus, when the UE in the idle state has a data transmission requirement, the signaling overhead in the data transmission process can be reduced, and the efficiency of transmitting the data is improved.
  • the processor 210 is further configured to: encrypt the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
  • the transceiver 220 is specifically configured to: send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is encrypted by the UE by using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret
  • the first identifier of the UE, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device so that the first RAN device is configured according to the identifier of the UE, the identifier of the core network device, and the UE.
  • Acquiring the first identifier of the first key group to obtain the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and the transmission corresponding to the first identifier Path information.
  • the transceiver 220 before the transceiver 220 sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver 220 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device; receive the first The feedback information sent by the RAN device, the feedback information is used to indicate, by the first RAN device, whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the Identifying the corresponding transmission path information; when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, sending a second message to the core network device, where the second message is used to request the core network device to A RAN device sends context information of the UE.
  • the transceiver 220 before the transceiver 220 sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver 220 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device; receive the first a feedback information sent by the RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the context information of the UE is saved; when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the Sending a third message to the first RAN device, where the third message includes the identifier of the UE, the first identifier encrypted by the second key group, and the identifier of the core network device, to facilitate
  • the first RAN device acquires context information of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, the first identifier that is encrypted by the second key group, and the identifier of the core network device, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier. And transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the processor 210 is further configured to: encrypt the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
  • the transceiver 220 is specifically configured to: send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is encrypted by the UE by using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret
  • the device acquires the context information of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, the first identifier that is encrypted by the UE by using the first key group, and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first a key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the transceiver 220 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device, and receive feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate the first RAN.
  • the device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether a determination result of the context information of the UE is saved.
  • the processor 210 is further configured to: when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save context information of the UE, encrypt a context of the UE by using a public key of the first RAN device, a context of the UE
  • the information includes a first key group
  • the transceiver 220 is further configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is processed by the processor 210 using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret
  • the first identifier identified by the key group encryption and the processing unit encrypts the processed context information of the UE by using the public key of the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the data according to the context information of the UE. Transmission path information.
  • the context information of the UE is saved in the first RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a first key group, the first identifier, and the first identifier.
  • the transceiver 220 is further configured to: send a fourth message to the first RAN device, where the fourth message is used for requesting
  • the first RAN device restores the connection between the UE and the first RAN device, and receives a fifth message sent by the first RAN device, where the fifth message is used to indicate a connection between the UE and the first RAN device. Has been restored.
  • the transceiver 220 sends the first message to the first RAN device, specifically: sending the first message to the first RAN device by using the connection.
  • the transceiver 220 before the transceiver 220 sends the fourth message to the first RAN device, the transceiver 220 is further configured to: send a sixth message to the first RAN device, where the sixth message is used.
  • the first RAN device is configured to set the UE to a suspended state, and the seventh message sent by the first RAN device is received, where the seventh message is used to indicate that the first RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state.
  • the processor 210 is further configured to determine whether a range of motion of the UE in a preset time period is within a preset range;
  • the transceiver 220 is configured to send the sixth message to the first RAN device when the processor 210 determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time period is within a preset range.
  • the transmission path information of the data includes: The address information of the one-hop forwarding device, or the address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data, and the third identifier assigned by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, the third identifier is used for the next hop
  • the forwarding device determines that the data belongs to the UE.
  • the user equipment 200 may correspond to the user equipment in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the user equipment 200, that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the method 100 to the method 700.
  • the corresponding process in the process for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
  • the first RAN device sends the first identifier to the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the transmission path information of the data of the UE according to the first identifier. Therefore, when the UE in the idle state has a data transmission requirement, the signaling overhead in the data transmission process can be reduced, and the efficiency of transmitting the data is improved.
  • the transceiver 220 is configured to send a first message to the radio access network RAN device, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to set the UE to a suspended state;
  • the transceiver 220 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the RAN device, where the second message is used to indicate that the RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state, so that the UE sends data to the RAN device. And requesting the RAN device to restore the connection of the UE to the RAN device, and send data to the RAN device through the connection.
  • the user equipment UE requests the RAN device to set the UE to the suspended state, so that when the UE needs to transmit data, the UE may request the RAN device to directly restore the connection between the RAN device and the UE, thereby saving the letter. Increase overhead and increase the efficiency of data transmission.
  • the processor 210 is configured to determine whether a moving range of the UE in a preset time period is within a preset range
  • the transceiver 220 is configured to send the first message to the RAN device when the processor 210 determines that the UE is within a preset range of the mobile device.
  • the user equipment 40 may correspond to the user equipment in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the user equipment 40, that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the method 800 to the method 2000.
  • the corresponding process in the process for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
  • the user equipment UE requests the RAN device to set the UE to the suspended state, so that when the UE needs to send data, the UE may request the RAN device to directly restore the connection between the RAN device and the UE, which can save signaling overhead. Improve the efficiency of data transmission.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of a method of data transmission according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 20, method 3000 includes:
  • the user equipment UE sends a first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used.
  • the core network device determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
  • the AN may be an access network defined by 3GPP, such as 4G RAN, 5G RAN, or may be a non-3GPP defined network, such as WiFi, Ethernet, or the like.
  • 3GPP such as 4G RAN, 5G RAN
  • non-3GPP defined network such as WiFi, Ethernet, or the like.
  • S3020 The UE receives a second message sent by the core network device, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  • the user equipment sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the core network device, and the core network device determines, according to the information in the first message, the UE is used in the first state.
  • the parameter information is sent to the UE, and the second message including the parameter information is sent to enable the user equipment to enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the core network device may determine that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the first message itself, or the core network device determines that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the content carried in the first message, specifically, It may be determined according to the indication information that the request carried in the first message enters the first state, or may be determined according to the Cell list carried in the first message.
  • the UE stops sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
  • the UE stops sending the periodic location update request message to the core network device, and after the UE enters the first state, stops the periodic update timer or sets the periodic update timer to an unavailable state, thereby stopping the device to the core network.
  • a periodic location update request message is sent.
  • the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the core network device determines, according to the first range information, second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the UE determined by the core network device is in the first state. Subsequently, when the network has data to send the UE, the core network device or the AN device only needs to page the paging UE within the second range indicated by the second range information.
  • the UE is determined according to historical mobility information of the UE, or the first range information is historical movement information and the historical movement of the UE according to the UE.
  • the time period corresponding to the information is determined.
  • the UE determines to enter the first mobile range of the indication of the first mobile range information, and then the The UE sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device.
  • the UE may determine the range of motion when the UE is in the first state according to the historical movement information of the UE recorded by itself.
  • the UE sends a first message to the core network device.
  • the range of movement of the UE in the first state determined by the core network device may be understood as that the network determines that the UE is in the first state when moving within the range.
  • the UE when the UE moves out of the mobile range, the UE reports to the network that the range has been removed.
  • the range of the UE in the first state determined by the core network device may be the first range information sent by the UE, or the range generated by the core network device based on the first range information and/or the network configuration information reported by the UE.
  • the core network device may generate a Tracking Area ("TA") List or an AN Routing Areas ("AR") List according to the Cell List.
  • TA Tracking Area
  • AR AN Routing Areas
  • the UE determines that the user using the UE works in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the scope of the company is a cell list including cell-1, cell-2, and cell-3.
  • the UE requests the network to enter the first state, where the request carries the cell list, where the cell list is the mobile range reported by the UE in the first state.
  • the network may generate a mobile range determined by the network according to the cell list.
  • the mobile range determined by the network may be a cell list reported by the UE, or may be a TA list or an ARA list generated according to the cell list reported by the UE.
  • the first range information includes a cell list (Cell List) in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
  • Cell List a cell list in which the UE is in the first state
  • the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
  • the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range.
  • the core network device determines the second time period information according to the first time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate the time period determined by the core network device that the UE is in the first state.
  • the UE when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second scope information identifier, the UE sends a third message to the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the The first state and/or enter the second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device that the UE leaves the second range.
  • the first information includes mobile mode information
  • the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
  • the mobile mode is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the mobile mode is time that the UE corresponds to the historical mobile information of the UE and the historical mobile information.
  • the segment is determined.
  • the core network device determines the mobile mode of the UE according to the mobility mode information, and then, when the core network device sends the second message to the UE, the second message carries the UE that is used to indicate the core network device determines Information about the mobile mode.
  • the UE sends the first message to the core network entity when the determined mobility mode changes or when the UE enters the time period information corresponding to the mobile mode.
  • the movement mode may be, for example, a wide range movement, a small range movement, or a relatively stationary state.
  • the UE determines that the user using the UE is working in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the UE reports the mobile mode of the UE to the network as a small range of movement.
  • the UE sends the first message to the core network entity when determining that the UE changes from the large-range mobile to the small-scale mobile; or the UE is in the small-scale mobile that determines that the UE enters 9:00-18:00 After the segment, the first message is sent to the core network entity.
  • the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, where the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  • the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to the historical traffic of the UE, or the traffic information.
  • the UE is determined according to the historical traffic volume of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
  • the UE determines that the UE has social networking software such as QQ or WeChat, and needs to send and receive data frequently between the network and the network, and the service volume of the UE is to frequently send data.
  • social networking software such as QQ or WeChat
  • the method 3000 further includes:
  • S3030 The UE sends a registration message to the core network device, where the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state.
  • the core network device receives the registration message sent by the UE, and the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state.
  • S3040 The UE receives a registration response message sent by the core network device, where the registration response is cancelled.
  • the information carrying the core network device supports the first state.
  • the core network device sends a registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  • the first state includes: AN level tracking of AN level tracking; or RRC radio resource management deactivated connection state (Inactive Connected); or, Suspend state; Alternatively, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  • the location tracking of the AN level is to track the location of the UE by the AN, that is, when the UE is in the range of motion sent by the AN to the UE, the AN is not required to be notified; when the UE moves out of the range of the AN, the AN needs to be notified.
  • RRC Inactive Connected is the state of a UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and AN and The context of the UE is stored in the core network entity.
  • Suspend is a state of the UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and the AN and the core network
  • the context of the UE is stored in the entity.
  • the CM connection manages the long connection state to the state of one UE.
  • the UE In this state, the UE is always in the CM connection state, that is, the NAS signaling connection state, in the view of the core network entity.
  • the RRC radio resource management deactivates the connection state to a UE state.
  • the RRC connection between the UE and the AN may be in a disconnected state.
  • the UE In the view of the core network entity, the UE is in the CM connection state, that is, NAS signaling connection state.
  • the method 4000 includes:
  • the user equipment UE sends a first message to the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine the UE. Parameter information used in the first state;
  • the AN device may determine that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the first message itself, or the AN device determines that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the content carried in the first message, specifically, according to The indication information carried in the first message is determined by entering the indication information of the first state.
  • the AN may be an access network defined by 3GPP, such as 4G RAN, 5G RAN, or may be a non-3GPP defined network, such as WiFi, Ethernet, or the like.
  • 3GPP such as 4G RAN, 5G RAN
  • non-3GPP defined network such as WiFi, Ethernet, or the like.
  • S4020 The UE receives a second message sent by the AN device, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
  • the user equipment sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the access network device, and the access network device determines, according to the information in the first message, that the UE is in the first state.
  • the parameter information is used, and the second message including the parameter information is sent to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the AN device may determine that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the first message itself, or the AN device determines that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the content carried in the first message, specifically, according to
  • the indication information carried in the first message is determined by entering the indication information of the first state, or may be determined according to the Cell list carried in the first message.
  • the UE stops sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
  • the UE stops sending the periodic location update request message to the core network device, and after the UE enters the first state, stops the periodic update timer or sets the periodic update timer to an unavailable state, thereby stopping sending to the core network device.
  • Periodic location update request message when the UE enters the first state, the UE stops sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
  • the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the AN device determines, according to the first range information, second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the UE determined by the core AN device device is in the first state.
  • the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE moves information according to history of the UE and the The time period corresponding to the historical movement information is determined.
  • the UE determines to enter the first moving range of the indication of the first mobile range information.
  • the UE may determine, according to the historical movement information of the UE recorded by itself, the moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the UE sends a first message to the AN device.
  • the range of motion of the UE determined by the AN device in the first state may be understood as the AN determining that the UE is always in the first state when moving within the range.
  • the UE reports to the AN that the range has been removed.
  • the range of the UE that is determined by the UE to be in the first state may be the first range information sent by the UE, or the range generated by the AN device based on the first range information and/or the network configuration information reported by the UE. Assuming that the UE reports a Cell List, the AN device can generate a tracking area according to the Cell List. Called "TA") List or ARA List. For example, the UE determines that the user using the UE works in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the scope of the company is a cell list including cell-1, cell-2, and cell-3.
  • the UE requests the AN to enter the first state, and the request carries the cell list, where the cell list is the mobile range that is reported by the UE in the first state.
  • the AN may generate a mobile range determined by the network according to the cell list.
  • the mobile range determined by the network may be a cell list reported by the UE, or may be a TA list or an ARA list generated according to the cell list reported by the UE.
  • the AN device may send a message to the core network device, to request the core network device to determine whether the UE is allowed to enter the first state, if the core network device determines to allow When the UE enters the first state, the AN sends a second message to the UE.
  • the first range information includes a cell list (Cell List) in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
  • Cell List a cell list in which the UE is in the first state
  • the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
  • the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range.
  • the AN device determines the second time period information according to the first time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate the time period determined by the AN device that the UE is in the first state.
  • the UE when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second scope information identifier, the UE sends a third message to the AN device, where the third message is used to request to quit the first a state and/or entering a second state; or, the third message is used to notify the core network device that the UE leaves the second range.
  • the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
  • the mobile mode is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the mobile mode is determined by the UE according to historical movement information of the UE and a time period corresponding to the historical mobile information.
  • the AN device determines the mobile mode of the UE according to the mobile mode information, and then, when the second device sends the second message to the UE, the second message carries a mobile mode for indicating the UE determined by the AN device. Information.
  • the UE is determined to change when the mobile mode changes or when the UE enters the mobile mode, And sending the first message to the core network entity.
  • the movement mode may be, for example, a wide range movement, a small range movement, or a relatively stationary state.
  • the UE determines that the user using the UE is working in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the UE reports the mobile mode of the UE to the network as a small range of movement.
  • the UE sends the first message to the core network entity when determining that the UE changes from the large-range mobile to the small-scale mobile; or the UE is in the small-scale mobile that determines that the UE enters 9:00-18:00 After the segment, the first message is sent to the core network entity.
  • the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, where the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  • the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to the historical traffic of the UE, or the traffic information.
  • the UE is determined according to the historical traffic volume of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
  • the UE determines that the UE has social networking software such as QQ or WeChat, and needs to send and receive data frequently between the network and the network, and the service volume of the UE is to frequently send data.
  • social networking software such as QQ or WeChat
  • the method 4000 further includes:
  • S4030 The UE sends a registration message to the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state.
  • the AN device receives the registration message sent by the UE, and forwards the registration message to the core network device.
  • the UE receives a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  • the AN device receives the registration response message sent by the core network device, and forwards the registration response message to the UE.
  • the first state includes: AN Level Tracking AN Level Tracking; or, Radio Resource Management RRC Deactivated Connected State; or Suspend state;
  • the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  • the location tracking of the AN level is to track the location of the UE by the AN, that is, when the UE is in the range of motion sent by the AN to the UE, it is not necessary to notify the AN; when the UE moves out When the scope of the AN is required, the AN needs to be notified.
  • RRC Inactive Connected is the state of a UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and AN and The context of the UE is stored in the core network entity.
  • Suspend is a state of the UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and the AN and the core network
  • the context of the UE is stored in the entity.
  • the CM connection manages the long connection state to the state of one UE.
  • the UE In this state, the UE is always in the CM connection state, that is, the NAS signaling connection state, in the view of the core network entity.
  • the RRC radio resource management deactivates the connection state to a UE state.
  • the RRC connection between the UE and the AN may be in a disconnected state.
  • the UE In the view of the core network entity, the UE is in the CM connection state, that is, NAS signaling connection state.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram of a method of data transmission according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 22, the method 5000 includes:
  • the user equipment UE sends a first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes the first information, where the first information is used by the AN
  • the device determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state
  • the core network device may determine that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the first message itself, or the core network device determines that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the content carried in the first message, specifically, It may be determined according to the indication information that the request carried in the first message enters the first state, or may be determined according to the Cell list carried in the first message.
  • the AN may be an access network defined by 3GPP, such as 4G RAN, 5G RAN, or may be a non-3GPP defined network, such as WiFi, Ethernet, or the like.
  • 3GPP such as 4G RAN, 5G RAN
  • non-3GPP defined network such as WiFi, Ethernet, or the like.
  • the core network device sends a second message to the AN device, where the second message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine parameter information used by the UE in the first state.
  • S5030 The UE receives a third message sent by the AN device, where the third message includes the parameter information.
  • the access network device receives the second message sent by the core network device, determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the second message, and sends the parameter information to the UE.
  • the second message including the parameter information is sent, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the UE stops.
  • a periodic location update request message is sent to the AN device.
  • the UE stops sending the periodic location update request message to the core network device, and after the UE enters the first state, stops the periodic update timer or sets the periodic update timer to an unavailable state, thereby stopping the device to the core network.
  • a periodic location update request message is sent.
  • the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the AN device determines, according to the first range information, second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the UE determined by the core AN device device is in the first state.
  • the UE is determined according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the mobile mode is time that the UE corresponds to the historical mobile information of the UE and the historical mobile information.
  • the segment is determined.
  • the UE determines to enter the first moving range of the indication of the first mobile range information.
  • the UE may determine, according to the historical movement information of the UE recorded by itself, the moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the UE sends a first message to the AN device.
  • the range of motion of the UE determined by the AN device in the first state may be understood as the AN determining that the UE is always in the first state when moving within the range.
  • the UE reports to the AN that the range has been removed.
  • the range of the UE that is determined by the UE to be in the first state may be the first range information sent by the UE, or the range generated by the AN device based on the first range information and/or the network configuration information reported by the UE. Assuming that the UE reports a Cell List, the AN device can generate a Tracking Area ("TA") List or an ARA List according to the Cell List. For example, the UE determines that the user using the UE works in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the scope of the company is a cell list including cell-1, cell-2, and cell-3.
  • TA Tracking Area
  • the UE requests the AN to enter the first state, and the request carries the cell list, where the cell list is the mobile range that is reported by the UE in the first state.
  • the AN may generate a mobile range determined by the network according to the cell list.
  • the mobile range determined by the network may be a cell list reported by the UE, or may be a TA list or an ARA list generated according to the cell list reported by the UE.
  • the core network device may send a second message to the AN device, where the second message is used to request the core network device to set the UE to the first state; or The second message is used to notify the access network device that the UE enters the first state.
  • the first range information includes a cell list (Cell List) in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
  • Cell List a cell list in which the UE is in the first state
  • the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
  • the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range.
  • the AN device determines the second time period information according to the first time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate the time period determined by the AN device that the UE is in the first state.
  • the UE when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second scope information identifier, the UE sends a fourth message to the AN device, where the fourth message is used to request to quit the first a state and/or entering a second state; or, the fourth message is used to notify the core network device that the UE leaves the second range.
  • the core network device sends a fifth message to the AN device, where the fifth message is used to notify the AN device that the UE exits the first state and/or enters the second state.
  • the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
  • the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is a time that the UE corresponds to the historical mobility information of the UE and the historical mobility information.
  • the segment is determined.
  • the AN device determines the mobile mode of the UE according to the mobile mode information, and then, when the second device sends the second message to the UE, the second message carries a mobile mode for indicating the UE determined by the AN device.
  • the UE sends the first message to the core network entity when the determined mobility mode changes or when the UE enters the time period information corresponding to the mobile mode.
  • the movement mode may be, for example, a wide range movement, a small range movement, or a relatively stationary state.
  • the UE determines that the user using the UE is working in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the UE reports the mobile mode of the UE to the network as a small range of movement.
  • the UE sends the first message to the core network entity when determining that the UE changes from the large-range mobile to the small-scale mobile; or the UE is in the small-scale mobile that determines that the UE enters 9:00-18:00 After the segment, the first message is sent to the core network entity.
  • the first information includes traffic information of the UE, where The traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  • the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to the historical traffic of the UE, or the traffic The information is determined by the UE according to the historical traffic volume of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
  • the UE determines that the UE has social networking software such as QQ or WeChat, and needs to send and receive data frequently between the network and the network, and the service volume of the UE is to frequently send data.
  • social networking software such as QQ or WeChat
  • the method 5000 further includes:
  • S5040 The UE sends a registration message to the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state.
  • the AN device receives the registration message sent by the UE, and forwards the registration message to the core network device.
  • S5050 The UE receives a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  • the AN device receives the registration response message sent by the core network device, and forwards the registration response message to the UE.
  • the first state includes: AN Level Tracking AN Level Tracking; or, Radio Resource Management RRC Deactivated Connected State; or Suspend state;
  • the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  • the location tracking of the AN level is to track the location of the UE by the AN, that is, when the UE is in the range of motion sent by the AN to the UE, the AN is not required to be notified; when the UE moves out of the range of the AN, the AN needs to be notified.
  • RRC Inactive Connected is the state of a UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and AN and The context of the UE is stored in the core network entity.
  • Suspend is a state of the UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and the AN and the core network
  • the context of the UE is stored in the entity.
  • the CM connection manages the long connection state to the state of one UE.
  • the UE In this state, the UE is always in the CM connection state, that is, the NAS signaling connection state, in the view of the core network entity.
  • the RRC radio resource management deactivates the connection state to a UE state, in which the RRC connection between the UE and the AN may be in a disconnected state.
  • the UE In the view of the core network entity, the UE is in the CM connection state, that is, the NAS signaling connection state.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 23, the method 6000 includes:
  • S6010 The UE determines to enter a relative location fixed area
  • the UE determines to move within a predetermined area (Cell List or TA List) within a predetermined time.
  • S6020 The UE sends a Tracking Area Updating (TAU) request message to the CP Fcunction.
  • TAU Tracking Area Updating
  • the TAU request message carries information indicating that the UE can enter the Suspend state, the predetermined area of the UE, or the TUA message optionally carries the latest mobility level of the UE, for example, unrestricted mobility (Unlimited) Mobility), Limited Mobility, No Mobility.
  • Unlimited unrestricted mobility
  • Limited Mobility Limited Mobility
  • No Mobility No Mobility
  • the CP Function determines, according to the subscription information of the UE, whether to respond to the TAU request message.
  • the CP Function determines whether the UE is allowed to send a TAU request, and the CP Function can determine the mobile range of the allowed UE according to the predetermined area. Further, the mobile level of the UE can be determined.
  • S6040 The CP Function sends a TAU Accept message to the UE.
  • the TAU Accept message carries the allowed mobile range of the UE. Further, the TAU Accept message includes the latest mobile level.
  • S6050 The UE sends a Service Request message to the CP Function.
  • the UE determines whether the UE includes the indication information for activating the Suspend state in the Service Request message if it is within the predetermined time period;
  • S6060 The CP Fucntion sends an NG2 AP message to the AN device.
  • the N2 AP message carries the session context, and the UE enters the Suspend state and the allowed UE's mobility range.
  • S6070 The AN device saves the allowed mobile range of the UE.
  • a DRB is established between the AN and the UE for transmitting data.
  • the AN device determines that the Inactive Time of the UE is timed out, and the AN device sends an RRC Connection Release message to the UE.
  • the subsequent AN device receives the downlink data sent to the UE, the UE is paged within the mobile range of the saved UE.
  • the user equipment UE 50 includes:
  • the sending unit 51 is configured to send, by using the access network AN device, a first message to the core network device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes the first information, where the first information is used by Determining, by the core network device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
  • the receiving unit 52 is configured to receive a second message sent by the core network device, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
  • the user equipment sends a first message requesting the first state to the core network device, and the core network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message, and The UE sends a second message including the parameter information, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the sending unit 51 is further configured to: when the UE enters the first state, stop sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
  • the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
  • the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is based on the history of the UE.
  • the time period corresponding to the movement information and the historical movement information is determined.
  • the UE further includes: a determining unit, configured to determine, by the UE, the first moving range indicated by the first moving range information.
  • the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range.
  • the parameter information includes second range information, where the second range information is determined by the AN device according to the first range information, where the second range information is used to identify the AN The range of motion when the UE is in the first state determined by the device.
  • the sending unit 52 is further configured to: when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second range information identifier, send a third message to the core network device, where the third The message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter the second state, or the third message is used to notify the AN device that the UE leaves the second range.
  • the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
  • the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves information and information according to the history of the UE. The time period corresponding to the historical movement information is determined.
  • the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, where the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  • the sending unit 52 before the sending unit 52 sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, the sending unit 52 is further configured to: send a registration message to the core network device, where The registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state;
  • the receiving unit 51 is configured to: receive a registration response message sent by the core network device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  • the first state includes: location tracking of an AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state; or , CM connected state, RRC deactivates the connected state.
  • the user equipment 50 may correspond to the method 3000 for performing data transmission in the embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the user equipment 50 are respectively implemented in the method 3000.
  • the corresponding process performed by the user equipment body is not described here for brevity.
  • FIG. 25 is a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 25, the user equipment UE 60 includes:
  • the sending unit 61 is configured to send a first message to the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine the Parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
  • the receiving unit 62 is configured to receive a second message sent by the AN device, where the second message is an acknowledgement message of the first message, and the second message includes the parameter information.
  • the user equipment sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the access network device, and the access network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message. And sending a second message including the parameter information to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the sending unit 61 is further configured to: when the UE enters the first state, stop sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
  • the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
  • the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is based on the history of the UE.
  • the time period corresponding to the movement information and the historical movement information is determined.
  • the UE further includes a determining unit, configured to determine that the UE enters the first moving range indicated by the first moving range information.
  • the parameter information includes second range information, where the second range information is determined by the AN or the core network device according to the first range information, where the second range information is used. And identifying a range of movement when the UE or the core network device determines that the UE is in the first state.
  • the sending unit 62 is further configured to: when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second range information identifier, send a third message to the core network device, where the third The message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter the second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device that the UE leaves the second range.
  • the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
  • the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves information and information according to the history of the UE. The time period corresponding to the historical movement information is determined.
  • the first information includes traffic information of the UE, where The traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  • the sending unit 62 before the sending unit 62 sends the first message to the AN device, the sending unit 62 is further configured to: send, by using the AN device, a registration message to the core network device, where the registration message is carried in the The UE supports the information of the first state;
  • the receiving unit 61 is further configured to: receive a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  • the first state includes: location tracking of the AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state; Alternatively, the CM is connected to the state, and the RRC deactivates the connected state.
  • the user equipment 60 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the method 4000 of performing data transmission in embodiments of the present invention, and that the above and other operations and/or functions of the various modules in the user equipment 60 are respectively implemented in the method 4000.
  • the corresponding process performed by the user equipment body is not described here for brevity.
  • FIG. 26 shows a user equipment UE according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 70 includes:
  • the sending unit 71 is configured to send, by using the access network AN device, a first message to the core network device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is Determining, by the AN device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
  • the receiving unit 72 is configured to receive a second message sent by the AN device, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  • the user equipment sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the core network device, and receives a parameter used by the access network device according to the information in the first message, which is used by the UE in the first state.
  • the information the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the sending unit 71 is further configured to: when the UE enters the first state, stop sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
  • the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the first range information includes that the UE is in the a cell list of the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
  • the first range information is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is according to the UE.
  • the historical movement information is determined by the time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  • the UE further includes: a determining unit, configured to determine, by the UE, the first moving range of the indication that the first mobile range information is entered.
  • the parameter information includes second range information, where the second range information is determined by the AN or the core network device according to the first range information, where The second range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE or the core network device determines that the UE is in the first state.
  • the sending unit 71 is further configured to: when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second range information identifier, send the third to the core network device. a message, the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter a second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device, the UE leaving the second scope information identifier The scope.
  • the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE. .
  • the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves information and information according to the history of the UE. The time period corresponding to the historical movement information is determined.
  • the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  • the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is a historical traffic of the UE according to the UE. Determining, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to a historical traffic volume of the UE and a time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
  • the sending unit 71 is further configured to: use the AN device to the core network device Sending a registration message, where the registration message carries the UE to support the first state State information
  • the receiving unit 72 is further configured to receive a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  • the first state includes: location tracking of the AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state Or, CM connected state, RRC deactivates the connected state.
  • the user equipment 70 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the method 5000 of performing data transmission in embodiments of the present invention, and that the above and other operations and/or functions of the various modules in the user equipment 70 are respectively implemented in the method 5000.
  • the corresponding process performed by the user equipment body is not described here for brevity.
  • FIG. 27 shows a core network device according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the core network device 80 includes:
  • the receiving unit 81 is configured to receive a first message sent by the user equipment UE by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is included Determining, by the core network device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
  • a determining unit 82 configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
  • the sending unit 83 is configured to send a second message to the UE, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
  • the core network device receives the first message sent by the user equipment to enter the first state, and the core network device determines, according to the information in the first message, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state, and The second message including the parameter information is sent to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
  • the first range information is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is according to the UE.
  • the historical movement information is determined by the time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  • the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range;
  • the determining unit 82 is configured to: determine, according to the first time period information, second time period information, the second, according to the first information, determining the parameter information used by the UE in the first state.
  • the time period information is used to indicate a time period determined by the determining unit that the UE is in the first state.
  • the determining unit 82 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first range information, The second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the determining unit determines that the UE is in the first state.
  • the sending unit 83 is configured to: send, to the AN device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information.
  • the first range information so that the AN device determines second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the UE is determined to be in the first state by the AN device;
  • the receiving unit 81 is configured to receive a message that is sent by the AN device and includes the second range information.
  • the determining unit 82 is configured to determine the second range information from the message.
  • the receiving unit 81 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the UE, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter the second state, or The third message is used to notify the core network device, and the UE leaves the second range.
  • the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE;
  • the determining unit 82 is specifically configured to determine, according to the mobile mode information, a mobile mode of the UE, where the parameter information is determined according to the first information, where the parameter information is used by the UE in the first state.
  • Information for indicating a mobile mode of the UE determined by the determining unit is included.
  • the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, where the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  • the receiving unit 81 before the receiving unit 81 receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE through the access network AN device, the receiving unit 81 is further configured to: receive the registration message sent by the UE, where The registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state;
  • the sending unit 82 is further configured to: send a registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries information that the core network entity supports the first state.
  • the first state includes: location tracking of an AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state; or , CM connected state, RRC deactivates the connected state.
  • the core network device 80 may correspond to the method 3000 for performing data transmission in the embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the core network device 80 are respectively implemented in order to implement the method.
  • the corresponding process performed by the core network device body in 3000 is not described here for brevity.
  • FIG. 28 shows an access network device according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the access network device 90 includes:
  • the receiving unit 91 is configured to receive a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine that the UE is in the Parameter information used in the first state;
  • a determining unit 92 configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state
  • the sending unit 93 is configured to send a second message to the UE, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
  • the access network device receives the first message sent by the user equipment to enter the first state, and the access network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message. And sending a second message including the parameter information to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area column in which the UE is in the first state. table.
  • the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range;
  • the determining unit 92 is configured to determine, according to the first time period information, the second time period information, the second, according to the first information, determining the parameter information used by the UE in the first state.
  • the time period information is used to indicate a period of time that the UE determines that the UE is in the first state.
  • the determining unit 92 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first information, the second The range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE is in the first state determined by the AN device.
  • the receiving unit 91 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the UE, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter the second state, or The third message is used to notify the AN device that the UE leaves the second range.
  • the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE;
  • the determining unit 92 is specifically configured to determine, according to the mobile mode information, a mobile mode of the UE, where the parameter information is determined according to the first information, where the parameter information is used by the UE in the first state.
  • Information for indicating a mobile mode of the UE determined by the determining unit is included.
  • the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, where the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  • the receiving unit 91 before the receiving unit 91 receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE, the receiving unit 91 is further configured to: receive the registration message sent by the UE; the sending unit is further configured to: The network device forwards the registration message, where the registration message carries information that the UE supports the first state;
  • the receiving unit 91 is further configured to: receive the registration response message sent by the core network device, and the sending unit 93 is further configured to: forward the registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries the core network device to support the first Status information.
  • the first state includes: location tracking of an AN level; Alternatively, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  • the access network device 90 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the method 4000 of performing data transmission in embodiments of the present invention, and that the above and other operations and/or functions of the various modules in the access network device 90 are respectively The corresponding process performed by the core network device in the method 4000 is not described here for brevity.
  • FIG. 29 shows an access network device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 29, the access network device 1000 includes
  • the receiving unit 1100 is configured to receive a first message sent by the core network device, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine that the UE is used in the first state. Parameter information;
  • a determining unit 1200 configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state
  • the sending unit 1300 is configured to send a second message to the UE, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  • the access network device receives a message sent by the core network device for requesting to set the UE to the first state, and determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the message.
  • the second message including the parameter information is sent to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  • the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes that the UE is in the first state.
  • a list of location areas optionally, includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes that the UE is in the first state.
  • the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range;
  • the determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to determine, according to the first time period information, a second time period, according to the first information, determining the parameter information used by the UE in the first state. And the second time period information is used to indicate a period of time that the UE determined by the AN is in the first state.
  • determining, according to the first information, that the UE is in the office is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first information, second range information, where the second range information is used to identify the identifier determined by the AN device, in the parameter information used by the first state. The range of movement when the UE is in the first state.
  • the sending unit 1300 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the UE or the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and Or entering a second state, or the third message is used to notify the AN device that the UE leaves the second range.
  • the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range;
  • the determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to determine, according to the mobile mode information, a mobile mode of the UE, according to the first information, determining the parameter information used by the UE in the first state. ;
  • the parameter information includes information used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE determined by the AN device.
  • the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  • the receiving unit 1100 is further configured to: receive the registration message sent by the UE, and forward the message to the core network device. And the registration message, where the registration message carries the information that the UE supports the first state, and the registration response message sent by the core network device, where the sending unit 1300 is configured to forward the And a registration response message, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  • the first state includes: location tracking of the AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state Or, CM connected state, RRC deactivates the connected state.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment of FIG. 30 can perform the method performed by the user equipment in each of the flows in FIG.
  • the user device 300 of FIG. 30 includes a transceiver 310, a processor 320, and a memory 330.
  • the processor 320 controls the operation of the user device 300 and can be used to process signals.
  • Memory 330 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 320.
  • the various components of user device 300 pass through bus system 340 Coupled together, the bus system 340 includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 340 in the figure.
  • the method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 320 or implemented by the processor 320.
  • each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 320 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 320 can be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, and can be implemented or executed in an embodiment of the invention.
  • a general purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 330, and the processor 320 reads the information in the memory 330 and combines the hardware to perform the steps of the above method.
  • the transceiver 310 is configured to send, by using an access network AN device, a first message to the core network device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where The first information is used by the core network device to determine parameter information used by the UE in the first state.
  • the transceiver 310 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the core network device, where the second message is the first message. A confirmation message of the message, the parameter information is included in the second message.
  • the user equipment sends a first message requesting the first state to the core network device, and the core network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message, and The UE sends a second message including the parameter information, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the user equipment 300 may correspond to the user equipment 50 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding subject in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and in the user equipment 300.
  • the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 3000, and are not described herein again for brevity.
  • the transceiver 310 is configured to send a first message to the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN
  • the device determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the transceiver 310 is further configured to Receiving a second message sent by the AN device, where the second message is an acknowledgement message of the first message, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
  • the user equipment sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the access network device, and the access network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message. And sending a second message including the parameter information to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the user equipment 300 may correspond to the user equipment 60 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding subject in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and in the user equipment 300.
  • the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 4000, and are not described herein for brevity.
  • the transceiver 310 is configured to send, by using an access network AN device, a first message to the core network device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where The first information is used by the AN device to determine parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the transceiver 310 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the AN device, where the second message is Contains the parameter information.
  • the user equipment sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the core network device, and receives a parameter used by the access network device according to the information in the first message, which is used by the UE in the first state.
  • the information the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the user equipment 300 may correspond to the user equipment 70 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding subject in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and in the user equipment 300.
  • the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 5000, and are not described herein for brevity.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic block diagram of a core network device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the core network device of FIG. 31 can perform the method performed by the core network device in each flow in FIG.
  • the core network device 400 of FIG. 31 includes a transceiver 410, a processor 420, and a memory 430.
  • Processor 420 controls the operation of core network device 400 and can be used to process signals.
  • Memory 430 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 420.
  • the various components of the core network device 400 are coupled together by a bus system 440, which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 440 in the figure.
  • the method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 420 or implemented by the processor 420.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 420 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 420 can be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, can be implemented or executed in an embodiment of the invention.
  • a general purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 430, and the processor 420 reads the information in the memory 430 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the transceiver 410 is configured to receive a first message sent by the user equipment UE by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the a message for the core network device to determine parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the processor 420: configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state; The transceiver 410 is further configured to send a second message to the UE, where the second message is a determining message of the first message, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
  • the core network device receives the first message sent by the user equipment to enter the first state, and the core network device determines, according to the information in the first message, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state, and The second message including the parameter information is sent to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the core network device 400 may correspond to the core network device 70 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding body in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the core network
  • the foregoing and other operations and/or functions of the modules in the device 400 are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 3000, and are not described herein again for brevity.
  • the access network device of FIG. 32 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the access network device of FIG. 32 can perform the method performed by the access network device in each of the processes in FIG.
  • the access network device 500 of FIG. 32 includes a transceiver 510, a processor 520, and a memory 530.
  • Processor 520 controls the operation of access network device 500 and can be used to process signals.
  • Memory 530 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 520.
  • Each component of the access network device 500 passes through the total
  • the line systems 540 are coupled together, wherein the bus system 540 includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 540 in the figure.
  • the method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 520 or implemented by the processor 520.
  • each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 520 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 520 can be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, and can be implemented or executed in an embodiment of the invention.
  • a general purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 530, and the processor 520 reads the information in the memory 530 and performs the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the transceiver 410 is configured to receive a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine The parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the processor 520, configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the transceiver 510 is further configured to The UE sends a second message, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
  • the access network device receives the first message sent by the user equipment to enter the first state, and the access network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message. And sending a second message including the parameter information to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the access network device 400 may correspond to the access network device 90 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding body in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and
  • the foregoing and other operations and/or functions of the modules in the access network device 400 are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 4000, and are not described herein again for brevity.
  • the transceiver 510 is configured to receive a first message sent by the core network device, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine that the UE is in the first The parameter information used by the state; the processor 520, configured to determine, according to the first information, The parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the transceiver 510 is further configured to send a second message to the UE, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  • the access network device receives the message sent by the core network device, and determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the message, and sends a second message including the parameter information to the UE.
  • the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
  • the access network device 500 may correspond to the access network device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding body in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and
  • the foregoing and other operations and/or functions of the modules in the access network device 500 are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 5000.
  • details are not described herein again.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated in one unit. In the unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting data. The method comprises: a first radio access network (RAN) device receiving a first message sent by a user equipment (UE), wherein the first message comprises data and a first identification; the first RAN device determining, according to the first identification, transmission path information about the data; and the first RAN device forwarding the data according to the transmission path information about the data. Thus, when a UE in an idle state has a data sending requirement, a signalling overhead in a data transmission process can be reduced, and the data transmitting efficiency is improved.

Description

传输数据的方法和设备Method and device for transmitting data
本申请要求于2016年07月4日提交中国专利局、申请号为PCT/CN2016/088432、发明名称为“传输数据的方法和设备”的PCT专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。The present application claims priority to PCT Patent Application No. PCT/CN2016/088432, entitled "Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Data", filed on July 4, 2016, the entire contents of In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本发明实施例涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及传输数据的方法和设备。Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications and, more particularly, to methods and apparatus for transmitting data.
背景技术Background technique
现有的通信系统中,用户设备(User Equipment,简称为“UE”)进入空闲(Idle)态时,基站会删除基站中保存的UE的上下文信息。在这种情况下,当处于Idle态的UE需要发送或接收数据时,需要UE与基站(eNodeB)之间、eNodeB与移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,简称为“MME”)之间以及MME与服务网关(Serving GateWay,简称为“SGW”)之间需要进行多次的信令交互使UE进入连接(Connected)态,完成数据的发送或接收后,同样需要进行多次的信令交互使得UE进入Idle态。In the existing communication system, when the user equipment (User Equipment, referred to as "UE") enters the idle state, the base station deletes the context information of the UE stored in the base station. In this case, when the UE in the Idle state needs to transmit or receive data, it needs between the UE and the base station (eNodeB), between the eNodeB and the Mobility Management Entity (MME), and between the MME and the MME. The service gateway (Serving GateWay, referred to as "SGW") needs to perform multiple signaling interactions to enable the UE to enter the Connected state. After the data is sent or received, the UE also needs to perform multiple signaling interactions to make the UE. Enter the Idle state.
尤其是对于微信、微博、QQ等即时通信类业务,这类业务为了保证永远在线,需要在手机客户端与应用服务器间通过频繁的发送心跳包(小数据包)来实现长连接,频繁心跳包的发送会导致UE频繁的在Idle态和Connected态之间进行切换,导致较高的信令开销,影响数据的传输效率。Especially for instant messaging services such as WeChat, Weibo, QQ, etc., in order to ensure always online, such services need to send heartbeat packets (small data packets) between the mobile client and the application server to achieve long connections and frequent heartbeats. The transmission of the packet causes the UE to frequently switch between the Idle state and the Connected state, resulting in higher signaling overhead and affecting data transmission efficiency.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种传输数据的方法和设备,能够降低数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高数据传输的效率。The present application provides a method and device for transmitting data, which can reduce signaling overhead during data transmission and improve data transmission efficiency.
为了便于理解本申请,首先在此介绍本申请的描述中会引入的几个要素:In order to facilitate the understanding of the present application, several elements introduced in the description of the present application are first introduced herein:
加密处理:对待发送的信息进行加密和/或进行完整性保护。Encryption processing: Encryption and/or integrity protection of the information to be sent.
密钥组:包括加密密钥和/或完整性保护的密钥。Key group: A key that includes an encryption key and/or integrity protection.
连接(Connected)态,用户设备(User Equipment,简称为“UE”)与 无线接入网(Radio Access Network,简称为“RAN”)设备之间建立了无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,简称为“RRC”)连接。Connected state, user equipment (User Equipment, referred to as "UE") and A radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, abbreviated as "RRC") connection is established between the Radio Access Network ("RAN") devices.
空闲(Idle)态,UE与RAN设备之间没有RRC连接。In the idle state, there is no RRC connection between the UE and the RAN device.
挂起(Suspend)状态,UE与RAN设备之间没有RRC连接,但RAN设备和UE内均保存有UE的上下文信息,并且可以通过恢复(Resume)消息恢复UE与RAN设备间的RRC连接,可选的,还可以恢复UE与RAN设备间的用于传输数据的数据无线承载(Data Radio Bearer,简称为“DRB”)。In the Suspend state, there is no RRC connection between the UE and the RAN device, but the context information of the UE is saved in both the RAN device and the UE, and the RRC connection between the UE and the RAN device can be restored by using a Resume message. Alternatively, a Data Radio Bearer ("DRB") for transmitting data between the UE and the RAN device may also be restored.
UE的标识,能够唯一标识UE的标识,可以是由RAN设备为UE分配的标识,也可以为控制面设备(CP Function)为该UE分配的标识。The identifier of the UE, which is an identifier that can be uniquely identified by the UE, and may be an identifier allocated by the RAN device for the UE, or may be an identifier assigned by the control plane device (CP Function) to the UE.
第一方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,第一无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息中包括数据和第一标识;该第一RAN设备根据该第一标识,确定该数据的传输路径信息;该第一RAN设备根据该数据的传输路径信息,转发该数据。a first aspect, a method for transmitting data, where a first radio access network RAN device receives a first message sent by a user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier; a first identifier determining transmission path information of the data; the first RAN device forwarding the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
因此,根据本申请实施例的传输数据的方法,无线接入网RAN设备可以通过用户设备UE发送数据的同时发送的第一标识,确定UE的数据的传输路径信息,按照路径传输信息转发UE的数据,由此,当处于空闲态的UE有数据发送需求时,不需要重建UE与RAN设备之间的用户面连接、RAN设备与核心网设备中的控制面设备之间的信令连接以及RAN设备与核心网设备中的用户面设备之间的用户面连接,从而能够降低数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高传输数据的效率。Therefore, according to the method for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present application, the radio access network RAN device may determine the transmission path information of the data of the UE by using the first identifier sent by the user equipment UE to transmit data, and forward the UE according to the path transmission information. Data, whereby when the UE in the idle state has a data transmission requirement, there is no need to reconstruct the user plane connection between the UE and the RAN device, the signaling connection between the RAN device and the control plane device in the core network device, and the RAN The user plane connection between the device and the user plane device in the core network device can reduce the signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improve the efficiency of data transmission.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第一无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息中包括数据和第一标识,包括:第一RAN设备接收该UE发送的该第一消息,该第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的该数据、该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和核心网设备的标识;With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first radio access network RAN device receives a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier, The first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, and the first message The identity of the UE and the identity of the core network device;
其中,该第一RAN设备根据该第一标识,确定该数据的传输路径信息,包括:该第一RAN设备根据该核心网设备的标识,向该核心网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括该UE的标识和该第一秘钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,以便于该核心网设备根据该UE的标识和该第一秘钥组加密处理过的该第一标识验证该UE合法后,向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标 识对应的传输路径信息;该第一RAN设备将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, and the first RAN device sends a second message to the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device, where the second message is sent by the first RAN device. The identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group are processed, so that the core network device verifies the identifier according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group. After the UE is legal, the context information of the UE is sent to the first RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and the first identifier. The corresponding transmission path information is identified; the first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
也就是说,当第一RAN设备中没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,第一RAN设备可以向核心网设备请求UE的上下文信息,并从请求到的UE的上下文信息中获取UE的数据的传输路径信息。That is, when the context information of the UE is not saved in the first RAN device, the first RAN device may request the core network device to request the context information of the UE, and acquire the data transmission of the UE from the context information of the requested UE. Path information.
可选地,核心网设备根据UE的标识和第一密钥组加密处理过的第一标识验证UE是否合法的实现方式为:核心网设备根据UE的标识从保存的UE的上下文信息中获得第一密钥组,采用第一密钥组对第一密钥组加密处理过的第一标识进行解密处理,如果第一密钥组加密处理过的第一标识能够解密并且与核心网设备内保存的第一标识一致,核心网设备确定UE合法。Optionally, the implementation manner of the core network device verifying whether the UE is legal according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group is: the core network device obtains the first information from the saved UE according to the identifier of the UE. a key group, using the first key group to decrypt the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, if the first identifier encrypted by the first key group can be decrypted and saved in the core network device The first identifier is consistent, and the core network device determines that the UE is legal.
可选地,当UE上有多个能够传输数据的会话时,UE的上下文信息中包括所有用于传输数据的传输路径信息,在这种情况下,第一RAN设备根据UE的上下文中包括的第一密钥组对接收的第一消息中包括的第一密钥组加密处理的第一标识进行解密处理,获取到第一标识的明文后,获得第一标识对应的传输路径信息。Optionally, when there are multiple sessions on the UE capable of transmitting data, the context information of the UE includes all transmission path information used for transmitting data, in this case, the first RAN device is included according to the context of the UE. The first key group decrypts the first identifier of the first key group encryption process included in the received first message, and obtains the clear path corresponding to the first identifier after obtaining the plaintext of the first identifier.
可选地,核心网设备的标识可以携带在UE的标识中,或者可以是第一信息中携带的一个单独的标识。Optionally, the identifier of the core network device may be carried in the identifier of the UE, or may be a single identifier carried in the first information.
由此,在第一RAN设备保存接收到的UE的上下文信息后,当处于Idle态的UE有数据传输时,第一RAN设备可以从保存的UE的上下文信息中获取到UE的数据的传输路径信息,能够降低传输数据过程中的信令开销,提高传输数据的效率。Therefore, after the first RAN device saves the context information of the received UE, when the UE in the Idle state has data transmission, the first RAN device may acquire the transmission path of the data of the UE from the context information of the saved UE. Information can reduce the signaling overhead in the process of transmitting data and improve the efficiency of transmitting data.
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该向核心网设备发送第二消息,包括:当该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识确定没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,该第一RAN设备向该核心网设备发送该第二消息。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the sending, by the first RAN device, the second message, according to the identifier of the UE When it is determined that the context information of the UE is not saved, the first RAN device sends the second message to the core network device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在该第一RAN设备接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该方法还包括:该第一RAN设备接收该UE发送的该UE的标识;该第一RAN设备向该UE发送反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果,以便于该UE在该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,请求核心网设备向该第一RAN设备 发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;With the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, before the first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, the method further includes: the first RAN device receiving the UE sending The identifier of the UE is sent by the first RAN device to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE, so as to facilitate the When the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the UE requests the core network device to the first RAN device. Sending the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
其中,该第一RAN设备根据该第一标识,确定该数据的传输路径信息,包括:该第一RAN设备将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, and the first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
可选地,UE请求核心网设备向第一RAN设备发送UE的上下文信息的实现方式为:UE通过第一RAN设备向核心网设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求核心网设备向该第一RAN设备发送UE的上下文信息。Optionally, the UE requests the core network device to send the context information of the UE to the first RAN device, where the UE sends a request message to the core network device by using the first RAN device, where the request message is used to request the core network device to A RAN device transmits context information of the UE.
可选地,核心网设备向第一RAN设备发送的UE的上下文信息中包括密钥,第一RAN设备根据上下文信息中包括的该密钥生成用于UE与该第一RAN设备之间进行加密和/或完整性保护的密钥,并发送给UE。Optionally, the context information of the UE sent by the core network device to the first RAN device includes a key, and the first RAN device generates, according to the key included in the context information, the encryption between the UE and the first RAN device. And/or integrity protected key and sent to the UE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在该第一RAN设备接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该方法还包括:该第一RAN设备接收该UE发送的该UE的标识;该第一RAN设备向该UE发送反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果;当该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,该第一RAN设备接收该UE发送的第三消息,该第三消息中包括该UE的标识、第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和核心网设备的标识;该第一RAN设备根据该核心网设备的标识,向该核心网设备发送第四消息,该第四消息中包括该UE的标识和该第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,以便于该核心网设备根据该UE的标识和该第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识验证该UE合法后向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;With the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, before the first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, the method further includes: the first RAN device receiving the UE sending The identifier of the UE; the first RAN device sends feedback information to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate, by the first RAN device, whether to determine whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE; When the information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the first RAN device receives the third message sent by the UE, where the third message includes the identifier of the UE, and the second key group is encrypted. The first identifier and the identifier of the core network device; the first RAN device sends a fourth message to the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device, where the fourth message includes the identifier of the UE and the second key Encrypting the first identifier that is processed by the group, so that the core network device sends the UE to the first RAN device according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the second key group. Up and down Information, context information of the UE included in the first transmission path and the identification information corresponding to the first identification;
其中,该第一RAN设备根据该第一标识,确定该数据的传输路径信息,包括:该第一RAN设备将与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, and the first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
需要说明的是,第二密钥组为UE与核心网设备之间的非接入层(Non Access Stratum,简称为“NAS”)密钥组。It should be noted that the second key group is a non-access stratum (Non Access Stratum, abbreviated as "NAS") key group between the UE and the core network device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,该第一无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息中包括数据 和第一标识,包括:第一RAN设备接收UE发送的该第一消息,该第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的该数据、该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和第二RAN设备的标识,该第二RAN设备为该UE确定的保存有该UE的上下文信息的RAN设备;With reference to the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first radio access network RAN device receives a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data And the first identifier, the first RAN device receiving the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, and the first key group is encrypted and processed. An identifier, an identifier of the UE, and an identifier of the second RAN device, where the second RAN device determines, for the UE, a RAN device that stores context information of the UE;
其中,该第一RAN设备根据该第一标识,确定该数据的传输路径信息,包括:当该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识确定没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,该第一RAN设备根据该第二RAN设备的标识,向该第二RAN设备发送第五消息,该第五消息中包括该UE的标识和该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,以便于该第二RAN设备根据该UE的标识和该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识确定该UE合法后向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;该第一RAN设备将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The determining, by the first RAN device, the transmission path information of the data, according to the first identifier, includes: when the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, that the context information of the UE is not saved, the first RAN device is configured according to the The identifier of the second RAN device sends a fifth message to the second RAN device, where the fifth message includes the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, so as to facilitate the second The RAN device sends the context information of the UE to the first RAN device according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, and the context information of the UE includes the first a key group, the first identifier, and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier; the first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
也就是说,当第一RAN设备中没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,第一RAN设备可以向UE上一次驻留的RAN设备请求UE的上下文信息,并从请求到的UE的上下文信息中获取UE的数据的传输路径信息。That is, when the context information of the UE is not saved in the first RAN device, the first RAN device may request the context information of the UE from the RAN device that the UE once camped on, and obtain the context information of the UE from the request. Transmission path information of the data of the UE.
可选地,第二RAN设备的标识可以携带在UE的标识中,或者可以是第一信息中携带的一个单独的标识。Optionally, the identifier of the second RAN device may be carried in the identifier of the UE, or may be a single identifier carried in the first information.
可选地,当第一RAN设备确定没有保存UE的上下文信息时,可以先根据第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中的方法向UE上一次驻留的RAN设备请求UE的上下文信息,如果请求失败,UE根据第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中的方法向核心网设备请求UE的上下文信息。Optionally, when the first RAN device determines that the context information of the UE is not saved, the context information of the UE may be requested by the RAN device that is the last time the UE is camped according to the method in the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, If the request fails, the UE requests the context information of the UE from the core network device according to the method in the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,该第一无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息中包括数据和第一标识,包括:第一RAN设备接收UE发送的该第一消息,该第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的该数据、该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该第一RAN设备的公共密钥加密处理过的该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组,在该第一RAN设备接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该方法还包括:该第一RAN设备接收该UE发送的该UE的标识;该第一RAN设备向该UE发送反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息 的判断结果,以便于该UE在该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,使用该第一RAN设备的公共密钥对该UE的上下文进行加密处理。With reference to the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first radio access network RAN device receives a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier, The first RAN device includes the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, and the first message The context information of the UE is processed by the public key of the RAN device, and the first key group is included in the context information of the UE. Before the first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, the method The method further includes: the first RAN device receiving the identifier of the UE sent by the UE; the first RAN device sending feedback information to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines whether to save according to the identifier of the UE Context information of the UE As a result of the judgment, the UE performs encryption processing on the context of the UE by using the public key of the first RAN device when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE.
其中,该第一RAN设备根据该第一标识,确定该数据包的传输路径信息,包括:该第一RAN设备采用与该公共密钥相对应的私钥对该UE的上下文信息进行解密处理,获取该UE的上下文信息中包括的该第一密钥组;该第一RAN设备使用该第一密钥组对该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识进行解密处理,获得该第一标识;该第一RAN设备根据该第一标识与传输路径信息的对应关系,确定该数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data packet according to the first identifier, and the first RAN device decrypts the context information of the UE by using a private key corresponding to the public key. Obtaining the first key group included in the context information of the UE; the first RAN device decrypting the first identifier encrypted by the first key group by using the first key group, to obtain the first An identifier is determined by the first RAN device according to the correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information.
具体地,UE可以接收系统广播消息中第一RAN设备的公共密钥,使用公共密钥对UE的上下文信息进行加密处理。第一RAN设备中保存有第一标识与传输路径信息的对应关系,第一RAN设备根据私钥对使用公共密钥组加密处理后的UE的上下文进行解密处理后,可以获取到第一密钥组,第一RAN设备采用第一密钥组对接收到的使用第一密钥组加密处理过的数据和第一密钥组加密处理过的第一标识进行解密处理,根据解密过的第一标识与传输路径信息的对应关系,就可以确定出数据的传输路径信息。Specifically, the UE may receive the public key of the first RAN device in the system broadcast message, and perform encryption processing on the context information of the UE by using the public key. The first RAN device stores the correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information, and the first RAN device decrypts the context of the UE that has been encrypted by using the public key group according to the private key, and then obtains the first key. The first RAN device decrypts the received data encrypted by using the first key group and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group by using the first key group, according to the decrypted first By identifying the correspondence between the information and the transmission path information, the transmission path information of the data can be determined.
可选地,UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、第一标识以及第一标识与传输路径信息的对应关系,由此,第一RAN设备可以直接从UE的上下文信息中获取到UE的数据的传输路径信息。Optionally, the context information of the UE includes a first key group, a first identifier, and a correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information, where the first RAN device can directly obtain the UE from the context information of the UE. The transmission path information of the data.
可选地,第一RAN设备接收到UE的上下文信息后,会保存UE的上下文信息一段时间,例如,当UE在第一RAN设备内进入Idle态时,第一RAN设备开启UE的上下文信息对应的计时器(Timer),当计时器过期时,第一RAN设备删除保存的UE的上下文信息,当UE有数据接收或发送时,第一RAN设备重置Timer,以保证在有数据传输的过程中,UE的上下文信息不会过期,提高数据传输的效率。Optionally, after receiving the context information of the UE, the first RAN device saves the context information of the UE for a period of time. For example, when the UE enters the Idle state in the first RAN device, the first RAN device starts the context information corresponding to the UE. Timer, when the timer expires, the first RAN device deletes the context information of the saved UE. When the UE has data receiving or transmitting, the first RAN device resets the Timer to ensure that there is data transmission. The context information of the UE does not expire, improving the efficiency of data transmission.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,该第一RAN设备与该UE内均保存有该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在该第一RAN设备接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该方法还包括:该第一RAN设备接收该UE发送的第六消息,该第六消息用于请求该第一RAN设备恢复该第一RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接;该第一RAN设备向该UE发 送第七消息,该第七消息用于指示该第一RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接已恢复,以便于该UE在接收到该第七消息后,使用该第一密钥组对该数据和该第一标识进行加密处理;With reference to the first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the context information of the UE is saved in the first RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, The first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, the method further includes: the first RAN device receiving the sixth message sent by the UE a message, the sixth RAN device is configured to request the first RAN device to restore a signaling connection between the first RAN device and the UE; the first RAN device sends the signaling message to the UE Sending a seventh message, the seventh message is used to indicate that the signaling connection between the first RAN device and the UE has been restored, so that the UE uses the first key group pair after receiving the seventh message. The data and the first identifier are encrypted;
其中,该第一RAN设备根据该第一标识,确定该数据的传输路径信息,包括:该第一RAN设备将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, and the first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
或者,可以理解为,UE在第一RAN设备内处于挂起(Suspend)状态,当UE有数据需要发送,且UE判断第一RAN设备为UE进入Suspend状态时的RAN设备,在该第一RAN设备中保存的UE的上下文信息对应的Timer未超时,UE向第一RAN设备发送请求第一RAN设备恢复第一RAN设备与UE之间的信令连接的请求消息,使得第一RAN设备在接收到该请求消息之后,恢复第一RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接,UE通过恢复的信令连接向第一RAN设备发送数据。Alternatively, it can be understood that the UE is in a Suspend state in the first RAN device, and when the UE has data to transmit, and the UE determines that the first RAN device is the RAN device when the UE enters the Suspend state, the first RAN is in the first RAN. The timer corresponding to the context information of the UE saved in the device does not time out, and the UE sends a request message to the first RAN device requesting the first RAN device to restore the signaling connection between the first RAN device and the UE, so that the first RAN device is receiving. After the request message, the signaling connection between the first RAN device and the UE is resumed, and the UE transmits data to the first RAN device through the recovered signaling connection.
结合第一方面,或第一方面的第一种至第七种可能的实现方式中任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,在该第一RAN设备根据该数据的传输路径信息,转发该数据之前,该方法还包括:该第一RAN设备获取该UE的第二标识,该第二标识用于该第一RAN设备在接收到下行数据时,确定该下行数据的目的接收设备为该UE;With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the first to seventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first RAN device is configured according to the first RAN device Before the data is transmitted, the method further includes: the first RAN device acquiring the second identifier of the UE, where the second identifier is used by the first RAN device to determine when the downlink data is received The destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE;
其中,该第一RAN设备根据该数据的传输路径信息,转发该数据,包括:该第一RAN设备根据该数据的传输路径信息,确定该数据的下一跳转发设备;该第一RAN设备向该下一跳转发设备发送该数据和该第二标识。The first RAN device forwards the data according to the transmission path information of the data, including: the first RAN device determines, according to the transmission path information of the data, a next hop forwarding device of the data; the first RAN device The data and the second identity are sent to the next hop forwarding device.
可选地,该第二标识在第一RAN设备侧唯一标识该UE,或该第二标识在第一RAN设备侧唯一标识该UE的一个承载,例如,该第二标识为该第一RAN设备为该UE分配的隧道端点标识(Tunnel Endpoint Identifier,简称为“TEID”)。Optionally, the second identifier uniquely identifies the UE on the first RAN device side, or the second identifier identifies a bearer of the UE on the first RAN device side, for example, the second identifier is the first RAN device. The Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID) assigned to the UE.
由此,第一RAN设备可以将数据和第二标识同时发送给数据的下一跳转发设备,能够进一步节省信令开销。Thereby, the first RAN device can simultaneously send the data and the second identifier to the next hop forwarding device of the data, which can further save signaling overhead.
结合第一方面,或第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,该数据的传输路径信息,包括:该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息;或,该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和该下一跳转发设备为该UE分配的第三标识,该第三标 识用于该下一跳转发设备在接收到该第一RAN设备发送的该数据后,确定该数据属于该UE。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the first to the eighth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the data transmission path information, The address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data; or the address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the third identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, the third label After receiving the data sent by the first RAN device, the next hop forwarding device determines that the data belongs to the UE.
可选地,该第三标识在该核心网设备内唯一标识该UE,或该第三标识在核心网设备侧唯一标识该UE的一个承载。Optionally, the third identifier uniquely identifies the UE in the core network device, or the third identifier uniquely identifies a bearer of the UE on the core network device side.
可选地,在上述所有可能的实现方式中,UE向向第一RAN设备发送的第一消息为无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,简称为“RRC”)消息。Optionally, in all the foregoing possible implementation manners, the first message sent by the UE to the first RAN device is a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message.
可选地,在上述所有可能的实现方式中,第一RAN设备转发数据的具体实现方式为:第一RAN设备生成通用分组无线服务隧道协议(General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol,简称为“GTP”)-协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,简称为“PDU”),该GTP-PDU中包括数据和该第三标识。Optionally, in all the foregoing possible implementation manners, the specific implementation manner of the data forwarding by the first RAN device is: the first RAN device generates a General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol (GTP). a Protocol Data Unit ("PDU"), the GTP-PDU including data and the third identifier.
可选地,该第三标识携带在该GTP-PDU的扩展(Extended)头中。Optionally, the third identifier is carried in an extended header of the GTP-PDU.
第二方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,包括:用户设备UE确定数据对应的第一标识,该第一标识用于第一无线接入网RAN设备根据该第一标识确定该数据的传输路径信息;该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该数据和该第一标识。The second aspect provides a method for transmitting data, including: determining, by the user equipment UE, a first identifier corresponding to the data, where the first identifier is used by the first radio access network RAN device to determine the transmission of the data according to the first identifier. Path information: the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier.
因此,根据本申请实施例传输数据的方法,用户设备UE向第一RAN设备发送数据时,同时向该第一RAN设备发送第一标识,使得第一RAN设备根据该第一标识获取到该UE的数据的传输路径信息,由此,当处于空闲态的UE有数据发送需求时,不需要重建UE与RAN设备之间的用户面连接、RAN设备与核心网设备中的控制面设备之间的信令连接以及RAN设备与核心网设备中的用户面设备之间的用户面连接,能够降低数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高传输数据的效率。Therefore, according to the method for transmitting data in the embodiment of the present application, when the user equipment UE sends data to the first RAN device, the first identifier is sent to the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the UE according to the first identifier. Transmission path information of the data, whereby when the UE in the idle state has a data transmission requirement, there is no need to reestablish the user plane connection between the UE and the RAN device, and between the RAN device and the control plane device in the core network device. The signaling connection and the user plane connection between the RAN device and the user plane device in the core network device can reduce the signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improve the efficiency of transmitting data.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该UE使用第一秘钥组对该数据和该第一标识进行加密处理;With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: the UE encrypting the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
其中,该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该数据和该第一标识,包括:该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该数据、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和核心网设备的标识,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识、该核心网设备的标识和该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,获取该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应 的传输路径信息。The UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier, and the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes The UE uses the first key group to encrypt the processed data, the first identifier identified by the UE using the first key group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device, to facilitate the first The RAN device acquires the context information of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, the identifier of the core network device, and the first identifier that is used by the UE to be encrypted by using the first key group, where the context information of the UE includes the first a key group, the first identifier, and the first identifier Transmission path information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,在该UE向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息之前,该方法还包括:该UE向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的标识;该UE接收该第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果,该UE的上下文信息包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;当该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,该UE向该核心网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息用于请求该核心网设备向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息。With reference to the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, before the sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device, the method further includes: sending, by the UE, the first RAN device The UE receives the feedback information sent by the first RAN device, and the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the context information of the UE is saved, the context of the UE. The information includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier. When the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the UE sends a second message to the core network device, where The second message is used to request the core network device to send the context information of the UE to the first RAN device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在该UE向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息之前,该方法还包括:该UE向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的标识;该UE接收该第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果;当该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第三消息,该第三消息中包括该UE的标识、第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和核心网设备的标识,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识、该第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该核心网设备的标识获取该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息。With reference to the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, before the sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device, the method further includes: sending, by the UE, the first RAN device The UE receives the feedback information sent by the first RAN device, and the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE; When the first RAN device indicates that the context information of the UE is not saved, the UE sends a third message to the first RAN device, where the third message includes the identifier of the UE, and the second key group is encrypted. An identifier of the UE and the core network device, so that the first RAN device obtains the context information of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, the first identifier encrypted by the second key group, and the identifier of the core network device. The context information of the UE includes the first identifier and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该UE使用第一秘钥组对该数据和该第一标识进行加密处理;With reference to the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: the UE encrypting the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
其中,该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该数据和该第一标识,包括:该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该数据、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和第二RAN设备的标识,该第二RAN设备为该UE确定的保存有该UE的上下文信息的RAN设备,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该第二RAN设备的标识,获取该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息。The UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier, and the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes The data that is encrypted by the UE using the first key group, the first identifier encrypted by the UE using the first key group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the second RAN device, the second RAN And determining, by the device, the RAN device that saves the context information of the UE, for the first RAN device, according to the identifier of the UE, the first identifier and the first identifier that the UE uses the first key group to encrypt and process. The identifier of the second RAN device acquires the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
结合第二方,在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括: 该UE向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的标识;该UE接收该第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果。当该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,该UE使用该第一RAN设备的公共密钥对该UE的上下文进行加密处理,该UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组;In combination with the second party, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: The UE sends the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device; the UE receives the feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines whether the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE. The result of the judgment of the context information. When the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the UE encrypts the context of the UE by using the public key of the first RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first secret. Key group
其中,该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该数据和该第一标识,包括:该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该数据、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该UE使用该第一RAN设备的公共密钥加密处理过的该UE的上下文信息,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的上下文信息获取所述数据的传输路径信息。The UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier, and the UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes The UE encrypts the processed data using the first key group, the first identifier encrypted by the UE using the first key group, and the public key encrypted by the UE using the first RAN device. The context information of the UE, so that the first RAN device acquires the transmission path information of the data according to the context information of the UE.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,该第一RAN设备与该UE内均保存有该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在该UE向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息之前,该方法还包括:该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第四消息,该第四消息用于请求该第一RAN设备恢复该UE与该第一RAN设备之间的连接;该UE接收该第一RAN设备发送的第五消息,该第五消息用于指示该UE与该第一RAN设备之间的连接已恢复。With reference to the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the context information of the UE is saved in the first RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, The first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the UE sends the first message to the first RAN device, the method further includes: the UE sending a fourth message to the first RAN device, The fourth message is used to request the first RAN device to restore the connection between the UE and the first RAN device; the UE receives a fifth message sent by the first RAN device, where the fifth message is used to indicate the UE and the The connection between the first RAN devices has been restored.
其中,该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,包括:该UE通过该连接向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息。The sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device includes: sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device by using the connection.
可以理解的是,第一RAN设备恢复该UE与该第一RAN设备之间的连接可以是第一RAN设备恢复该UE与该第一RAN设备之间的信令连接,或者可以是第一RAN设备恢复该UE与该第一RAN设备之间的信令连接和数据连接。It can be understood that the first RAN device recovers the connection between the UE and the first RAN device, and the first RAN device restores the signaling connection between the UE and the first RAN device, or may be the first RAN. The device recovers the signaling connection and the data connection between the UE and the first RAN device.
结合第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,在该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第四消息之前,该方法还包括:该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第六消息,该第六消息用于指示该第一RAN设备将该UE设置为挂起状态;该UE接收该第一RAN设备发送的第七消息,该第七消息用于指示该第一RAN设备已将该UE设置为挂起状态。With the sixth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, before the sending, by the UE, the fourth message to the first RAN device, the method further includes: The first RAN device sends a sixth message, where the sixth message is used to indicate that the first RAN device sets the UE to a suspended state; the UE receives a seventh message sent by the first RAN device, where the seventh message is used by the first RAN device. The indication that the first RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state.
结合第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式,在第二方的第八种可能的实现 方式中,该UE向该第一RAN设备发送第六消息,包括:当该UE确定该UE在预设时间段内的移动范围在预设范围内时,该UE向该第一RAN设备发送该第六消息。Combining the seventh possible implementation of the second aspect, the eighth possible implementation in the second party In the mode, the UE sends the sixth message to the first RAN device, where the UE sends the UE to the first RAN device when the UE determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time range is within a preset range. The sixth message.
其中,预设时间段可以根据用户的需要进行设置,例如预设时间段可以设置为早晨8点到下午5点,预设范围也可以根据用户的实际情况进行设置,例如,预设范围可以设置为以用户的工作地点为中心,方圆100米以内的区域。The preset time period can be set according to the needs of the user. For example, the preset time period can be set from 8:00 am to 5:00 pm, and the preset range can also be set according to the actual situation of the user. For example, the preset range can be set. It is an area within 100 meters of the user's work location.
结合第二方面,第二方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,该数据的传输路径信息,包括:该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息,或者,该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和该下一跳转发设备为该UE分配的第三标识,该第三标识用于该下一跳转发设备在接收到该第一RAN设备发送的该数据后,确定该数据属于该UE。With reference to the second aspect, any one of the first to the eighth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the data transmission path information includes The address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data, or the address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the third identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, where the third identifier is used After receiving the data sent by the first RAN device, the next hop forwarding device determines that the data belongs to the UE.
第三方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,包括:无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE通过数据无线承载DRB发送的数据;该RAN设备根据该DRB与传输路径信息的对应关系,确定该数据的传输路径信息;该RAN设备获取该UE的第一标识,该第一标识用于该RAN设备在接收到下行数据时,确定该下行数据的目的接收设备为该UE;该RAN设备根据该数据的传输路径信息,向该数据的下一跳转发设备发送该数据和该UE的第一标识。A third aspect provides a method for transmitting data, including: receiving, by a radio access network RAN device, data sent by a user equipment UE through a data radio bearer DRB; and determining, by the RAN device, the correspondence between the DRB and the transmission path information a transmission path information of the data; the RAN device acquires a first identifier of the UE, where the first identifier is used by the RAN device to determine, when receiving downlink data, that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE; The transmission path information of the data is sent to the next hop forwarding device of the data and the first identifier of the UE.
因此,根据本申请的传输数据的方法,RAN设备在向接收到的UE的数据的下一跳转发设备发送数据的同时,向下一跳转发设备发送UE的第一标识,由于该第一标识能够用于当RAN设备接收到下行数据时,确定下行数据的目的接收设备为该UE,由此能够节省数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高数据传输的效率。Therefore, according to the method for transmitting data of the present application, the RAN device transmits the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device while transmitting data to the next hop forwarding device of the data of the received UE, because the first An identifier can be used to determine that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE when the RAN device receives the downlink data, thereby saving signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improving data transmission efficiency.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该RAN设备与该UE内均保存有该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在该RAN设备接收该UE发送的数据之前,该方法还包括:该RAN设备接收该UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于请求该RAN设备恢复该RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接和该DRB;该RAN设备向该UE发送第二消息,该第二消息用于指示该RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接和该DRB已恢复。 With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device and the UE, and the context information of the UE includes a key group and the first identifier. And the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the RAN device receives the data sent by the UE, the method further includes: receiving, by the RAN device, a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request the RAN The device recovers the signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and the DRB; the RAN device sends a second message to the UE, the second message is used to indicate a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE, and the The DRB has been restored.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,在该RAN设备接收UE发送的数据包之前,该方法还包括:该RAN设备接收核心网设备发送的第三消息,该第三消息中包括该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息包括与该DRB对应的传输路径信息;With reference to the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, before the RAN device receives the data packet sent by the UE, the method further includes: receiving, by the RAN device, a third message sent by the core network device, where The third message includes context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes transmission path information corresponding to the DRB;
其中,该无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE通过数据无线承载DRB发送的数据,包括:该RAN设备根据该UE的上下文信息建立与该UE之间的该DRB;该RAN设备接收该UE通过该DRB发送的数据。The RAN device receives the data that is sent by the user equipment UE through the data radio bearer DRB, and includes: the RAN device establishes the DRB with the UE according to the context information of the UE; and the RAN device receives the UE by using the UE. The data sent by the DRB.
结合第三方面,或第三方面的第一种或第二种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,该数据的传输路径信息包括:该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息;或,该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和该下一跳转发设备为该UE分配的第二标识,该第二标识用于该下一跳转发设备在接收到该第一RAN设备发送的该数据后,确定该数据属于该UE。With reference to the third aspect, or the first or second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the transmission path information of the data includes: a next hop of the data The address information of the forwarding device; or the address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the second identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, the second identifier is used for the next hop forwarding After receiving the data sent by the first RAN device, the device determines that the data belongs to the UE.
第四方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,包括:用户设备UE向无线接入网RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于请求该RAN设备将该UE设置为挂起状态;该UE设备接收该RAN设备发送的第二消息,该第二消息用于指示该RAN设备已将该UE设置为挂起状态,以便于该UE在向该RAN设备发送数据时,请求该RAN设备恢复该UE与该RAN设备之间的连接,并通过该连接向该RAN设备发送数据。A fourth aspect provides a method for transmitting data, where the user equipment UE sends a first message to a radio access network RAN device, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to set the UE to a suspended state; The UE device receives a second message sent by the RAN device, where the second message is used to indicate that the RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state, so that the UE requests the RAN device to recover when sending data to the RAN device. A connection between the UE and the RAN device, and transmitting data to the RAN device through the connection.
由此,根据本申请的传输数据的方法,用户设备UE请求RAN设备将UE设置为挂起状态,由此当UE需要发送数据时,UE可以请求RAN设备直接恢复RAN设备与UE之间的连接,能够节省信令开销,提高数据传输的效率。Therefore, according to the method for transmitting data of the present application, the user equipment UE requests the RAN device to set the UE to a suspended state, whereby when the UE needs to transmit data, the UE may request the RAN device to directly restore the connection between the RAN device and the UE. It can save signaling overhead and improve the efficiency of data transmission.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该UE向RAN设备发送第一消息,包括:该UE确定该UE在预设时间段内的移动范围是否在预设范围内;当该UE确定该UE在与设备时间段内的移动范围在预设范围内时,该UE向该RAN设备发送该第一消息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the UE sends the first message to the RAN device, where the UE determines whether the mobile range of the UE in the preset time period is in a preset range. The UE sends the first message to the RAN device when the UE determines that the UE's range of movement within the device time period is within a preset range.
可选地,在上述所有可能的实现方式中,UE发送的数据为小数据,小数据通常为即时消息,例如微信应用的心跳包,小数据的大小一般小于20k。Optionally, in all the foregoing possible implementation manners, the data sent by the UE is small data, and the small data is usually an instant message, such as a heartbeat packet of a WeChat application, and the size of the small data is generally less than 20k.
第五方面,提供了一种无线接入网RAN设备,用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,该RAN设备包括用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。 In a fifth aspect, a radio access network RAN device is provided for performing the method of any of the first aspect or the first aspect of the first aspect. In particular, the RAN device comprises means for performing the method of any of the above-described first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种用户设备,用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,该用户设备包括用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a sixth aspect, a user equipment is provided for performing the method of any of the above-described second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect. In particular, the user equipment comprises means for performing the method of any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect described above.
第七方面,提供了一种无线接入网RAN设备,用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,该RAN设备包括用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a seventh aspect, a radio access network RAN device is provided for performing the method in any of the foregoing third or third possible implementations. In particular, the RAN device comprises means for performing the method in any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect described above.
第八方面,提供了一种用户设备,用于执行上述第四方面中的方法或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,具体地,该用户设备包括用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。The eighth aspect provides a user equipment, configured to perform the method in the foregoing fourth aspect, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, specifically, the user equipment is configured to perform the foregoing fourth aspect or A unit of a method in any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种无线接入网RAN设备,包括:处理器、存储器、收发器,该处理器、该存储器和该收发器通过总线系统相连,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器中存储的指令,以控制该收发器接收信息和发送信息,使得该RAN设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A ninth aspect provides a radio access network RAN device, including: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, wherein the processor, the memory, and the transceiver are connected by a bus system, where the memory is used to store an instruction, and the processor uses The instructions stored in the memory are executed to control the transceiver to receive information and transmit information, such that the RAN device performs the method of any of the above aspects or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种用户设备,包括:处理器、存储器和收发器,该处理器、该存储器和该收发器通过总线系统相连,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器中存储的指令,以控制该收发器接收信息和发送信息,使得该用户设备执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a user equipment is provided, comprising: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, the processor, the memory and the transceiver being connected by a bus system, the memory is for storing instructions, and the processor is configured to execute the memory The instructions stored in the control to receive the information and transmit the information, such that the user equipment performs the method of any of the second aspect or the second aspect of the second aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种无线接入网RAN设备,包括:处理器、存储器和收发器,该存储器、该接收器和该收发器通过总线系统相连,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器中存储的指令,以控制该收发器接收信息和发送信息,使得该RAN设备执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a radio access network RAN device is provided, including: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, the memory, the receiver and the transceiver being connected by a bus system, wherein the memory is used to store an instruction, the processing The apparatus is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive information and transmit information, such that the RAN device performs the method of any of the third aspect or the third aspect of the third aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种用户设备,包括:处理器、存储器、和收发器,该处理器、该存储器、该收发器通过总线系统相连,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器中存储的指令,以控制该收发器接收信息和发送信息,使得该用户设备执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。According to a twelfth aspect, a user equipment is provided, including: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, the processor, the memory, the transceiver being connected by a bus system, the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute The instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive information and transmit information, such that the user equipment performs the method of any of the above-described fourth or fourth aspects of the fourth aspect.
第十三方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方 法的指令。A thirteenth aspect, a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising means for performing the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect The instruction of the law.
第十四面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。A fourteenth aspect, a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
第十五方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In a fifteenth aspect, a computer readable medium is provided for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the third aspect or any of the possible implementations of the third aspect.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer readable medium is provided for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the fourth aspect or any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对本发明实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面所描述的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings to be used in the embodiments of the present invention will be briefly described below. It is obvious that the drawings described below are only some embodiments of the present invention, Those skilled in the art can also obtain other drawings based on these drawings without paying any creative work.
图1是根据本发明实施例的通信系统的架构的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2是根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3是根据本发明实施例的建立分组数据单元会话的方法的示意性流程图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a method of establishing a packet data unit session according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4是根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5是根据本发明另一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图6是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图7是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图8是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图9是根据本发明另一实施例的建立分组数据单元会话的方法的示意性流程图;9 is a schematic flowchart of a method of establishing a packet data unit session according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图10是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图11是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;11 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention;
图12是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图13是根据本发明实施例的RAN设备的示意性框图; FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a RAN device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图14是根据本发明实施例的用户设备的示意性框图;FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图15是根据本发明另一实施例的RAN设备的示意性框图;FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a RAN device according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图16是根据本发明另一实施例的用户设备的示意性框图;FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图17是根据本发明另一实施例的用户设备的另一示意性框图;FIG. 17 is another schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图18是根据本发明再一实施例的RAN设备的示意性框图;FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a RAN device according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图19是根据本发明再一实施例的用户设备的示意性框图;FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图20是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;20 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention;
图21是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;21 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention;
图22是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 22 is a schematic flowchart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图23是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
图24是根据本发明再一实施例的用户设备的示意性框图;FIG. 24 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图25是根据本发明再一实施例的用户设备的示意性框图;FIG. 25 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图26是根据本发明再一实施例的用户设备的示意性框图;FIG. 26 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图27是根据本发明实施例的核心网设备的示意性框图;FIG. 27 is a schematic block diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图28是根据本发明实施例的接入网设备的示意性框图;28 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图29是根据本发明实施例的接入网设备的示意性框图;29 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图30是根据本发明再一实施例的用户设备的示意性框图;FIG. 30 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图31是根据本发明另一实施例的核心网设备的示意性框图;FIG. 31 is a schematic block diagram of a core network device according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图32是根据本发明另一实施例的接入网设备的示意性框图。32 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明的一部分实施例,而不是全部实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都应属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts shall fall within the scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例的技术方案,可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile Communication,简称为“GSM”)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,简称为“CDMA”)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,简称为“WCDMA”)系统、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,简称为“LTE”)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,简称为“FDD”)系统、LTE时分双工(Time  Division Duplex,简称为“TDD”)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,简称为“UMTS”)、以及未来的5G通信系统等。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, for example, Global System of Mobile Communication ("GSM") system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). ") System, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (referred to as "Frequency Division Duplex" "FDD" system, LTE time division duplex (Time Division Duplex (referred to as "TDD"), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), and future 5G communication systems.
在本发明实施例中,用户设备(User Equipment,简称为“UE”)也可称之为终端设备、移动台(Mobile Station,简称为“MS”)、移动终端(Mobile Terminal)等,该用户设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,简称为“RAN”)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,例如,用户设备可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、具有移动终端的计算机等,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,以及未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的终端设备等。可以理解的是,用户设备还可以为上述设备(移动电话、具有移动终端的计算机等)内的具有通信功能的芯片。In the embodiment of the present invention, a user equipment (User Equipment, referred to as "UE") may also be referred to as a terminal device, a mobile station (Mobile Station, abbreviated as "MS"), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc., the user. The device may communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network ("RAN"). For example, the user equipment may be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), with a mobile terminal. The computer or the like may be, for example, a portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-built or in-vehicle mobile device, and a terminal device in a future 5G network or a terminal device in a future evolved PLMN network. It can be understood that the user equipment can also be a chip with communication function in the above-mentioned device (mobile phone, computer with mobile terminal, etc.).
本发明实施例中,无线接入网(Radio Access Network,简称为“RAN”)设备可以对应于现有通信系统中的基站,以及未来5G网络中的网络侧设备。In the embodiment of the present invention, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, hereinafter referred to as "RAN") device may correspond to a base station in an existing communication system, and a network side device in a future 5G network.
图1示出了本发明实施例的通信系统的架构的示意图,如图1所示出的,通信系统包括用户设备UE、RAN设备、核心网、应用功能实体(Application Function,简称为“AF”)、数据网络(Data Network,简称为“DN”),其中核心网中包括控制面设备(Control Plane Function,简称为“CP Function”)和用户面设备(User Plane Function,简称为“UP Function”)。需要说明的是,控制面设备还可以被称为“控制面实体”,用户面设备还可以被称为“用户面实体”。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing the architecture of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system includes a user equipment UE, a RAN device, a core network, and an application function entity (Application Function, referred to as “AF” for short). The data network (Data Network, referred to as "DN"), wherein the core network includes a Control Plane Function ("CP Function") and a User Plane Function (UP Function). ). It should be noted that the control plane device may also be referred to as a “control plane entity”, and the user plane device may also be referred to as a “user plane entity”.
如图1中所示出的,UE与CP Function之间通过NG1接口连接,RAN与CP Function之间通过NG2接口连接,RAN与UP Function之间通过NG3接口连接,CP Function与UP Function之间通过NG4接口连接,CP Function与AF之间通过NG5接口连接,UP Function与DN之间通过NG6接口连接。As shown in Figure 1, the UE and the CP Function are connected through the NG1 interface, the RAN and the CP Function are connected through the NG2 interface, and the RAN and the UP Function are connected through the NG3 interface, and the CP Function and the UP Function are passed. The NG4 interface is connected, and the CP Function and the AF are connected through the NG5 interface, and the UP Function and the DN are connected through the NG6 interface.
图1所示的通信系统中,CP Function中保存有UE的上下文信息,对UE进行合法性验证,对UE进行移动性管理和会话管理,UE和CP Function之间通过控制面传输控制信令。UP Function用于转发UE的数据,UE与UP Function之间通过用户面传输上层应用的数据。应用功能实体用于确定UE可以使用的服务质量(Quality of Service,简称为“QoS”),DN指运营商网络之外的互联网(Internet)网络。In the communication system shown in FIG. 1, the CP function stores the context information of the UE, performs legality verification on the UE, performs mobility management and session management on the UE, and transmits control signaling between the UE and the CP Function through the control plane. The UP Function is used to forward data of the UE, and the data of the upper layer application is transmitted between the UE and the UP Function through the user plane. The application function entity is used to determine the quality of service (Quality of Service, referred to as "QoS") that the UE can use, and the DN refers to an Internet (Internet) network other than the carrier network.
图1中示出一个UP Function仅仅是为了示例,通常情况下核心网中包 括多个UP Function,假设核心网中包括2个UP Function,分别为UP Function1和UP Function2,在发送数据的过程中,UP Function 1和UP Function 2之间一直为UE保留隧道(Tunnel)连接,UP Function 1接收到RAN设备发送的数据后,根据数据中的目标隧道端点标识符(Tunnel Endpoint Identifier,简称为“TEID”)可以确定出是哪个UE发送的数据,并通过UE已有的Tunnel将该数据发送给UP Function 2。或者,UP Function 1和UP Function 2不需要为UE一直维持一个Tunnel连接,此时,UP Function 1收到RAN设备发送的数据后,可以根据其他信息确定UP Function 2的地址,并将数据发送给UP Function 2。Figure 1 shows an UP Function just for the sake of example, usually in the core network package Including a plurality of UP functions, assuming that the core network includes two UP functions, namely UP Function1 and UP Function2, in the process of transmitting data, the UP function 1 and the UP Function 2 always maintain a tunnel connection for the UE. After receiving the data sent by the RAN device, the UP Function 1 can determine which UE sends the data according to the target Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID) in the data, and the existing tunnel of the UE will be used. This data is sent to UP Function 2. Alternatively, the UP Function 1 and the UP Function 2 do not need to maintain a tunnel connection for the UE. In this case, after receiving the data sent by the RAN device, the UP Function 1 can determine the address of the UP Function 2 according to other information, and send the data to the UE. UP Function 2.
需要说明的是,以下在描述本发明的具体实施例时,根据A确定B应理解为:在确定B时可以只根据A,或者在确定B时可以根据A以及其他条件(或信息)确定B。It should be noted that when describing a specific embodiment of the present invention, determining B according to A should be understood as: B can be determined only according to A when determining B, or B can be determined according to A and other conditions (or information) when determining B. .
图2示出了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图。如图2所示,方法100包括:FIG. 2 shows a schematic flow chart of a method of transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the method 100 includes:
S110,用户设备UE向无线接入网RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括数据和第一标识;S110: The user equipment UE sends a first message to the radio access network RAN device, where the first message includes data and a first identifier.
S120,RAN设备根据第一标识,确定数据的传输路径信息;S120. The RAN device determines, according to the first identifier, transmission path information of the data.
S130,RAN设备向根据数据的传输路径信息,转发数据。S130. The RAN device forwards data to the transmission path information according to the data.
例如,图2中所示出的,RAN设备根据数据的传输路径信息确定数据的下一跳转发设备为UP Function,RAN设备向UP Function发送接收到的数据。如果核心网中有多个用户面设备,接收到RAN设备发送的数据的用户面设备可以按照上文中描述的方法向其他用户面设备转发该数据。For example, as shown in FIG. 2, the RAN device determines that the next hop forwarding device of the data is an UP Function according to the transmission path information of the data, and the RAN device transmits the received data to the UP Function. If there are multiple user plane devices in the core network, the user plane device receiving the data transmitted by the RAN device can forward the data to other user plane devices according to the method described above.
下面将结合具体的例子详细描述根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,需要说明的是,在描述具体实施例时,以UE中待传输的数据为小数据为例进行描述,但可以理解的是,本发明实施例的方法同样适用于非小数据的传输场景中。其中,小数据通常为即时消息,例如微信应用的心跳包,小数据的大小一般小于20k。The method for transmitting data according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to specific examples. It should be noted that, when describing a specific embodiment, the data to be transmitted in the UE is described as an example of small data, but it can be understood. The method of the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to a transmission scenario of non-small data. The small data is usually an instant message, such as a heartbeat packet of a WeChat application, and the size of the small data is generally less than 20k.
并且在描述具体实施例时,以密钥(Key)为加密密钥为例进行描述,但可以理解的是,本发明实施例中的密钥还包括用于完整性保护的密钥,或者可以理解为:本发明具体实施例中的密钥实际为“密钥组”,这个密钥组包括加密密钥和/或完整性保护的密钥。 In the description of the specific embodiment, the key is used as the encryption key as an example. However, it is understood that the key in the embodiment of the present invention further includes a key for integrity protection, or It is understood that the key in the specific embodiment of the present invention is actually a "key group", and this key group includes an encryption key and/or an integrity protected key.
首先结合图3详细描述根据本发明实施例的建立分组数据单元(Packet Data Unit,简称为“PDU”)会话(Session)的方法,图3是根据本发明实施例的建立PDU会话的示意性流程图,如图3所示,方法200包括:A method for establishing a Packet Data Unit ("PDU") session (Session) according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIG. 3. FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of establishing a PDU session according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the method 200 includes:
S210,UE附着(Attach)到CP Function上;S210, the UE attaches to the CP Function;
在这个过程中,UE向CP Function发送附着请求(Attach Request)消息,之后CP Function会向UE回复附着接受(Attach Accept)消息,在Attach Accept消息中会携带CP Function为UE分配的标识ID,该UE ID用于在控制面唯一标识UE。In this process, the UE sends an attach request (Attach Request) message to the CP Function, and then the CP Function returns an Attach Accept message to the UE, and the Attach Accept message carries the identifier ID assigned by the CP Function to the UE. The UE ID is used to uniquely identify the UE on the control plane.
S220,UE向CP Function发送会话建立请求(Session Establish Request)消息,请求建立PDU Session;S220, the UE sends a session establishment request (Session Establish Request) message to the CP Function, requesting to establish a PDU Session;
作为一个可选地例子,而非限定,在Session Establish Request消息中会携带小数据指示(Small Data Indication)信息,该Small Data Indication信息用于指示UE具有小数据发送能力,或者,UE会使用该PDU session发送小数据,或者UE需要发送小数据。As an optional example, but not limited to, the Session Establish Request message carries the Small Data Indication information, where the Small Data Indication information is used to indicate that the UE has small data transmission capability, or the UE uses the The PDU session sends small data, or the UE needs to send small data.
S230,CP Function向UP Function1发送创建会话请求(Create Session Request)消息,请求UP Function 1建立PDU Session;S230, the CP Function sends a Create Session Request message to the UP Function1, requesting the UP Function 1 to establish a PDU Session;
作为一个可选地例子,而非限定,在Create Session Request消息中会携带Small Data Indication,UP Function 1为UE分配用于小数据传输所使用的隧道端点标识符(Tunnel Endpoint ID,简称为“TEID”),该TEID在UP Function 1内唯一标识UE,或者,该TEID在UP Function 1内唯一标识UE的一个用户面承载,或者,该TEID在UP Function 1内唯一标识UE的一个数据流(Data Flow)。为了后续描述方便,将该TEID称为“UP 1-TEID”。此处对UP 1-TEID的理解同样适用于本发明的其他实施例。As an optional example, but not limited to, the Create Session Request message carries a Small Data Indication, and the UP Function 1 allocates a Tunnel Endpoint ID (Tennel Endpoint ID) for the small data transmission. The TEID uniquely identifies the UE in the UP Function 1, or the TEID uniquely identifies a user plane bearer of the UE in the UP Function 1, or the TEID uniquely identifies a data stream of the UE in the UP Function 1 (Data) Flow). For the convenience of subsequent description, the TEID is referred to as "UP 1-TEID". The understanding of UP 1-TEID herein is equally applicable to other embodiments of the invention.
S240,UP Function 1与UP Function2建立PDU Session;S240, UP Function 1 and UP Function 2 establish a PDU Session;
UP Function1向UP Function 2发送Create Session Request消息,UP Function 2向UP Function 1发送Create Session Response消息,从而在UP Function 1和UP Function2之间建立PDU Session。可以理解的是,当核心网中只有UP Function 1时,S240为省略步骤。 UP Function 1 sends a Create Session Request message to UP Function 2, and UP Function 2 sends a Create Session Response message to UP Function 1 to establish a PDU Session between UP Function 1 and UP Function 2. It can be understood that when there is only UP Function 1 in the core network, S240 is an omitting step.
S250,UP Function1向CP Function发送创建会话响应(Create Session Response)消息;S250. The UP Function1 sends a Create Session Response message to the CP Function.
可选地,Create Session Response消息中携带UP Function 1在S230中为 UE分配的TEID。Optionally, the Create Session Response message carries the UP Function 1 in S230. TEID assigned by the UE.
S260,CP Function生成路径信息标识(Data Path ID);S260, the CP Function generates a path information identifier (Data Path ID);
CP Function保存Data Path ID与UP Function 1的IP地址及UP 1-TEID的对应关系。The CP Function stores the correspondence between the Data Path ID and the IP address of UP Function 1 and UP 1-TEID.
S270,CP Function向RAN设备发送消息;S270. The CP Function sends a message to the RAN device.
具体地,CP Function向RAN设备发送的消息中包括CP Function发送给UE的会话建立响应(Session Establish Response)消息以及UE的上下文信息,该Session Establish Response消息中携带S260中CP Function为UE生成的Data Path ID,其中,UE的上下文信息包括:CP Function为UE生成的Data Path ID、UE ID,密钥Key以及UP Function 1的地址和UP-1 TEID。Data Path ID与UP Function 1的地址、UP-1 TEID有一一对应关系。Specifically, the message sent by the CP Function to the RAN device includes a session establishment response (Session Establish Response) message sent by the CP Function to the UE, and the context information of the UE, where the CP is carried by the CP Function in the S260. Path ID, where the context information of the UE includes: a CP Path is a Data Path ID generated by the UE, a UE ID, a Key Key, and an address of the UP Function 1 and an UP-1 TEID. The data path ID has a one-to-one correspondence with the address of the UP Function 1 and the UP-1 TEID.
可选地,UE的上下文信息包括:Data Path ID、UE ID,密钥Key、UP Function 1的IP地址和UP Function 2的IP地址。该方法中对UE的上下文信息的理解适用于本发明的其他实施例。Optionally, the context information of the UE includes: a Data Path ID, a UE ID, a Key Key, an IP address of the UP Function 1, and an IP address of the UP Function 2. The understanding of the context information of the UE in this method is applicable to other embodiments of the present invention.
并且,Key包括加密密钥和/或完整性保护的密钥,对Key的理解同样适用于本发明的其他实施例。Also, the Key includes an encryption key and/or an integrity protected key, and the understanding of Key is equally applicable to other embodiments of the present invention.
S280,RAN设备在UE的上下文信息中保存UE ID、UE对应的Key,以及与Data Path ID对应的UP Function1的IP地址及UP-1 TEID;S280, the RAN device saves the UE ID, the key corresponding to the UE, and the IP address of the UP Function1 corresponding to the Data Path ID and the UP-1 TEID in the context information of the UE;
可选地,如果在S270中UE的上下文信息包括UE ID,密钥Key、以及与Data Path ID对应的UP Function 1的IP地址和UP Function 2的IP地址。在S280中RAN保存Data Path ID与UP Function 1的IP地址和UP Function 2的IP地址的对应关系。Optionally, if the context information of the UE in S270 includes the UE ID, the key Key, and the IP address of the UP Function 1 corresponding to the Data Path ID and the IP address of the UP Function 2. In S280, the RAN stores the correspondence between the Data Path ID and the IP address of the UP Function 1 and the IP address of the UP Function 2.
并且,需要说明的是,当UE在RAN设备中进入Idle态后,RAN设备开启保存的对应关系对应的计时器(Timer),如果Timer超时,RAN设备删除保存的对应关系,如果UE有上行或下行数据,RAN设备将会重置Timer,以保证在上行或下行数据传输的过程中Timer不会超时。In addition, it should be noted that, after the UE enters the Idle state in the RAN device, the RAN device starts a timer corresponding to the saved correspondence. If the timer expires, the RAN device deletes the saved correspondence, if the UE has an uplink or For downlink data, the RAN device will reset the Timer to ensure that the Timer will not time out during the uplink or downlink data transmission.
S290,RAN设备向UE发送RRC消息,该RRC消息中携带S270中接收到的消息中包括的Session Establish Response消息。S290: The RAN device sends an RRC message to the UE, where the RRC message carries a Session Establish Response message included in the message received in S270.
在为UE建立了PDU Session之后,UE可以与网络之间进行数据的传输,下面将结合图4详细描述根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,图4是根据本发明实施例的上行传输数据的方法的示意性流程图,图4中所示的方法 300中,CP Function发送给UE的Key可以是CP Function为UE分配的用于小数据的密钥,该用于小数据的密钥不会因为UE更换RAN设备而发生变化。如图4所示,方法300包括:After the PDU session is established for the UE, the UE may perform data transmission with the network. A method for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 4, and FIG. 4 is an uplink transmission data according to an embodiment of the present invention. Schematic flow chart of the method, the method shown in Figure 4. In 300, the key sent by the CP Function to the UE may be a key allocated by the CP Function for the UE for small data, and the key for the small data does not change because the UE replaces the RAN device. As shown in FIG. 4, method 300 includes:
S310,UE向RAN设备发送RRC消息,该RRC消息中包括UE ID、加密处理的小数据和加密处理的Data Path ID;S310, the UE sends an RRC message to the RAN device, where the RRC message includes the UE ID, the encrypted small data, and the encrypted Data Path ID.
可以理解的是,当UE在RAN设备内进入Idle态后,如果UE有小数据需要发送,UE使用Key分别对待发送的小数据和Data Path ID进行加密处理。具体地,UE可以根据应用程序(Application,简称为“APP”)发送的数据的大小判断是否为小数据,或者APP可以在发送数据时,通过标签(Tag)指示UE的调制解调器(Modulator-Demodulator,简称为“Modem”)发送的数据为小数据。It can be understood that, after the UE enters the Idle state in the RAN device, if the UE has small data to be transmitted, the UE uses the Key to separately encrypt the small data to be sent and the Data Path ID. Specifically, the UE may determine whether the data is small data according to the size of the data sent by the application (Application, referred to as “APP”), or the APP may indicate the modem (Modulator-Demodulator, the UE) through the tag when transmitting the data. The data sent by simply referred to as "Modem" is small data.
并且需要说明的是,如果UE与RAN设备之间存在数据无线承载(Data Radio Bearer,简称为“DRB”),则UE直接通过DRB向RAN设备发送小数据,而不需要发送加密处理后的Data Path ID,且不需要执行方法300中的上行数据发送的相关步骤。It should be noted that if there is a data radio bearer (Data Radio Bearer, referred to as "DRB") between the UE and the RAN device, the UE directly sends small data to the RAN device through the DRB, without sending the encrypted data. Path ID, and there is no need to perform the relevant steps of uplink data transmission in method 300.
S320,RAN设备根据UE的UE ID查看是否保存有UE的上下文信息;如果有,则使用UE的Key对Data Path ID进行解密处理,并根据保存的对应关系获得UP Function 1的IP地址和UP-1 TEID,之后执行S380及后续步骤,如果没有,则执行S330及后续步骤;S320, the RAN device checks whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the UE ID of the UE; if yes, decrypts the Data Path ID by using the Key of the UE, and obtains the IP address and UP- of the UP Function 1 according to the saved correspondence. 1 TEID, after performing S380 and subsequent steps, if not, executing S330 and subsequent steps;
S330,RAN设备向CP Function发送UE信息请求(Information Request)消息,该UE信息请求消息中包括UE ID和加密处理的Data Path ID;S330, the RAN device sends a UE Information Request message to the CP Function, where the UE information request message includes a UE ID and a Data Path ID of the encryption process;
可选地,如果UE ID中携带CP Function的标识,RAN设备可以根据UE ID中的CP Function的标识确定CP Function,如果在S310中的RRC消息中单独携带CP Function的标识,RAN设备可以根据该RRC消息中单独携带的CP Function的标识确定CP Function。Optionally, if the identifier of the CP Function is carried in the UE ID, the RAN device may determine the CP Function according to the identifier of the CP Function in the UE ID. If the identifier of the CP Function is separately carried in the RRC message in S310, the RAN device may The identifier of the CP Function carried in the RRC message separately determines the CP Function.
S340,CP Function确定UE的合法性,当确定UE合法时,执行S350;S340, the CP Function determines the legality of the UE, and when it is determined that the UE is legal, executing S350;
具体地,CP Function根据UE ID查找到UE的上下文信息,获取UE的上下文信息中的Key,并采用获取到的Key对加密处理的Data Path ID进行解密处理,如果采用获取到的Key能够成功对加密处理的Data Path ID进行解密并且解密得到的Data Path ID与CP Function中保存的该UE的Data Path ID一致,则认为UE合法,获取Data Path ID对应的UP Function 1的地址及 UP-1 TEID。Specifically, the CP Function searches for the context information of the UE according to the UE ID, acquires the Key in the context information of the UE, and decrypts the Data Path ID of the encryption process by using the obtained Key. If the acquired Key is successfully used, The data path ID of the encrypted data path ID is decrypted and the data path ID obtained by the decryption is the same as the data path ID of the UE saved in the CP Function, and the UE is considered to be legal, and the address of the UP Function 1 corresponding to the Data Path ID is obtained. UP-1 TEID.
可选的,CP Function还验证Data Path ID的完整性,若CP Function验证Data Path ID未被篡改,并且与与CP Function中保存的该UE的Data Path ID一致,则认为UE合法。Optionally, the CP Function further verifies the integrity of the Data Path ID. If the CP Function verifies that the Data Path ID has not been tampered with and is consistent with the Data Path ID of the UE saved in the CP Function, the UE is considered to be legal.
S350,CP Function向RAN设备发送UE信息响应(Information Response)消息;S350. The CP Function sends a UE Information Response (Information Response) message to the RAN device.
该UE Information Response消息中包括Data Path ID、UP Function 1的IP地址、UP 1-TEID和Key。The UE Information Response message includes a Data Path ID, an IP address of the UP Function 1, an UP 1-TEID, and a Key.
S360,RAN设备在UE的上下文信息中保存UE的Key、以及Data Path ID对应的UP Function 1的地址和UP 1-TEID;S360, the RAN device saves the Key of the UE and the address of the UP Function 1 corresponding to the Data Path ID and the UP 1-TEID in the context information of the UE;
S370,RAN设备获取UE的RAN TEID,并生成通用分组无线服务隧道协议(General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol,简称为“GTP”)PDU;S370, the RAN device acquires a RAN TEID of the UE, and generates a General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol (GTP) PDU;
需要说明的是,RAN TEID指的是RAN设备为UE分配的TEID,如果RAN设备中保存的UE的上下文信息中有RAN TEID,则RAN设备从UE的上下文信息中获取RAN TEID,如果没有,则RAN设备为UE分配一个RAN TEID。It should be noted that the RAN TEID refers to the TEID allocated by the RAN device to the UE. If the RAN TEID is included in the context information of the UE stored in the RAN device, the RAN device obtains the RAN TEID from the context information of the UE. The RAN device assigns a RAN TEID to the UE.
RAN设备生成的GTP PDU中包括UP Function 1的地址、UP1-TEID、采用Key解密处理后的小数据、RAN设备的地址和RAN TEID,其中,RAN设备的地址和RAN TEID携带在GTP PDU的扩展头(Extended Header)内,以便于当UP Function 1有发送给该UE的下行数据时,根据RAN设备的IP地址和RAN TEID将下行数据发送给该RAN设备,之后由该RAN设备将下行数据发送给UE。The GTP PDU generated by the RAN device includes the address of the UP Function 1, the UP1-TEID, the small data processed by the Key decryption, the address of the RAN device, and the RAN TEID, where the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID carry the extension of the GTP PDU. In the header (Extended Header), when the UP Function 1 has downlink data sent to the UE, the downlink data is sent to the RAN device according to the IP address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID, and then the downlink data is sent by the RAN device. Give the UE.
进一步地,当UE在RAN设备中进入Idle态后,RAN设备开启记录的对应关系对应的计时器(Timer),如果Timer超时,RAN设备删除记录的对应关系,如果UE有上行或下行数据,RAN设备将会重置Timer,以保证在上行或下行数据传输的过程中Timer不会超时。Further, after the UE enters the Idle state in the RAN device, the RAN device starts a timer corresponding to the recorded correspondence. If the timer expires, the RAN device deletes the corresponding relationship of the record. If the UE has uplink or downlink data, the RAN The device will reset the Timer to ensure that the Timer will not time out during the upstream or downstream data transmission.
S380,RAN设备向UP Function 1发送GTP PDU;S380, the RAN device sends a GTP PDU to the UP Function 1;
S390,UP Function 1保存RAN设备的地址及RAN TEID,并向UP Function 2发送GTP PDU;S390, the UP Function 1 stores the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID, and sends the GTP PDU to the UP Function 2;
可选地,当UP Function 1保存RAN设备的地址及RAN TEID时开启对应的Timer,当Timer超时,UP Function 1删除保存的RAN设备的地址及 RAN TEID,当UP Function 1在收到UE的上行或下行数据时,UP Function 1将Timer重置。Optionally, when the UP Function 1 saves the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID, the corresponding Timer is started. When the Timer expires, the UP Function 1 deletes the address of the saved RAN device and RAN TEID, when UP Function 1 receives the uplink or downlink data of the UE, UP Function 1 resets the Timer.
在S390之后,如图4中所示出的,UP Function 2将接收到的GTP PDU中的数据发送给对应的APP服务器(Sever),之后APP Sever会向UP Function 2发送响应消息(例如图4中的ACK),UP Function 2接收到响应消息之后将响应消息发送给UP Function 1,UP Function 1获取保存的RAN设备的地址和RAN TEID,并生成下行的GTP PDU发送给RAN设备,RAN设备接收到UP Function 1发送的GTP PDU之后,根据RAN TEID确定UE ID,并根据UE ID获取到UE对应的Key,采用获取到的Key对GTP PDU中的数据进行加密处理之后通过RRC消息发送给UE,UE可以采用对应的Key对数据进行解密处理。After S390, as shown in FIG. 4, the UP Function 2 sends the data in the received GTP PDU to the corresponding APP server (Sever), and then the APP Sever sends a response message to the UP Function 2 (for example, FIG. 4 ACK), UP Function 2 sends a response message to UP Function 1 after receiving the response message, UP Function 1 acquires the address of the saved RAN device and the RAN TEID, and generates a downlink GTP PDU to be sent to the RAN device, and the RAN device receives After the GTP PDU sent by the UP Function 1, the UE ID is determined according to the RAN TEID, and the key corresponding to the UE is obtained according to the UE ID, and the obtained key is used to encrypt the data in the GTP PDU and then sent to the UE through an RRC message. The UE may perform decryption processing on the data by using the corresponding Key.
图5示出了根据本发明另一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图。图5中所示出的方法中的Key可以是与方法300中的Key相同,也可以是RAN设备基于CP Function发送给RAN设备的KeNB生成的用于UE与RAN设备之间进行加密和/或完整性保护的Key。如图5所示,方法400包括:FIG. 5 shows a schematic flow chart of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present invention. The Key in the method shown in FIG. 5 may be the same as the Key in the method 300, or may be generated by the K eNB that the RAN device sends to the RAN device based on the CP Function for encryption between the UE and the RAN device and/or Or Key to integrity protection. As shown in FIG. 5, method 400 includes:
S410,UE向RAN设备发送RRC消息,该RRC消息中包括UE ID、加密处理的小数据和加密处理的Data Path ID;S410, the UE sends an RRC message to the RAN device, where the RRC message includes the UE ID, the encrypted small data, and the encrypted Data Path ID.
需要说明的是,S410与S310相同,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that S410 is the same as S310. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein.
S420,RAN设备根据UE的UE ID查看是否保存有UE的上下文信息;如果有,则使用UE的Key对加密处理的Data Path ID进行解密处理,并根据保存的对应关系获得UP Function 1的地址和UP-1 TEID,之后执行方法300中的S370及后续步骤,如果没有,则执行S430及后续步骤;S420: The RAN device checks whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the UE ID of the UE; if yes, decrypts the Data Path ID of the encryption process by using the Key of the UE, and obtains the address of the UP Function 1 according to the saved correspondence relationship. UP-1 TEID, after performing S370 and subsequent steps in method 300, if not, executing S430 and subsequent steps;
S430,RAN设备向UE上一次驻留的RAN设备发送UE信息请求(Information Request)消息,该UE Information Request消息中包括UE ID和加密处理的Data Path ID;S430, the RAN device sends a UE Information Request message to the RAN device that is the last time the UE is camped, and the UE Information Request message includes the UE ID and the Data Path ID of the encryption process.
可以理解的是,在S430中UE上一次驻留的RAN设备中保存有UE的上下文信息。It can be understood that the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device where the UE last camped in S430.
可选地,如果UE ID中携带上一次驻留的RAN设备的标识,RAN设备可以根据UE ID中的上一次驻留的RAN设备的标识确定上一次驻留的RAN设备,如果在S410中的RRC消息中单独携带UE上一次驻留的RAN设备的标识,RAN设备可以根据该RRC消息中单独携带的UE上一次驻留的 RAN设备的标识确定上一次驻留的RAN设备。Optionally, if the UE ID carries the identifier of the RAN device that last camped, the RAN device may determine, according to the identifier of the last resident RAN device in the UE ID, the last resident RAN device, if in S410 The RRC message separately carries the identifier of the RAN device that the UE last camped on, and the RAN device may be based on the UE that is separately carried in the RRC message. The identity of the RAN device determines the RAN device that last camped on.
S440,UE上一次驻留的RAN设备确定UE的合法性,当确定UE合法时,执行S450;S440, the RAN device that the UE last camped determines the legality of the UE, and when it is determined that the UE is legal, S450 is performed;
S450,UE上一次驻留的RAN设备向RAN设备发送UE Information Response消息;S450. The RAN device that the UE last camped sends a UE Information Response message to the RAN device.
该UE Information Response消息包括UE的上下文信息,UE的上下文信息包括经过UE上一次驻留的RAN设备解密处理的Data Path ID、UP Function 1的IP地址、UP 1-TEID和Key。The UE Information Response message includes context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes a Data Path ID, an IP address of the UP Function 1, an UP 1-TEID, and a Key, which are processed by the RAN device that the UE last camped on.
S460,执行方法300中的S360-S390,以及后续步骤。S460, performing S360-S390 in method 300, and subsequent steps.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在传输数据的过程中RAN设备先执行方法400中的相关步骤从UE上一次驻留的RAN设备处获取到UE的上下文信息,如果失败,再按照方法300中的相关步骤从CP Function处获取到UE的上下文信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, in the process of transmitting data, the RAN device first performs the relevant step in the method 400 to obtain the context information of the UE from the RAN device that the UE last camped, and if it fails, according to the method. The relevant step in 300 obtains the context information of the UE from the CP Function.
图6示出了根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图。如图6所示,方法500包括:FIG. 6 shows a schematic flow chart of a method of transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, method 500 includes:
S510,UE向RAN设备发送RRC连接建立请求(Connection Request)消息,该RRC Connection Request消息中携带Small data Indication和UE ID;S510, the UE sends an RRC connection setup request (Connection Request) message to the RAN device, where the RRC Connection Request message carries the Small Data Indication and the UE ID;
S520,RAN设备根据UE ID确定是否保存有UE的上下文信息,并向UE发送RRC连接建立(Connection Setup)消息,该RRC Connection Setup消息中携带指示信息,该指示信息用于指示RAN设备中是否保存有UE的上下文信息;S520: The RAN device determines, according to the UE ID, whether the context information of the UE is saved, and sends an RRC Connection Setup message to the UE, where the RRC Connection Setup message carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the RAN device is saved. Have context information of the UE;
S530,UE根据指示信息确定RAN设备中没有保存UE的上下文信息,UE向CP Function发送服务请求(Service Request)消息;S530, the UE determines, according to the indication information, that the context information of the UE is not saved in the RAN device, and the UE sends a service request (Service Request) message to the CP Function.
该Service Request消息中携带Small Data Indication,该Service Request消息请求CP Function向RAN设备发送UE的上下文信息。The Service Request message carries a Small Data Indication, and the Service Request message requests the CP Function to send the context information of the UE to the RAN device.
S540,CP Function确定UE合法,向RAN设备发送UE的上下文信息;S540: The CP Function determines that the UE is legal, and sends context information of the UE to the RAN device.
其中,CP Function在对UE进行合法性验证时,对Service Request消息进行完整性验证,具体实现方式与现有通信标准中的实现方式相同,在此不再赘述。The CP function performs the integrity verification on the service request message when the UE is verified for the validity of the UE. The implementation manner is the same as that in the existing communication standard, and is not described here.
作为一个可选地例子,UE的上下文信息中包括:经过CP Function解密处理的Data Path ID、UP Function 1的IP地址、UP 1-TEID和Key。 As an optional example, the context information of the UE includes: a Data Path ID processed by the CP Function decryption, an IP address of the UP Function 1, an UP 1-TEID, and a Key.
作为另一个可选地例子,UE的上下文信息中包括:经过CP Function解密处理的Data Path ID、UP Function 1的IP地址和UP 1-TEID。As another optional example, the context information of the UE includes: a Data Path ID processed by the CP Function decryption, an IP address of the UP Function 1, and an UP 1-TEID.
S550,RAN设备在UE的上下文信息中保存UE ID对应的Key、以及UE ID的Data Path ID对应的UP Function 1的地址和UP 1-TEID;S550, the RAN device saves the Key corresponding to the UE ID and the address of the UP Function 1 corresponding to the Data Path ID of the UE ID and the UP 1-TEID in the context information of the UE;
S560,RAN设备向UE发送安全相关上下文信息;S560. The RAN device sends security related context information to the UE.
安全相关上下文信息中包括RAN设备选择的用于RAN设备与UE之间进行数据传输时采用的加密算法。本实施例中对安全相关上下文信息的理解同样适用于本发明的其他实施例。The security related context information includes an encryption algorithm selected by the RAN device for data transmission between the RAN device and the UE. The understanding of security-related context information in this embodiment is equally applicable to other embodiments of the present invention.
S570,UE采用S560中的加密算法对数据和Data Path ID进行加密,并通过RRC消息发送给RAN设备;S570: The UE encrypts the data and the Data Path ID by using an encryption algorithm in S560, and sends the data to the RAN device through an RRC message.
S580,RAN设备采用相同的加密算法对加密处理的Data Path ID进行解密处理,根据Data Path ID与UP Function 1的地址和UP 1-TEID的对应关系,确定UP Function 1;S580, the RAN device uses the same encryption algorithm to decrypt the encrypted Data Path ID, and determines the UP Function 1 according to the correspondence between the Data Path ID and the address of the UP Function 1 and the UP 1-TEID;
S590,执行方法300中的S370-S390,以及后续步骤。S590, performing S370-S390 in method 300, and subsequent steps.
作为一个可选地例子,S530具体为:UE向RAN设备发送RRC消息,该RRC消息中包括加密处理的Data Path ID、CP Function的地址及UE ID;RAN设备根据CP Function的地址向CP Function发送UE Information Request消息,该UE Information Request消息中携带加密处理的Data Path ID和UE ID。相对应的,在S540中,CP Function对UE的合法性进行验证的方法与S340中相同,在此不再赘述。As an optional example, the S530 is specifically: the UE sends an RRC message to the RAN device, where the RRC message includes the Data Path ID of the encryption process, the address of the CP Function, and the UE ID; the RAN device sends the CP Function according to the address of the CP Function. The UE Information Request message carries the Data Path ID and the UE ID of the encryption process. Correspondingly, in S540, the method for verifying the validity of the UE by the CP Function is the same as that in S340, and details are not described herein again.
在本发明实施例中,在图3所示的方法200中的S270中,Session Establish Response消息中还包括UE的上下文信息,在UE接收到RAN设备发送的RRC消息之后,保存RRC消息中包括的该UE的上下文信息。图7示出在这种场景下,根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法。如图7所示,方法600包括:In the embodiment of the present invention, in S270 in the method 200 shown in FIG. 3, the Session Establish Response message further includes context information of the UE, and after the UE receives the RRC message sent by the RAN device, saves the information included in the RRC message. The context information of the UE. FIG. 7 illustrates a method of transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention in such a scenario. As shown in FIG. 7, method 600 includes:
S610,执行方法500中S510-S520;S610, executing method 500, S510-S520;
S620,UE根据指示信息确定RAN设备中没有保存UE的上下文信息,UE向RAN设备发送RRC消息;S620. The UE determines, according to the indication information, that context information of the UE is not saved in the RAN device, and the UE sends an RRC message to the RAN device.
该RRC消息中携带UE采用RAN设备的公共密钥进行加密处理的UE的上下文信息、UE ID、UE采用用于数据传输的Key进行加密处理的Data Path ID、采用用于数据传输的Key进行加密处理的数据、CP Function的地 址。The RRC message carries the context information of the UE, which uses the public key of the RAN device for the encryption process, the UE ID, the Data Path ID that the UE performs encryption processing using the Key for data transmission, and the encryption using the Key for data transmission. Processed data, ground of CP Function site.
S630,RAN设备使用私钥对UE的上下文信息进行解密处理,获取用于数据传输的Key,进行解密操作;S630. The RAN device decrypts context information of the UE by using a private key, acquires a key for data transmission, and performs a decryption operation.
具体地,对采用用于数据传输的Key进行加密处理的Data Path ID和采用用于数据传输的Key进行加密处理的数据进行解密处理;Specifically, the Data Path ID that performs encryption processing using the Key for data transmission and the data that is encrypted by using the Key for data transmission are decrypted;
可选地,RAN设备侧保存有Data Path ID与UP Function 1的地址的对应关系,UE的上下文信息中不包括UP Function 1的地址信息,也就是说,UE不将UP Function 1的地址发送给RAN设备,RAN设备对采用用于数据传输的Key进行加密处理的Data Path ID进行解密处理之后,根据Data Path ID与UP Function 1的地址的对应关系确定UP Function 1。Optionally, the RAN device side stores the correspondence between the Data Path ID and the address of the UP Function 1. The context information of the UE does not include the address information of the UP Function 1. That is, the UE does not send the address of the UP Function 1 to the address. After the RAN device decrypts the Data Path ID that performs encryption processing using the Key for data transmission, the UP Function 1 is determined according to the correspondence between the Data Path ID and the address of the UP Function 1.
可选地,在UE的上下文信息中包括UP Function 1的地址,此时,RAN设备接收到UE的上下文之后,可以直接根据UE的上下文信息中的UP Function 1的地址确定UP Function 1。Optionally, the address of the UP Function 1 is included in the context information of the UE. After receiving the context of the UE, the RAN device may directly determine the UP Function 1 according to the address of the UP Function 1 in the context information of the UE.
可选地,当UE在RAN设备中进入Idle态后,RAN设备开启UE的上下文信息对应的计时器(Timer),如果Timer超时,RAN设备删除记录的UE的上下文信息,如果UE有上行或下行数据,RAN设备将会重置Timer,以保证在上行或下行数据传输的过程中Timer不会超时。Optionally, after the UE enters the Idle state in the RAN device, the RAN device starts a timer corresponding to the context information of the UE. If the timer expires, the RAN device deletes the context information of the recorded UE, if the UE has uplink or downlink. Data, the RAN device will reset the Timer to ensure that the Timer will not time out during the uplink or downlink data transmission.
S640,执行方法300中的S370-S390,以及后续流程。S640, performing S370-S390 in method 300, and subsequent processes.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在图3所示出的建立PDU Session的方法200中,当UE的去激活计时器(Inactive Timer)超时时,RAN设备向UE发送释放(Release)消息,在该Release消息中携带为UE分配的恢复(Resume)标识ID和指示信息,该指示信息用于指示Release的原因为进入小数据传输的挂起(Suspend)态。在此情况下,可以根据图8所示出的数据传输方法进行数据的传输。如图8所示,方法700包括:In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, in the method 200 for establishing a PDU session shown in FIG. 3, when the UE's deactivation timer (Inactive Timer) times out, the RAN device sends a Release message to the UE. The Release message carries a Resume identification ID and indication information allocated to the UE, and the indication information is used to indicate that the reason of the Release is a Suspend state of entering a small data transmission. In this case, the data can be transmitted according to the data transmission method shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 8, method 700 includes:
S710,UE确定仍在进入Suspend态时所在的RAN设备(或小区)且RAN设备上UE的上下文信息对应的Timer未超时;S710: The UE determines that the RAN device (or the cell) that is still in the Suspend state is located, and the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE on the RAN device does not time out;
具体地,UE在Suspend态时如果有小数据发送需求,UE需要判断是否仍处在进入Suspend态时所在的RAN设备(或小区)以及该RAN设备上的UE的上下文信息对应的Timer是否超时,如果UE仍在进入Suspend态时所在的RAN设备并且RAN设备上该UE的上下文信息对应的Timer未超时,执行S720; Specifically, if the UE has a small data transmission request in the Suspend state, the UE needs to determine whether the RAN device (or cell) where the UE enters the Suspend state and the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE on the RAN device time out. If the RAN device where the UE is still in the Suspend state and the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE on the RAN device does not time out, perform S720;
S720,UE向RAN设备发送RRC连接恢复请求(Connection Resume Request)消息,该RRC Resume Request消息中携带RAN设备为该UE分配的Resume ID,该RRC Resume Request消息用于请求RAN设备恢复UE的上下文信息;S720, the UE sends an RRC connection recovery request (Connection Resume Request) message to the RAN device, where the RRC Resume Request message carries a Resume ID allocated by the RAN device to the UE, and the RRC Resume Request message is used to request the RAN device to restore the context information of the UE. ;
S730,RAN设备向UE发送RRC Connection Resume消息,告知UE已恢复UE的上下文信息;S730. The RAN device sends an RRC Connection Resume message to the UE, to notify the UE that the context information of the UE has been restored.
S740,UE向RAN设备发送RRC连接恢复完成(Connection Resume Complete)消息,该Connection Resume Complete消息中携带加密的数据和Data Path ID;S740, the UE sends an RRC connection recovery complete (Connection Resume Complete) message to the RAN device, where the Connection Resume Complete message carries the encrypted data and the Data Path ID;
S750,执行方法500中的S580-S590。S750, performing S580-S590 in method 500.
可以理解的是,如果在S710中,UE判断UE已经更换RAN设备(或小区),或者RAN设备上UE的上下文信息对应的Timer超时时,可通过执行方法500中的S530-590实现数据的传输。It can be understood that, if the UE determines in the S710 that the UE has replaced the RAN device (or the cell), or the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE on the RAN device times out, the data transmission can be implemented by executing S530-590 in the method 500. .
在本发明实施例中,在建立PDU Session的过程中,可以不需要CP Function为UE分配Data Path ID。在此情况下,建立PDU Session的方法如图9中所示。如图9所示,方法900包括:In the embodiment of the present invention, in the process of establishing a PDU session, the CP Function may be allocated to the UE by the CP Function. In this case, the method of establishing a PDU Session is as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 9, method 900 includes:
S810,执行方法200中的S210-S250;S810, executing S210-S250 in method 200;
S820,CP Function保存用于小数据传输的信息;S820, the CP Function saves information used for small data transmission;
该用于小数据传输的信息包括:UP Function 1的地址及UP Function 1为UE分配的TEID(UP 1-TEID)。The information for small data transmission includes: an address of UP Function 1 and a TEID (UP 1-TEID) allocated by the UP Function 1 to the UE.
S830,CP Function通过CP Function与RAN设备之间的接口向RAN设备发送消息;S830. The CP Function sends a message to the RAN device by using an interface between the CP Function and the RAN device.
具体地,CP Function向RAN设备发送的消息中包括CP Function发送给UE的会话建立响应(Session Establish Response)消息,该Session Establish Response消息中携带UE的上下文信息,其中,UE的上下文信息包括:UE ID,密钥Key以及用于小数据传输的上行路径信息,该用于小数据传输的上行路径信息包括:UP Function 1的地址和UP-1 TEID。Specifically, the message sent by the CP Function to the RAN device includes a session establishment response (Session Establish Response) message sent by the CP Function to the UE, where the Session Establish Response message carries the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes: ID, key Key, and uplink path information for small data transmission. The uplink path information for small data transmission includes: an address of UP Function 1 and an UP-1 TEID.
可选地,该用于小数据传输的上行路径信息包含在一个特定的容器(Container)内,或者该用于小数据传输的上行路径信息中包括指示信息,该指示信息指示该上行路径信息是用于小数据传输的上行路径信息。Optionally, the uplink path information used for the small data transmission is included in a specific container, or the uplink path information used for the small data transmission includes indication information, where the indication information indicates that the uplink path information is Uplink path information for small data transmission.
可选地,UE的上下文信息包括:UE ID,密钥Key、UP Function 1的 地址和UP Function 2的IP地址。Optionally, the context information of the UE includes: a UE ID, a key Key, and an UP Function 1 Address and IP address of UP Function 2.
S840,UE与RAN设备之间建立用于数据传输的DRB;S840, establishing a DRB for data transmission between the UE and the RAN device;
需要说明的是,UE与RAN设备之间建立DRB的方法与现有通信标准中的方案相同,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the method for establishing a DRB between the UE and the RAN device is the same as that in the existing communication standard, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,在建立DRB的过程中,RAN在重配置消息中携带指示信息,指示建立的DRB用于小数据传输,或者在S730中Session Establish Response消息中携带指示信息,指示S740中建立的DRB是用于小数据传输的DRB,由此UE可以根据指示信息确定该DRB为用于小数据传输的DRB。Optionally, in the process of establishing the DRB, the RAN carries the indication information in the reconfiguration message, indicating that the established DRB is used for small data transmission, or the indication information is carried in the Session Establish Response message in S730, indicating the DRB established in the S740. It is a DRB for small data transmission, whereby the UE can determine that the DRB is a DRB for small data transmission according to the indication information.
S850,当UE的inactive timer超时,RAN设备向UE发送RRC Connection Release消息;S850: When the inactive timer of the UE expires, the RAN device sends an RRC Connection Release message to the UE.
在该RRC Connection Release消息中携带该RAN设备为UE分配的Resume ID及用于指示释放原因为进入小数据传输的Suspend态的指示信息。The RRC Connection Release message carries the Resume ID assigned by the RAN device to the UE and the indication information indicating that the release reason is the Suspend state of entering the small data transmission.
在S850后,RAN设备保存该DRB与用于小数据传输的上行路径信息的对应关系,UE保存UE ID、Key和该DRB。After S850, the RAN device saves the correspondence between the DRB and the uplink path information for small data transmission, and the UE saves the UE ID, Key, and the DRB.
在根据方法800为UE建立了PDU Session之后,UE可以与网络之间进行数据的传输,下面将结合图10详细描述根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,图10是根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图,如图10所示,方法900包括:After the PDU session is established for the UE according to the method 800, the UE may perform data transmission with the network. A method for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 10, and FIG. 10 is a further implementation according to the present invention. For a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data, as shown in FIG. 10, the method 900 includes:
S910,UE确定仍在进入Suspend态时所在的RAN设备(或小区)且RAN设备上UE的上下文信息对应的Timer未超时;S910, the UE determines that the RAN device (or cell) that is still in the Suspend state, and the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE on the RAN device does not time out;
S920,RAN设备恢复RAN设备与UE间的信令连接及用于小数据传输的DRB;S920, the RAN device restores a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and a DRB for small data transmission;
具体的,UE向RAN设备发送RRC Connection Resume Request消息,该RRC Resume Request消息中携带RAN设备为该UE分配的Resume ID,该RRC Resume Request消息用于请求RAN设备恢复与UE间的信令连接及用于小数据传输的DRB;之后RAN设备向UE发送RRC Connection Resume消息,告知UE已恢复与UE间的信令连接及用于小数据传输的DRB,之后UE向RAN设备发送RRC Connection Resume Complete消息。Specifically, the UE sends an RRC Connection Resume Request message to the RAN device, where the RRC Resume Request message carries the Resume ID allocated by the RAN device to the UE, and the RRC Resume Request message is used to request the RAN device to resume the signaling connection with the UE and The DRB for small data transmission; the RAN device then sends an RRC Connection Resume message to the UE, informing the UE that the signaling connection with the UE and the DRB for small data transmission have been restored, after which the UE sends an RRC Connection Resume Complete message to the RAN device. .
S930,UE通过用于小数据传输的DRB向RAN设备发送小数据;S930. The UE sends small data to the RAN device by using a DRB for small data transmission.
S940,UE根据UE的上下文信息获得用于小数据传输的DRB对应的上行路径信息; S940: The UE obtains uplink path information corresponding to the DRB for small data transmission according to the context information of the UE.
S950,执行方法300中的S370-S390;S950, executing S370-S390 in method 300;
在S950之后,如图10中所示出的,UP Function 2将接收到的GTP PDU中的数据发送给对应的APP服务器(Sever),之后APP Sever会向UP Function 2发送响应消息(例如图9中的ACK),UP Function 2接收到响应消息之后将响应消息发送给UP Function 1,UP Function 1获取保存的RAN设备的地址和RAN TEID,并生成下行的GTP PDU发送给RAN设备,RAN设备接收到UP Function 1发送的GTP PDU之后,根据RAN TEID确定UE ID,并根据UE ID获取到UE对应的Key,采用获取到的Key对GTP PDU中的数据进行加密处理之后通过用于小数据传输的DRB发送给UE,UE可以采用对应的Key对数据进行解密处理。After S950, as shown in FIG. 10, UP Function 2 sends the data in the received GTP PDU to the corresponding APP server (Sever), and then APP Sever sends a response message to UP Function 2 (for example, FIG. 9 ACK), UP Function 2 sends a response message to UP Function 1 after receiving the response message, UP Function 1 acquires the address of the saved RAN device and the RAN TEID, and generates a downlink GTP PDU to be sent to the RAN device, and the RAN device receives After the GTP PDU sent by the UP Function 1, the UE ID is determined according to the RAN TEID, and the key corresponding to the UE is obtained according to the UE ID, and the acquired key is used to encrypt the data in the GTP PDU and then used for small data transmission. The DRB sends the data to the UE, and the UE can decrypt the data by using the corresponding Key.
图11示出了根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法。该方法适用于采用图9所示的方法建立PDU Session的场景中。如图11所示,方法1000包括:Figure 11 illustrates a method of transmitting data in accordance with yet another embodiment of the present invention. This method is applicable to the scenario in which the PDU Session is established by the method shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 11, the method 1000 includes:
S1010,处于Suspend态的UE确定不在进入Suspend态时所在的RAN设备(或小区)内,或UE进入Suspend态时所在的RAN设备上该UE的上下文信息对应的Timer超时;S1010: The UE in the Suspend state determines that the Timer corresponding to the context information of the UE is not in the RAN device (or cell) where the Suspend state is not entered, or the RAN device where the UE enters the Suspend state.
S1020,UE向CP Function发送Service Request消息;S1020: The UE sends a Service Request message to the CP Function.
该Service Request消息中携带Small Data Indication,该Service Request消息请求CP Function向RAN设备发送UE的上下文信息。The Service Request message carries a Small Data Indication, and the Service Request message requests the CP Function to send the context information of the UE to the RAN device.
S1030,CP Function获取用于小数据传输的上下文信息;S1030: The CP Function acquires context information used for small data transmission.
用于小数据传输的上下文信息包括:UE的Key、上行路径信息,其中,上行路径信息包括UP Function 1的地址和UP 1-TEID;Context information for small data transmission includes: Key of the UE, uplink path information, where the uplink path information includes an address of the UP Function 1 and an UP 1-TEID;
S1040,CP Function向RAN设备发送初始上下文消息,该初始上下文消息中包括用于小数据传输的上下文信息和小数据指示信息;S1040: The CP Function sends an initial context message to the RAN device, where the initial context message includes context information and small data indication information for small data transmission.
S1050,RAN设备保存用于小数据传输的上下文信息;S1050: The RAN device saves context information used for small data transmission;
S1060,RAN设备向UE发送RRC Security Mode Command消息,该RRC Security Mode Command消息中携带UE的安全相关上下文信息;S1060: The RAN device sends an RRC Security Mode Command message to the UE, where the RRC Security Mode Command message carries security related context information of the UE.
S1070,RAN设备与UE之间建立用于小数据传输的DRB;S1070, establishing a DRB for small data transmission between the RAN device and the UE;
需要说明的是,UE与RAN设备之间建立DRB的方法与现有通信标准中的方案相同,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the method for establishing a DRB between the UE and the RAN device is the same as that in the existing communication standard, and details are not described herein again.
S1080,执行方法900中S930-S950,以及后续步骤。 S1080, performing S930-S950 in method 900, and subsequent steps.
下面将结合图12详细描述根据本发明再一实施例的传输数据的方法,该方法适用于采用图3所示的方法建立PDU Session的场景中。如图12所示,方法2000包括:A method for transmitting data according to still another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 12, which is applicable to a scenario in which a PDU Session is established by using the method shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 12, method 2000 includes:
S2010,UP Function 1接收到下行数据,并确定下行数据是否为小数据;S2010, UP Function 1 receives downlink data, and determines whether the downlink data is small data;
具体地,UP Function 2接收到APP Sever发送的数据,该数据的目的地址为UE的地址,UP Function 2将数据发送给UP Function 1,UP Function 1可以根据APP发送的数据的大小判断是否为小数据,或者根据APP发送数据时携带的Tag判断下行数据是否为小数据。Specifically, the UP Function 2 receives the data sent by the APP Sever, the destination address of the data is the address of the UE, and the UP Function 2 sends the data to the UP Function 1. The UP Function 1 can determine whether the data is small according to the size of the data sent by the APP. The data, or the tag carried when the data is sent by the APP, determines whether the downlink data is small data.
S2020,UP Function 1确定下行数据为小数据,UP Function 1获取UE对应的RAN设备的IP地址及RAN TEID,如果能够获取到,执行S2110。否则执行S2030;S2020, UP Function 1 determines that the downlink data is small data, and the UP Function 1 acquires the IP address and the RAN TEID of the RAN device corresponding to the UE. If yes, S2110 is executed. Otherwise execute S2030;
S2030,UP Function 1向CP Function发送下行数据通知(Downlink Data Notification)消息,该Downlink Data Notification消息中携带Small Data Indication,用于通知CP Function该UE有待接收的下行数据;S2030, the UP function 1 sends a Downlink Data Notification message to the CP Function, where the Downlink Data Notification message carries a Small Data Indication, which is used to notify the CP Function of the downlink data to be received by the UE.
S2040,CP Function向UE发送寻呼(Paging)消息,该Paging消息中携带Small Data Indication;S2040, the CP Function sends a paging (Paging) message to the UE, where the Paging message carries a Small Data Indication;
S2050,UE向CP Function发送Service Request消息,该Service Request消息中携带Small Data Indication,请求进入连接态;S2050: The UE sends a Service Request message to the CP Function, where the Service Request message carries a Small Data Indication, and the request enters a connected state.
需要说明的是,在S2500中请求进入连接态,CP Function仅将上行路径信息发送给RAN设备,RAN设备根据接收到的上行路径信息为UE分配TEID。It should be noted that, in S2500, the request enters the connection state, and the CP Function only sends the uplink path information to the RAN device, and the RAN device allocates the TEID to the UE according to the received uplink path information.
S2060,CP Function向RAN设备发送数据路径请求(Data Path Request)消息,该Data Path Request消息用于请求RAN设备为UE分配用于下行数据传输的TEID,该Data Path Request消息中包括:Small Data Indication、UE ID、Data Path ID、UP Function 1的地址及UP 1-TEID;S2060: The CP Function sends a Data Path Request message to the RAN device, where the Data Path Request message is used to request the RAN device to allocate a TEID for the downlink data transmission, where the Data Path Request message includes: Small Data Indication , UE ID, Data Path ID, address of UP Function 1, and UP 1-TEID;
S2070,RAN设备在UE的上下文信息中保存UE ID对应的Key、以及UE IE的Data Path ID对应的UP Function 1的IP地址和UP 1-TEID;S2070, the RAN device saves the Key corresponding to the UE ID and the IP address and UP 1-TEID of the UP Function 1 corresponding to the Data Path ID of the UE IE in the context information of the UE;
S2080,RAN设备向CP Function发送数据路径响应(Data Path Response)消息,该Data Path Response消息中携带RAN设备的地址及RAN TEID;S2080, the RAN device sends a data path response (Data Path Response) message to the CP Function, where the Data Path Response message carries the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID;
S2090,CP Function向UE发送针对S2050中的Service Request消息的响应(ACK)消息,用于告知UE已收到S2050中发送的消息。 S2090: The CP Function sends a response (ACK) message to the UE for the Service Request message in S2050, to notify the UE that the message sent in S2050 has been received.
S2100,CP Function向UP Function 1发送下行数据路径(Downlink Data Path)消息,该Downlink Data Path消息中携带RAN设备的地址及RAN TEID;S2100, the CP Function sends a Downlink Data Path message to the UP Function 1, and the Downlink Data Path message carries the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID;
S2110,UP Function 1根据RAN设备的地址及RAN TEID,生成下行GTP PDU,并发送给RAN设备;S2110: The UP Function 1 generates a downlink GTP PDU according to the address of the RAN device and the RAN TEID, and sends the GTP PDU to the RAN device.
S2120,RAN设备根据RAN TEID确定UE ID,使用UE对应的Key对下行数据进行加密处理;S2120: The RAN device determines the UE ID according to the RAN TEID, and performs encryption processing on the downlink data by using the Key corresponding to the UE.
S2130,RAN设备向UE发送RRC消息,该RRC消息中携带加密处理后的下行数据;S2130. The RAN device sends an RRC message to the UE, where the RRC message carries the encrypted downlink data.
在S2130之后,UE通过RRC消息向RAN发送UE ID、加密处理的小数据(ACK)以及加密处理的Data Path ID;之后,RAN设备可以采用上文中方法300或方法400中的方式获取UE的Key,采用UE的Key对加密处理的Data Path ID进行解密处理,根据保存的对应关系获得UP Function 1的地址和UP 1-TEID,并根据方法300中的方法生成上行GTP PDU,并将GTP PDU发送给UP Function 1,使得UP Function 1将数据发送给UP Function 2。After S2130, the UE sends the UE ID, the encrypted processed small data (ACK), and the encrypted processed Data Path ID to the RAN through the RRC message; after that, the RAN device may acquire the Key of the UE by using the method 300 or the method 400 above. Decrypting the encrypted Data Path ID by using the Key of the UE, obtaining the address of the UP Function 1 and the UP 1-TEID according to the saved correspondence, and generating an uplink GTP PDU according to the method in the method 300, and sending the GTP PDU Give UP Function 1 so that UP Function 1 sends the data to UP Function 2.
可选地,当方法2000应用到采用图9所示的方法建立PDU Session的场景中时,在S2060中的Data Path Request中不包括:Data Path ID,并且在S2070中,RAN设备在UE的上下文信息中保存DRB与上行路径信息的对应关系,在S2130之后,UE通过DRB向RAN设备发送加密后的数据。Optionally, when the method 2000 is applied to the scenario in which the PDU session is established by using the method shown in FIG. 9, the Data Path Request is not included in the Data Path Request in S2060, and in S2070, the RAN device is in the context of the UE. The information stores the correspondence between the DRB and the uplink path information. After S2130, the UE transmits the encrypted data to the RAN device through the DRB.
以上结合图2至图12详细描述了根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法,下面将结合图13详细描述根据本发明实施例的RAN设备。如图13所示,RAN设备10包括:The method of transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 2 through 12. The RAN device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 13, the RAN device 10 includes:
收发单元11,用于接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息中包括数据和第一标识;The transceiver unit 11 is configured to receive a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier;
处理单元12,用于根据该第一标识,确定该数据的传输路径信息;The processing unit 12 is configured to determine transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier.
该收发单元11,还用于根据该数据的传输路径信息,转发该数据。The transceiver unit 11 is further configured to forward the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
因此,根据本发明实施例的RAN设备,可以通过用户设备UE发送数据的同时发送的第一标识,确定UE的数据的传输路径信息,按照路径传输信息转发UE的数据,由此,当处于空闲态的UE有数据发送需求时,不需要重建UE与RAN设备之间的用户面连接、RAN设备与核心网设备中的控制面设备之间的信令连接以及RAN设备与核心网设备中的用户面设备之间的用户面连接,从而能够降低数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高传输数据的 效率。Therefore, the RAN device according to the embodiment of the present invention may determine the transmission path information of the data of the UE by using the first identifier sent by the user equipment UE to transmit data, and forward the data of the UE according to the path transmission information, thereby being idle. When the UE has data transmission requirements, it is not required to reconstruct the user plane connection between the UE and the RAN device, the signaling connection between the RAN device and the control plane device in the core network device, and the user in the RAN device and the core network device. User plane connection between device devices, which can reduce signaling overhead during data transmission and improve data transmission. effectiveness.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该收发单元11具体用于:接收该UE发送的该第一消息,该第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的该数据、该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和核心网设备的标识;根据该核心网设备的标识,向该核心网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括该UE的标识和该第一秘钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,以便于该核心网设备根据该UE的标识和该第一秘钥组加密处理过的该第一标识验证该UE合法后,向该RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, the transceiver unit 11 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, the first The first identifier of the key group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device; the second message is sent to the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device, where the second message includes the UE Identifying the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, so that the core network device verifies that the UE is legal according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group. The RAN device sends context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
该处理单元12,用于将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The processing unit 12 is configured to determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该处理单元12还用于:根据该UE的标识确定该RAN设备是否保存有该UE的上下文信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, the processing unit 12 is further configured to: determine, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves context information of the UE;
其中,该收发单元11还用于:当该处理单元确定该RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,向该核心网设备发送该第二消息。The transceiver unit 11 is further configured to: when the processing unit determines that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, send the second message to the core network device.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该收发单元11接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该收发单元11还用于:接收该UE发送的该UE的标识;向该UE发送反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该处理单元根据该UE的标识判断该RAN设备是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果,以便于该UE在该反馈信息指示该RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,请求核心网设备向该RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, before the transceiver unit 11 receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver unit 11 is further configured to: receive an identifier of the UE sent by the UE; and send feedback to the UE. Information, the feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the context information of the UE, so that the UE indicates that the RAN device does not save the context of the UE. When the information is requested, the core network device is requested to send the context information of the UE to the RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
其中,该处理单元12具体用于:将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The processing unit 12 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该收发单元11接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该收发单元11还用于:接收该UE发送的该UE的标识;向该UE发送反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该处理单元根据该UE的标识判断该RAN设备是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果;当该反馈信息指示该RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,接收接收该UE发送的第三消息,该第三消息中包括该UE的标识、第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和核心网设备的标识;根据该核心网设备的标识,向该核心网设备发送第 四消息,该第四消息中包括该UE的标识和该第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,以便于该核心网设备根据该UE的标识和该第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识验证该UE合法后向该RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, before the transceiver unit 11 receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver unit 11 is further configured to: receive an identifier of the UE sent by the UE; and send feedback to the UE. Information, the feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the context information of the UE, and when the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, receiving Receiving a third message sent by the UE, where the third message includes an identifier of the UE, an identifier of the second key group encrypted and processed by the second key group, and an identifier of the core network device; according to the identifier of the core network device, Core network device sends the first And a fourth message, where the fourth message includes the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the second key group, so that the core network device performs encryption according to the identifier of the UE and the second key group. The first identifier is sent to the RAN device to send the context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
其中,该处理单元12具体用于:将与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The processing unit 12 is specifically configured to determine, as the transmission path information of the data, the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该收发单元11具体用于:接收该UE发送的该第一消息,该第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的该数据、该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和第二RAN设备的标识,该第二RAN设备为该UE确定的保存有该UE的上下文信息的RAN设备;当该处理单元12根据该UE的标识确定该RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,根据该第二RAN设备的标识,向该第二RAN设备发送第五消息,该第五消息中包括该UE的标识和该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,以便于该第二RAN设备根据该UE的标识和该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识确定该UE合法后向该RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, the transceiver unit 11 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, the first The first identifier of the key group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the second RAN device is the RAN device that is determined by the UE and stores context information of the UE; when the processing unit 12 And determining, according to the identifier of the UE, that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, and sends a fifth message to the second RAN device according to the identifier of the second RAN device, where the fifth message includes the identifier of the UE and the Decrypting the first identifier by the first key group, so that the second RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, that the UE is legally forwarded to the RAN device. Transmitting the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
其中,该处理单元12具体用于:将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The processing unit 12 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该收发单元11具体用于:接收该UE发送的该第一消息,该第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的该数据、该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该RAN设备的公共密钥加密处理过的该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组;In the embodiment of the present invention, the transceiver unit 11 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, the first The first identifier of the UE that has been processed by the key group and the context information of the UE that has been encrypted by the public key of the RAN device, and the first key group is included in the context information of the UE;
其中,在该收发单元11接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该收发单元11还用于:接收该UE发送的该UE的标识;向该UE发送反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该处理单元12根据该UE的标识判断该RAN设备是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果,以便于该UE在该反馈信息指示该RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,使用该RAN设备的公共密钥对该UE的上下文进行加密处理。The transceiver unit 11 is further configured to: receive the identifier of the UE sent by the UE, and send feedback information to the UE, where the sending and receiving unit 11 receives the first message sent by the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate the The processing unit 12 determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the judgment result of the context information of the UE, so that the UE uses the RAN device when the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE. The public key encrypts the context of the UE.
其中,该处理单元12具体用于:采用与该公共密钥相对应的私钥对该 UE的上下文信息进行解密处理,获取该UE的上下文信息中包括的该第一密钥组;使用该第一密钥组对该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识进行解密处理,获得该第一标识;根据该第一标识与传输路径信息的对应关系,确定该数据的传输路径信息。The processing unit 12 is specifically configured to: adopt a private key corresponding to the public key to Performing a decryption process on the context information of the UE, acquiring the first key group included in the context information of the UE, and decrypting the first identifier encrypted by the first key group using the first key group, Obtaining the first identifier; determining transmission path information of the data according to the correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该RAN设备与该UE内均保存有该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在该收发单元11接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该收发单元11还用于:接收该UE发送的第六消息,该第六消息用于请求该RAN设备恢复该RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接;向该UE发送第七消息,该第七消息用于指示该RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接已恢复,以便于该UE在接收到该第七消息后,使用该第一密钥组对该数据和该第一标识进行加密处理;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a first key group, the first identifier, and the first identifier. Corresponding transmission path information, before the transceiver unit 11 receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver unit 11 is further configured to: receive a sixth message sent by the UE, where the sixth message is used to request the RAN device to recover a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE; sending a seventh message to the UE, the seventh message is used to indicate that the signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE has been restored, so that the UE is receiving After the seventh message, encrypting the data and the first identifier by using the first key group;
其中,该处理单元12具体用于:将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The processing unit 12 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该收发单元11根据该数据的传输路径信息,转发该数据之前,该处理单元12还用于:获取该UE的第二标识,该第二标识用于该RAN设备在接收到下行数据时,确定该下行数据的目的接收设备为该UE;根据该数据的传输路径信息,确定该数据的下一跳转发设备;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, before the transceiver unit 11 forwards the data according to the transmission path information of the data, the processing unit 12 is further configured to: acquire a second identifier of the UE, where the second identifier is used. When the RAN device receives the downlink data, determining that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE; determining, according to the transmission path information of the data, a next hop forwarding device of the data;
其中,该收发单元11具体用于:向该下一跳转发设备发送该数据和该第二标识。The transceiver unit 11 is specifically configured to: send the data and the second identifier to the next hop forwarding device.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该数据的传输路径信息,包括:该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息;或,该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和该下一跳转发设备为该UE分配的第三标识,该第三标识用于该下一跳转发设备在接收到该RAN设备发送的该数据后,确定该数据属于该UE。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the transmission path information of the data includes: address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data; or address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the next The third identifier that is allocated by the one-hop forwarding device to the UE, and the third identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to determine that the data belongs to the UE after receiving the data sent by the RAN device.
根据本发明实施例的RAN设备10可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的RAN设备,并且,RAN设备10中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法100至方法700中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The RAN device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the RAN device in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the RAN device 10, ie, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, in order to implement the method 100 to the method 700 The corresponding process in the process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
图14示出了根据本发明实施例的用户设备,如图14所示,用户设备20包括: FIG. 14 shows a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the user equipment 20 includes:
处理单元21,用于确定数据对应的第一标识,该第一标识用于第一无线接入网RAN设备根据该第一标识确定该数据的传输路径信息;The processing unit 21 is configured to determine a first identifier corresponding to the data, where the first identifier is used by the first radio access network RAN device to determine transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier;
收发单元22,用于向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该数据和该第一标识。The transceiver unit 22 is configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier.
因此,根据本发明实施例的用户设备UE向第一RAN设备发送数据时,同时向该第一RAN设备发送第一标识,使得第一RAN设备根据该第一标识获取到该UE的数据的传输路径信息,由此,当处于空闲态的UE有数据发送需求时,不需要重建UE与RAN设备之间的用户面连接、RAN设备与核心网设备中的控制面设备之间的信令连接以及RAN设备与核心网设备中的用户面设备之间的用户面连接,从而能够降低数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高传输数据的效率。Therefore, when the user equipment UE sends data to the first RAN device according to the embodiment of the present invention, the first identity is sent to the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the data transmission of the UE according to the first identifier. Path information, whereby when the UE in the idle state has a data transmission requirement, there is no need to reconstruct a user plane connection between the UE and the RAN device, a signaling connection between the RAN device and a control plane device in the core network device, and The user plane connection between the RAN device and the user plane device in the core network device can reduce the signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improve the efficiency of transmitting data.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该处理单元21还用于:使用第一秘钥组对该数据和该第一标识进行加密处理;In the embodiment of the present invention, the processing unit 21 is further configured to: perform encryption processing on the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
其中,该收发单元22具体用于:向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该数据、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和核心网设备的标识,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识、该核心网设备的标识和该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,获取该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息。The transceiver unit 22 is specifically configured to: send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that the UE encrypts and processes using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret Decrypting the first identifier, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device, so that the first RAN device uses the first key according to the identifier of the UE, the identifier of the core network device, and the UE. The first identifier that is processed by the group is encrypted, and the context information of the UE is obtained. The context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在收发单元22向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息之前,该收发单元22还用于:向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的标识;接收该第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果,该UE的上下文信息包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;当该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时向该核心网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息用于请求该核心网设备向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, before the transceiver unit 22 sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device; The feedback information sent by the first RAN device, the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the context information of the UE is saved, and the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and The first identifier identifies the transmission path information. When the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the second message is sent to the core network device, where the second message is used to request the core network device to The first RAN device sends context information of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该收发单元22向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息之前,该收发单元22还用于:向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的标识;接收该第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一 RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果;当该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,向该第一RAN设备发送第三消息,该第三消息中包括该UE的标识、第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和核心网设备的标识,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识、该第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该核心网设备的标识获取该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, before the sending and receiving unit 22 sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device; Feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate the first Determining, by the RAN device, whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE; and when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, sending a third message to the first RAN device, The third message includes the identifier of the UE, the first identifier that is encrypted by the second key group, and the identifier of the core network device, so that the first RAN device is configured according to the identifier of the UE, the second key group. The cryptographically processed first identifier and the identifier of the core network device obtain the context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该处理单元21还用于:使用第一秘钥组对该数据和该第一标识进行加密处理;In the embodiment of the present invention, the processing unit 21 is further configured to: perform encryption processing on the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
其中,该收发单元22具体用于:向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该数据、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和第二RAN设备的标识,该第二RAN设备为该UE确定的保存有该UE的上下文信息的RAN设备,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该第二RAN设备的标识,获取该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息。The transceiver unit 22 is specifically configured to: send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that the UE encrypts and processes using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret The first identifier of the UE, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the second RAN device, the RAN device determined by the second RAN device to save the context information of the UE, to facilitate the first RAN The device acquires the context information of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, the first identifier that is encrypted by the UE by using the first key group, and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first a key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该收发单元22还用于:向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的标识;接收该第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果。In the embodiment of the present invention, the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device, and receive feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate the first The RAN device determines, according to the identity of the UE, whether the determination result of the context information of the UE is saved.
该处理单元21,还用于当该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,使用该第一RAN设备的公共密钥对该UE的上下文进行加密处理,该UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组;The processing unit 21 is further configured to: when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save context information of the UE, encrypt a context of the UE by using a public key of the first RAN device, a context of the UE The information includes a first key group;
该收发单元22,还用于向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该处理单元21使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该数据、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该处理单元使用该第一RAN设备的公共密钥加密处理过的该UE的上下文信息,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的上下文信息获取所述数据的传输路径信息。The transceiver unit 22 is further configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is processed by the processing unit 21 using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret. The first identifier of the key group encryption process and the processing unit encrypt the processed context information of the UE by using the public key of the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the information according to the context information of the UE. The transmission path information of the data.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一RAN设备与该UE内均保存有该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、该第一标识以 及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在该收发单元22向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息之前,该收发单元22还用于:向该第一RAN设备发送第四消息,该第四消息用于请求该第一RAN设备恢复该UE与该第一RAN设备之间的连接;接收该第一RAN设备发送的第五消息,该第五消息用于指示该UE与该第一RAN设备之间的连接已恢复。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the context information of the UE is saved in the first RAN device and the UE, and the context information of the UE includes the first key group and the first identifier. And the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the transceiver unit 22 sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to: send a fourth message to the first RAN device, where The fourth message is used to request the first RAN device to restore the connection between the UE and the first RAN device, and receive a fifth message sent by the first RAN device, where the fifth message is used to indicate the UE and the first message. The connection between the RAN devices has been restored.
其中,该收发单元22向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,具体为:通过该连接向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息。The transceiver unit 22 sends a first message to the first RAN device, specifically: sending the first message to the first RAN device by using the connection.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该收发单元22向该第一RAN设备发送第四消息之前,该收发单元22还用于:向该第一RAN设备发送第六消息,该第六消息用于指示该第一RAN设备将该UE设置为挂起状态;接收该第一RAN设备发送的第七消息,该第七消息用于指示该第一RAN设备已将该UE设置为挂起状态。In the embodiment of the present invention, before the sending and receiving unit 22 sends the fourth message to the first RAN device, the transceiver unit 22 is further configured to send a sixth message to the first RAN device, where the sixth message is sent. The message is used to indicate that the first RAN device sets the UE to a suspended state, and receives a seventh message sent by the first RAN device, where the seventh message is used to indicate that the first RAN device has set the UE to be suspended. status.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该处理单元21,还用于确定该UE在预设时间段内的移动范围是否在预设范围内;In the embodiment of the present invention, the processing unit 21 is further configured to determine whether the moving range of the UE in the preset time period is within a preset range.
该收发单元22,用于当该处理单元21确定该UE在预设时间段内的移动范围在预设范围内时,向该第一RAN设备发送该第六消息。The transceiver unit 22 is configured to send the sixth message to the first RAN device when the processing unit 21 determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time period is within a preset range.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该数据的传输路径信息,包括:该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息,或者,该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和该下一跳转发设备为该UE分配的第三标识,该第三标识用于该下一跳转发设备在接收到该第一RAN设备发送的该数据后,确定该数据属于该UE。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the transmission path information of the data includes: address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data, or address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data and the next The third identifier that is allocated by the one-hop forwarding device to the UE, and the third identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to determine that the data belongs to the UE after receiving the data sent by the first RAN device.
根据本发明实施例的用户设备20可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的用户设备,并且,用户设备20中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法100至方法700中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The user equipment 20 according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the user equipment in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the user equipment 20, that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the method 100 to the method 700. The corresponding process in the process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
图15是出了根据本发明另一实施例的RAN设备,如图15所示,RAN设备30包括:FIG. 15 is a RAN device according to another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15, the RAN device 30 includes:
收发单元31,用于接收用户设备UE通过数据无线承载DRB发送的数据;The transceiver unit 31 is configured to receive data that is sent by the user equipment UE by using the data radio bearer DRB.
处理单元32,用于根据该DRB与传输路径信息的对应关系,确定该数据的传输路径信息;The processing unit 32 is configured to determine transmission path information of the data according to the correspondence between the DRB and the transmission path information;
该处理单元32,还用于获取该UE的第一标识,该第一标识用于该RAN设备在接收到下行数据时,确定该下行数据的目的接收设备为该UE; The processing unit 32 is further configured to acquire a first identifier of the UE, where the first identifier is used by the RAN device to determine, when receiving downlink data, that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE;
该收发单元31,还用于根据该数据的传输路径信息,向该数据的下一跳转发设备发送该数据和该UE的第一标识。The transceiver unit 31 is further configured to send the data and the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device of the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
因此,根据本发明实施例的RAN设备在向接收到的UE的数据的下一跳转发设备发送数据的同时,向下一跳转发设备发送UE的第一标识,由于该第一标识能够用于当RAN设备接收到下行数据时,确定下行数据的目的接收设备且该UE,由此能够节省数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高数据传输的效率。Therefore, the RAN device according to the embodiment of the present invention sends the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device while transmitting the data to the next hop forwarding device of the data of the received UE, because the first identifier can When the RAN device receives the downlink data, it determines the destination receiving device of the downlink data and the UE, thereby saving signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improving the efficiency of data transmission.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该RAN设备与该UE内均保存有该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在该收发单元接收该UE发送的数据之前,该收发单元31还用于:接收该UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于请求该RAN设备恢复该RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接和该DRB;向该UE发送第二消息,该第二消息用于指示该RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接和该DRB已恢复。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a key group, the first identifier, and a corresponding identifier corresponding to the first identifier. Transmitting path information, before the receiving and receiving unit receives the data sent by the UE, the transceiver unit 31 is further configured to: receive a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to recover the RAN device and the UE An inter-signaling connection and the DRB; sending a second message to the UE, the second message indicating a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and the DRB has been restored.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该收发单元31接收UE发送的数据包之前,该收发单元31还用于:接收核心网设备发送的第三消息,该第三消息中包括该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息包括与该DRB对应的传输路径信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, before the transceiver unit 31 receives the data packet sent by the UE, the transceiver unit 31 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the core network device, where the third message includes the UE. Context information, the context information of the UE includes transmission path information corresponding to the DRB;
该处理单元32,还用于根据该UE的上下文信息建立与该UE之间的该DRB;The processing unit 32 is further configured to establish, according to context information of the UE, the DRB between the UE and the UE;
该收发单元31,还用于接收该UE通过该DRB发送的数据。The transceiver unit 31 is further configured to receive data sent by the UE by using the DRB.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该数据的传输路径信息包括:该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息;或,该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和该下一跳转发设备为该UE分配的第二标识,该第二标识用于该下一跳转发设备在接收到该RAN设备发送的该数据后,确定该数据属于该UE。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the transmission path information of the data includes: address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data; or address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data and the next And a second identifier that is allocated by the hopping device to the UE, where the second identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to determine that the data belongs to the UE after receiving the data sent by the RAN device.
根据本发明实施例的RAN设备30可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的RAN设备,并且,RAN设备30中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法700至方法2000中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The RAN device 30 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the RAN device in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the RAN device 30, ie, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, in order to implement the method 700 to the method 2000 The corresponding process in the process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
图16示出了根据本发明另一实施例的用户设备,如图16所示,用户设备40包括: FIG. 16 shows a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the user equipment 40 includes:
发送单元41,用于向无线接入网RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于请求该RAN设备将该UE设置为挂起状态;The sending unit 41 is configured to send, to the radio access network RAN device, a first message, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to set the UE to a suspended state;
接收单元42,用于接收该RAN设备发送的第二消息,该第二消息用于指示该RAN设备已将该UE设置为挂起状态,以便于该UE在向该RAN设备发送数据时,请求该RAN设备恢复该UE与该RAN设备的连接,并通过该连接向该RAN设备发送数据。The receiving unit 42 is configured to receive a second message sent by the RAN device, where the second message is used to indicate that the RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state, so that the UE requests the data when sending the data to the RAN device. The RAN device restores the UE's connection with the RAN device and transmits data to the RAN device over the connection.
因此,根据本发明实施例的用户设备UE请求RAN设备将UE设置为挂起状态,由此当UE需要发送数据时,UE可以请求RAN设备直接恢复RAN设备与UE之间的连接,能够节省信令开销,提高数据传输的效率。Therefore, the user equipment UE according to the embodiment of the present invention requests the RAN device to set the UE to the suspended state, so that when the UE needs to transmit data, the UE may request the RAN device to directly restore the connection between the RAN device and the UE, thereby saving the letter. Increase overhead and increase the efficiency of data transmission.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,如图17所示,用户设备40还包括:In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, as shown in FIG. 17, the user equipment 40 further includes:
处理单元43,用于确定该UE在预设时间段内的移动范围是否在预设范围内;The processing unit 43 is configured to determine whether the moving range of the UE in the preset time period is within a preset range;
该发送单元41,具体用于当该处理单元43确定该UE在与设备时间段内的移动范围在预设范围内时,向该RAN设备发送该第一消息。The sending unit 41 is specifically configured to send the first message to the RAN device when the processing unit 43 determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time range is within a preset range.
根据本发明实施例的用户设备40可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的用户设备,并且,用户设备40中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法700至方法2000中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The user equipment 40 according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the user equipment in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and the modules and the other operations and/or functions in the user equipment 40 are respectively implemented to implement the method 700 to the method 2000. The corresponding process in the process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
图18示出了根据本发明再一实施例的RAN设备的示意性框图,如图18所示,该RAN设备100包括:处理器110和收发器120,处理器110和收发器120相连,可选地,该RAN设备100还包括存储器130,存储器130与处理器110相连,进一步可选地,该RAN设备100包括总线系统140。其中,处理器110、存储器130和收发器120可以通过总线系统140相连,该存储器130可以用于存储指令,该处理器110用于执行该存储器130存储的指令,以控制收发器120发送信息或信号,FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a RAN device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 18, the RAN device 100 includes a processor 110 and a transceiver 120. The processor 110 and the transceiver 120 are connected to each other. Optionally, the RAN device 100 further includes a memory 130 coupled to the processor 110. Further optionally, the RAN device 100 includes a bus system 140. The processor 110, the memory 130, and the transceiver 120 may be connected by a bus system 140. The memory 130 may be used to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory 130 to control the transceiver 120 to transmit information or signal,
该收发器120,用于接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息中包括数据和第一标识;The transceiver 120 is configured to receive a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier;
该处理器110,用于根据该第一标识,确定该数据的传输路径信息;The processor 110 is configured to determine transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier.
该收发器120,还用于根据该数据的传输路径信息,转发该数据。The transceiver 120 is further configured to forward the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
因此,根据本发明实施例的RAN设备,可以通过用户设备UE发送数据的同时发送的第一标识,确定UE的数据的传输路径信息,按照路径传输信息转发UE的数据,由此,当处于空闲态的UE有数据发送需求时,能够 降低数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高传输数据的效率。Therefore, the RAN device according to the embodiment of the present invention may determine the transmission path information of the data of the UE by using the first identifier sent by the user equipment UE to transmit data, and forward the data of the UE according to the path transmission information, thereby being idle. When the UE has data transmission requirements, it can Reduce signaling overhead during data transmission and improve the efficiency of data transmission.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该收发器120具体用于:接收该UE发送的该第一消息,该第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的该数据、该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和核心网设备的标识;根据该核心网设备的标识,向该核心网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括该UE的标识和该第一秘钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,以便于该核心网设备根据该UE的标识和该第一秘钥组加密处理过的该第一标识验证该UE合法后,向该RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;Optionally, as an embodiment, the transceiver 120 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the first key group encrypted data, the first key The first identifier of the group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device; the second message is sent to the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device, where the second message includes the identifier of the UE and The first key group encrypts the first identifier, so that the core network device verifies the UE according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, and then sends the UE to the RAN. The device sends the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
该处理器110,用于将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The processor 110 is configured to determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该处理器110还用于:根据该UE的标识确定该RAN设备是否保存有该UE的上下文信息;Optionally, as an embodiment, the processor 110 is further configured to: determine, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves context information of the UE;
其中,该收发器120还用于:当该处理器110确定该RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,向该核心网设备发送该第二消息。The transceiver 120 is further configured to: when the processor 110 determines that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, send the second message to the core network device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在该收发器120接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该收发器120还用于:接收该UE发送的该UE的标识;向该UE发送反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该处理单元根据该UE的标识判断该RAN设备是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果,以便于该UE在该反馈信息指示该RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,请求核心网设备向该RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;Optionally, as an embodiment, before the transceiver 120 receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive an identifier of the UE sent by the UE, and send feedback information to the UE, where The feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the context information of the UE, so that the UE, when the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, And requesting the core network device to send the context information of the UE to the RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
其中,该处理器110具体用于:将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The processor 110 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在该收发器120接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该收发器120还用于:接收该UE发送的该UE的标识;向该UE发送反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该处理单元根据该UE的标识判断该RAN设备是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果;当该反馈信息指示该RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,接收接收该UE发送的第三消息,该第三消息中包括该UE的标识、第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和核心网设备的标识;根据该核心网设备的标识,向该核心网设备发送第四消息, 该第四消息中包括该UE的标识和该第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,以便于该核心网设备根据该UE的标识和该第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识验证该UE合法后向该RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;Optionally, as an embodiment, before the transceiver 120 receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive an identifier of the UE sent by the UE, and send feedback information to the UE, where The feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the context information of the UE, and when the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, receiving and receiving the a third message sent by the UE, where the third message includes the identifier of the UE, the first identifier encrypted by the second key group, and the identifier of the core network device; and the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device The device sends a fourth message, The fourth message includes the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the second key group, so that the core network device encrypts the first identifier according to the identifier of the UE and the second key group. After the identifier is verified, the UE sends the context information of the UE to the RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
其中,该处理器110具体用于:将与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The processor 110 is specifically configured to determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该收发器120具体用于:接收该UE发送的该第一消息,该第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的该数据、该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和第二RAN设备的标识,该第二RAN设备为该UE确定的保存有该UE的上下文信息的RAN设备;当该处理器110根据该UE的标识确定该RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,根据该第二RAN设备的标识,向该第二RAN设备发送第五消息,该第五消息中包括该UE的标识和该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,以便于该第二RAN设备根据该UE的标识和该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识确定该UE合法后向该RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;Optionally, as an embodiment, the transceiver 120 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the first key group encrypted data, the first key The first identifier of the UE, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the second RAN device is the RAN device that is determined by the UE and stores context information of the UE; when the processor 110 is configured according to the The identifier of the UE determines that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, and sends a fifth message to the second RAN device according to the identifier of the second RAN device, where the fifth message includes the identifier of the UE and the first Decrypting the first identifier to the RAN device, so that the second RAN device determines that the UE is legal according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, and sends the first identifier to the RAN device. Context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
其中,该处理器110具体用于:将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The processor 110 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该收发器120具体用于:接收该UE发送的该第一消息,该第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的该数据、该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该RAN设备的公共密钥加密处理过的该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组;Optionally, as an embodiment, the transceiver 120 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the first key group encrypted data, the first key The first identifier of the UE that has been encrypted by the group and the context information of the UE that has been processed by the public key of the RAN device, and the first key group is included in the context information of the UE;
其中,在该收发器120接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该收发器120还用于:接收该UE发送的该UE的标识;向该UE发送反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该处理器110根据该UE的标识判断该RAN设备是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果,以便于该UE在该反馈信息指示该RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,使用该RAN设备的公共密钥对该UE的上下文进行加密处理。Before the transceiver 120 receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive an identifier of the UE sent by the UE, and send feedback information to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate the The processor 110 determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the determination result of the context information of the UE, so that the UE uses the RAN device when the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE. The public key encrypts the context of the UE.
其中,该处理器110具体用于:采用与该公共密钥相对应的私钥对该UE的上下文信息进行解密处理,获取该UE的上下文信息中包括的该第一 密钥组;使用该第一密钥组对该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识进行解密处理,获得该第一标识;根据该第一标识与传输路径信息的对应关系,确定该数据的传输路径信息。The processor 110 is specifically configured to: decrypt the context information of the UE by using a private key corresponding to the public key, and obtain the first information included in the context information of the UE. Key group; decrypting the first identifier encrypted by the first key group using the first key group to obtain the first identifier; determining according to the correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information The transmission path information of the data.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该RAN设备与该UE内均保存有该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在该收发器120接收该UE发送的该第一消息之前,该收发器120还用于:接收该UE发送的第六消息,该第六消息用于请求该RAN设备恢复该RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接;向该UE发送第七消息,该第七消息用于指示该RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接已恢复,以便于该UE在接收到该第七消息后,使用该第一密钥组对该数据和该第一标识进行加密处理;Optionally, as an embodiment, the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a first key group, the first identifier, and a corresponding identifier corresponding to the first identifier. Transmitting path information, before the transceiver 120 receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive a sixth message sent by the UE, where the sixth message is used to request the RAN device to recover the RAN a signaling connection between the device and the UE; sending a seventh message to the UE, the seventh message is used to indicate that the signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE has been restored, so that the UE receives the After the seventh message, the first key group is used to encrypt the data and the first identifier;
其中,该处理器110具体用于:将该与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为该数据的传输路径信息。The processor 110 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在该收发器120根据该数据的传输路径信息,转发该数据之前,该处理器110还用于:获取该UE的第二标识,该第二标识用于该RAN设备在接收到下行数据时,确定该下行数据的目的接收设备为该UE;根据该数据的传输路径信息,确定该数据的下一跳转发设备;Optionally, as an embodiment, before the transceiver 120 forwards the data according to the transmission path information of the data, the processor 110 is further configured to: acquire a second identifier of the UE, where the second identifier is used by the When receiving the downlink data, the RAN device determines that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE; and determines a next hop forwarding device of the data according to the transmission path information of the data;
其中,该收发器120具体用于:向该下一跳转发设备发送该数据和该第二标识。The transceiver 120 is specifically configured to: send the data and the second identifier to the next hop forwarding device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该数据的传输路径信息,包括:该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息;或,该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和该下一跳转发设备为该UE分配的第三标识,该第三标识用于该下一跳转发设备在接收到该RAN设备发送的该数据后,确定该数据属于该UE。Optionally, as an embodiment, the transmission path information of the data includes: address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data; or address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data and the next hop The third identifier that is allocated by the forwarding device to the UE, and the third identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to determine that the data belongs to the UE after receiving the data sent by the RAN device.
根据本发明实施例的RAN设备100可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的RAN设备,并且,RAN设备100中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法100至方法700中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The RAN device 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the RAN device in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the RAN device 100, ie, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, in order to implement the method 100 to the method 700 The corresponding process in the process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
根据本发明实施例的RAN设备,可以通过用户设备UE发送数据的同时发送的第一标识,确定UE的数据的传输路径信息,按照路径传输信息转发UE的数据,由此,当处于空闲态的UE有数据发送需求时,能够降低数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高传输数据的效率。 The RAN device according to the embodiment of the present invention may determine the transmission path information of the data of the UE by using the first identifier sent by the user equipment UE to transmit data, and forward the data of the UE according to the path transmission information, thereby being in an idle state. When the UE has a data transmission requirement, the signaling overhead in the data transmission process can be reduced, and the efficiency of transmitting data is improved.
或者,or,
该收发器120,用于接收用户设备UE通过数据无线承载DRB发送的数据;The transceiver 120 is configured to receive data that is sent by the user equipment UE by using a data radio bearer DRB.
该处理器110,用于根据该DRB与传输路径信息的对应关系,确定该数据的传输路径信息;The processor 110 is configured to determine transmission path information of the data according to the correspondence between the DRB and the transmission path information;
该处理器110,用于获取该UE的第一标识,该第一标识用于该RAN设备在接收到下行数据时,确定该下行数据的目的接收设备为该UE;The processor 110 is configured to acquire a first identifier of the UE, where the first identifier is used by the RAN device to determine, when receiving downlink data, that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE;
该收发器120,还用于根据该数据的传输路径信息,向该数据的下一跳转发设备发送该数据和该UE的第一标识。The transceiver 120 is further configured to send the data and the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device of the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
因此,根据本发明实施例的RAN设备在向接收到的UE的数据的下一跳转发设备发送数据的同时,向下一跳转发设备发送UE的第一标识,由于该第一标识能够用于当RAN设备接收到下行数据时,确定下行数据的目的接收设备且该UE,由此能够节省数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高数据传输的效率。Therefore, the RAN device according to the embodiment of the present invention sends the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device while transmitting the data to the next hop forwarding device of the data of the received UE, because the first identifier can When the RAN device receives the downlink data, it determines the destination receiving device of the downlink data and the UE, thereby saving signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improving the efficiency of data transmission.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该RAN设备与该UE内均保存有该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在该收发器120接收该UE发送的数据之前,该收发器120还用于:接收该UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于请求该RAN设备恢复该RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接和该DRB;向该UE发送第二消息,该第二消息用于指示该RAN设备与该UE之间的信令连接和该DRB已恢复。Optionally, as an embodiment, the context information of the UE is saved in the RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a key group, the first identifier, and a transmission path corresponding to the first identifier. The information, before the transceiver 120 receives the data sent by the UE, the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to restore the RAN device and the UE Inter-signaling connection and the DRB; sending a second message to the UE, the second message is used to indicate a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and the DRB has been recovered.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在该收发器120接收UE发送的数据包之前,该收发器120还用于:接收核心网设备发送的第三消息,该第三消息中包括该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息包括与该DRB对应的传输路径信息;Optionally, as an embodiment, before the transceiver 120 receives the data packet sent by the UE, the transceiver 120 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the core network device, where the third message includes the context of the UE. Information, the context information of the UE includes transmission path information corresponding to the DRB;
该处理器110,还用于根据该UE的上下文信息建立与该UE之间的该DRB;The processor 110 is further configured to establish the DRB with the UE according to the context information of the UE.
该收发器120,还用于接收该UE通过该DRB发送的数据。The transceiver 120 is further configured to receive data sent by the UE by using the DRB.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该数据的传输路径信息包括:该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息;或,该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和该下一跳转发设备为该UE分配的第二标识,该第二标识用于该下一跳转发设备在 接收到该RAN设备发送的该数据后,确定该数据属于该UE。Optionally, as an embodiment, the transmission path information of the data includes: address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data; or address information of a next hop forwarding device of the data and the next hop The second identifier assigned by the sending device to the UE, where the second identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device After receiving the data sent by the RAN device, it is determined that the data belongs to the UE.
根据本发明实施例的RAN设备100可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的RAN设备,并且,RAN设备100中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法800至方法2000中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The RAN device 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the RAN device in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the RAN device 100, ie, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, in order to implement the method 800 to the method 2000 The corresponding process in the process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
根据本发明实施例的RAN设备在向接收到的UE的数据的下一跳转发设备发送数据的同时,向下一跳转发设备发送UE的第一标识,由于该第一标识能够用于当RAN设备接收到下行数据时,确定下行数据的目的接收设备且该UE,由此能够节省数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高数据传输的效率。The RAN device according to the embodiment of the present invention sends the first identifier of the UE to the next hop forwarding device while the data is sent to the next hop forwarding device of the data of the received UE, because the first identifier can be used for When the RAN device receives the downlink data, it determines the destination receiving device of the downlink data and the UE, thereby saving signaling overhead in the data transmission process and improving the efficiency of data transmission.
图19示出了根据本发明再一实施例的用户设备的示意性框图,如图19所示,该用户设备200包括:处理器210和收发器220,处理器210和收发器220相连,可选地,该用户设备200还包括存储器230,存储器230与处理器210相连,进一步可选地,该用户设备200包括总线系统240。其中,处理器210、存储器230和收发器220可以通过总线系统240相连,该存储器230可以用于存储指令,该处理器210用于执行该存储器230存储的指令,以控制收发器220发送信息或信号,FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 19, the user equipment 200 includes a processor 210 and a transceiver 220. The processor 210 and the transceiver 220 are connected to each other. Optionally, the user equipment 200 further includes a memory 230 coupled to the processor 210. Further optionally, the user equipment 200 includes a bus system 240. The processor 210, the memory 230, and the transceiver 220 may be connected by a bus system 240. The memory 230 may be used to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory 230 to control the transceiver 220 to transmit information or signal,
该处理器210,用于确定数据对应的第一标识,该第一标识用于第一无线接入网RAN设备根据该第一标识确定该数据的传输路径信息;The processor 210 is configured to determine a first identifier corresponding to the data, where the first identifier is used by the first radio access network RAN device to determine transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier.
该收发器220,用于向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该数据和该第一标识。The transceiver 220 is configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier.
因此,根据本发明实施例的用户设备UE向第一RAN设备发送数据时,同时向该第一RAN设备发送第一标识,使得第一RAN设备根据该第一标识获取到该UE的数据的传输路径信息,由此,当处于空闲态的UE有数据发送需求时,能够降低数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高传输数据的效率。Therefore, when the user equipment UE sends data to the first RAN device according to the embodiment of the present invention, the first identity is sent to the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the data transmission of the UE according to the first identifier. The path information, thus, when the UE in the idle state has a data transmission requirement, the signaling overhead in the data transmission process can be reduced, and the efficiency of transmitting the data is improved.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该处理器210还用于:使用第一秘钥组对该数据和该第一标识进行加密处理;Optionally, in an embodiment, the processor 210 is further configured to: encrypt the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
其中,该收发器220具体用于:向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该数据、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和核心网设备的标识,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识、该核心网设备的标识和该UE 使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识,获取该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息。The transceiver 220 is specifically configured to: send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is encrypted by the UE by using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret The first identifier of the UE, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device, so that the first RAN device is configured according to the identifier of the UE, the identifier of the core network device, and the UE. Acquiring the first identifier of the first key group to obtain the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and the transmission corresponding to the first identifier Path information.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在收发器220向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息之前,该收发器220还用于:向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的标识;接收该第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果,该UE的上下文信息包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息;当该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时向该核心网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息用于请求该核心网设备向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的上下文信息。Optionally, as an embodiment, before the transceiver 220 sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver 220 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device; receive the first The feedback information sent by the RAN device, the feedback information is used to indicate, by the first RAN device, whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the Identifying the corresponding transmission path information; when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, sending a second message to the core network device, where the second message is used to request the core network device to A RAN device sends context information of the UE.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在该收发器220向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息之前,该收发器220还用于:向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的标识;接收该第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果;当该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,向该第一RAN设备发送第三消息,该第三消息中包括该UE的标识、第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和核心网设备的标识,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识、该第二密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该核心网设备的标识获取该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息。Optionally, as an embodiment, before the transceiver 220 sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver 220 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device; receive the first a feedback information sent by the RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the context information of the UE is saved; when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the Sending a third message to the first RAN device, where the third message includes the identifier of the UE, the first identifier encrypted by the second key group, and the identifier of the core network device, to facilitate The first RAN device acquires context information of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, the first identifier that is encrypted by the second key group, and the identifier of the core network device, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier. And transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该处理器210还用于:使用第一秘钥组对该数据和该第一标识进行加密处理;Optionally, in an embodiment, the processor 210 is further configured to: encrypt the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
其中,该收发器220具体用于:向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该数据、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识、该UE的标识和第二RAN设备的标识,该第二RAN设备为该UE确定的保存有该UE的上下文信息的RAN设备,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该第二RAN设备的标识,获取该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括该第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息。 The transceiver 220 is specifically configured to: send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is encrypted by the UE by using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret The first identifier of the UE, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the second RAN device, the RAN device determined by the second RAN device to save the context information of the UE, to facilitate the first RAN The device acquires the context information of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, the first identifier that is encrypted by the UE by using the first key group, and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first a key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该收发器220还用于:向该第一RAN设备发送该UE的标识;接收该第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,该反馈信息用于指示该第一RAN设备根据该UE的标识判断是否保存有该UE的上下文信息的判断结果。Optionally, as an embodiment, the transceiver 220 is further configured to: send the identifier of the UE to the first RAN device, and receive feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate the first RAN. The device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether a determination result of the context information of the UE is saved.
该处理器210,还用于当该反馈信息指示该第一RAN设备没有保存该UE的上下文信息时,使用该第一RAN设备的公共密钥对该UE的上下文进行加密处理,该UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组;The processor 210 is further configured to: when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save context information of the UE, encrypt a context of the UE by using a public key of the first RAN device, a context of the UE The information includes a first key group;
该收发器220,还用于向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该处理器210使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该数据、该UE使用该第一密钥组加密处理过的该第一标识和该处理单元使用该第一RAN设备的公共密钥加密处理过的该UE的上下文信息,以便于该第一RAN设备根据该UE的上下文信息获取该数据的传输路径信息。The transceiver 220 is further configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is processed by the processor 210 using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret The first identifier identified by the key group encryption and the processing unit encrypts the processed context information of the UE by using the public key of the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the data according to the context information of the UE. Transmission path information.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该第一RAN设备与该UE内均保存有该UE的上下文信息,该UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、该第一标识以及与该第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在该收发器220向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息之前,该收发器220还用于:向该第一RAN设备发送第四消息,该第四消息用于请求该第一RAN设备恢复该UE与该第一RAN设备之间的连接;接收该第一RAN设备发送的第五消息,该第五消息用于指示该UE与该第一RAN设备之间的连接已恢复。Optionally, as an embodiment, the context information of the UE is saved in the first RAN device and the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a first key group, the first identifier, and the first identifier. Corresponding transmission path information, before the transceiver 220 sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver 220 is further configured to: send a fourth message to the first RAN device, where the fourth message is used for requesting The first RAN device restores the connection between the UE and the first RAN device, and receives a fifth message sent by the first RAN device, where the fifth message is used to indicate a connection between the UE and the first RAN device. Has been restored.
其中,该收发器220向该第一RAN设备发送第一消息,具体为:通过该连接向该第一RAN设备发送该第一消息。The transceiver 220 sends the first message to the first RAN device, specifically: sending the first message to the first RAN device by using the connection.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在该收发器220向该第一RAN设备发送第四消息之前,该收发器220还用于:向该第一RAN设备发送第六消息,该第六消息用于指示该第一RAN设备将该UE设置为挂起状态;接收该第一RAN设备发送的第七消息,该第七消息用于指示该第一RAN设备已将该UE设置为挂起状态。Optionally, as an embodiment, before the transceiver 220 sends the fourth message to the first RAN device, the transceiver 220 is further configured to: send a sixth message to the first RAN device, where the sixth message is used. The first RAN device is configured to set the UE to a suspended state, and the seventh message sent by the first RAN device is received, where the seventh message is used to indicate that the first RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该处理器210,还用于确定该UE在预设时间段内的移动范围是否在预设范围内;Optionally, as an embodiment, the processor 210 is further configured to determine whether a range of motion of the UE in a preset time period is within a preset range;
该收发器220,用于当该处理器210确定该UE在预设时间段内的移动范围在预设范围内时,向该第一RAN设备发送该第六消息。The transceiver 220 is configured to send the sixth message to the first RAN device when the processor 210 determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time period is within a preset range.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该数据的传输路径信息,包括:该数据的下 一跳转发设备的地址信息,或者,该数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和该下一跳转发设备为该UE分配的第三标识,该第三标识用于该下一跳转发设备在接收到该第一RAN设备发送的该数据后,确定该数据属于该UE。Optionally, as an embodiment, the transmission path information of the data includes: The address information of the one-hop forwarding device, or the address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data, and the third identifier assigned by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, the third identifier is used for the next hop After receiving the data sent by the first RAN device, the forwarding device determines that the data belongs to the UE.
根据本发明实施例的用户设备200可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的用户设备,并且,用户设备200中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法100至方法700中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The user equipment 200 according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the user equipment in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the user equipment 200, that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the method 100 to the method 700. The corresponding process in the process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
根据本发明实施例的用户设备UE向第一RAN设备发送数据时,同时向该第一RAN设备发送第一标识,使得第一RAN设备根据该第一标识获取到该UE的数据的传输路径信息,由此,当处于空闲态的UE有数据发送需求时,能够降低数据传输过程中的信令开销,提高传输数据的效率。When the user equipment UE sends data to the first RAN device according to the embodiment of the present invention, the first RAN device sends the first identifier to the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device acquires the transmission path information of the data of the UE according to the first identifier. Therefore, when the UE in the idle state has a data transmission requirement, the signaling overhead in the data transmission process can be reduced, and the efficiency of transmitting the data is improved.
或者,or,
该收发器220,用于向无线接入网RAN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于请求该RAN设备将该UE设置为挂起状态;The transceiver 220 is configured to send a first message to the radio access network RAN device, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to set the UE to a suspended state;
该收发器220,还用于接收该RAN设备发送的第二消息,该第二消息用于指示该RAN设备已将该UE设置为挂起状态,以便于该UE在向该RAN设备发送数据时,请求该RAN设备恢复该UE与该RAN设备的连接,并通过该连接向该RAN设备发送数据。The transceiver 220 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the RAN device, where the second message is used to indicate that the RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state, so that the UE sends data to the RAN device. And requesting the RAN device to restore the connection of the UE to the RAN device, and send data to the RAN device through the connection.
因此,根据本发明实施例的用户设备UE请求RAN设备将UE设置为挂起状态,由此当UE需要发送数据时,UE可以请求RAN设备直接恢复RAN设备与UE之间的连接,能够节省信令开销,提高数据传输的效率。Therefore, the user equipment UE according to the embodiment of the present invention requests the RAN device to set the UE to the suspended state, so that when the UE needs to transmit data, the UE may request the RAN device to directly restore the connection between the RAN device and the UE, thereby saving the letter. Increase overhead and increase the efficiency of data transmission.
可选地,作为一个实施例,Optionally, as an embodiment,
该处理器210,用于确定该UE在预设时间段内的移动范围是否在预设范围内;The processor 210 is configured to determine whether a moving range of the UE in a preset time period is within a preset range;
该收发器220,具体用于当该处理器210确定该UE在与设备时间段内的移动范围在预设范围内时,向该RAN设备发送该第一消息。The transceiver 220 is configured to send the first message to the RAN device when the processor 210 determines that the UE is within a preset range of the mobile device.
根据本发明实施例的用户设备40可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的用户设备,并且,用户设备40中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法800至方法2000中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The user equipment 40 according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the user equipment in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the user equipment 40, that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the method 800 to the method 2000. The corresponding process in the process, for the sake of brevity, will not be repeated here.
根据本发明实施例的用户设备UE请求RAN设备将UE设置为挂起状态,由此当UE需要发送数据时,UE可以请求RAN设备直接恢复RAN设备与UE之间的连接,能够节省信令开销,提高数据传输的效率。 The user equipment UE according to the embodiment of the present invention requests the RAN device to set the UE to the suspended state, so that when the UE needs to send data, the UE may request the RAN device to directly restore the connection between the RAN device and the UE, which can save signaling overhead. Improve the efficiency of data transmission.
图20是根据本发明再一实施例的数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。如图20所示,方法3000包括:FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of a method of data transmission according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 20, method 3000 includes:
S3010,用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,其中,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该核心网设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;S3010: The user equipment UE sends a first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used. The core network device determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
这里,AN可以是3GPP定义的接入网络,例如4G RAN,5G RAN,也可以是非3GPP定义的网络,例如WiFi,以太网等。Here, the AN may be an access network defined by 3GPP, such as 4G RAN, 5G RAN, or may be a non-3GPP defined network, such as WiFi, Ethernet, or the like.
S3020,该UE接收该核心网设备发送的第二消息,该第二消息中包括该参数信息。S3020: The UE receives a second message sent by the core network device, where the second message includes the parameter information.
因此,根据本发明实施例的数据传输的方法,用户设备向核心网设备发送请求进入第一状态的第一消息,核心网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, according to the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the core network device, and the core network device determines, according to the information in the first message, the UE is used in the first state. The parameter information is sent to the UE, and the second message including the parameter information is sent to enable the user equipment to enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
这里,核心网设备可以是根据第一消息本身确定所述UE请求进入第一状态,或者,核心网设备是根据第一消息中携带的内容确定所述UE请求进入第一状态的,具体的,可以根据第一消息中携带的请求进入第一状态的指示信息确定的,或者可以根据第一消息中携带的Cell list确定。Here, the core network device may determine that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the first message itself, or the core network device determines that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the content carried in the first message, specifically, It may be determined according to the indication information that the request carried in the first message enters the first state, or may be determined according to the Cell list carried in the first message.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,当该UE进入该第一状态时,该UE停止向该核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。UE停止向该核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息包括,UE进入第一状态后,停止周期性更新定时器或将周期性更新定时器设置成不可用状态,从而停止向该核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, when the UE enters the first state, the UE stops sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device. The UE stops sending the periodic location update request message to the core network device, and after the UE enters the first state, stops the periodic update timer or sets the periodic update timer to an unavailable state, thereby stopping the device to the core network. A periodic location update request message is sent.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括第一范围信息,该第一范围信息用于标识该UE处于该第一状态的移动范围。相对应的,核心网设备根据该第一范围信息,确定第二范围信息,第二范围信息用于指示核心网设备确定的UE处于该第一状态时的移动范围。后续,当网络有数据需要发送该UE时,核心网设备或AN设备,仅需要在第二范围信息所指示的第二范围内寻呼paging UE即可。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state. Correspondingly, the core network device determines, according to the first range information, second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the UE determined by the core network device is in the first state. Subsequently, when the network has data to send the UE, the core network device or the AN device only needs to page the paging UE within the second range indicated by the second range information.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该UE是根据UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,该第一范围信息是所述UE根据该UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动 信息对应的时间段确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the UE is determined according to historical mobility information of the UE, or the first range information is historical movement information and the historical movement of the UE according to the UE. The time period corresponding to the information is determined.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息之前,该UE确定进入该第一移动范围信息所述指示的第一移动范围,之后该UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息。举例来说,UE可以根据自身记录的UE的历史移动信息,确定UE处于第一状态时的移动范围。当UE确定该UE进入了该移动范围时,UE向核心网设备发送第一消息。核心网设备确定的UE处于第一状态的移动范围可以理解为,网络确定该UE在该范围内移动时,一直处于第一状态。可选的,当该UE移动出该移动范围,则UE会向网络上报已移出该范围。核心网设备确定的UE处于第一状态的的移动范围可以是UE发送的第一范围信息,或者是核心网设备基于UE上报的第一范围信息和/或网络配置信息生成的范围。假设UE上报的是Cell List,核心网设备可以根据Cell List生成跟踪区(Tracking Area,简称为“TA”)List或AN路由区(AN Routing Areas,简称为“ARA”)List。例如,UE确定使用该UE的用户每天9:00-18:00在公司上班,公司的范围为包含cell-1,cell-2,cell-3的cell list。则UE在确定用户到达公司(即UE进入cell list)后,向网络请求进入第一状态,请求中携带该cell list,该cell list为UE上报的处于第一状态的移动范围。网络可以根据该cell list生成网络确定的移动范围,该网络确定的移动范围可以是UE上报的cell list,也可以是根据UE上报的cell list生成的TA list或ARA list。In the embodiment of the present invention, before the UE sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, the UE determines to enter the first mobile range of the indication of the first mobile range information, and then the The UE sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device. For example, the UE may determine the range of motion when the UE is in the first state according to the historical movement information of the UE recorded by itself. When the UE determines that the UE has entered the mobile range, the UE sends a first message to the core network device. The range of movement of the UE in the first state determined by the core network device may be understood as that the network determines that the UE is in the first state when moving within the range. Optionally, when the UE moves out of the mobile range, the UE reports to the network that the range has been removed. The range of the UE in the first state determined by the core network device may be the first range information sent by the UE, or the range generated by the core network device based on the first range information and/or the network configuration information reported by the UE. Assuming that the UE reports a Cell List, the core network device may generate a Tracking Area ("TA") List or an AN Routing Areas ("AR") List according to the Cell List. For example, the UE determines that the user using the UE works in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the scope of the company is a cell list including cell-1, cell-2, and cell-3. Then, after determining that the user arrives at the company (that is, the UE enters the cell list), the UE requests the network to enter the first state, where the request carries the cell list, where the cell list is the mobile range reported by the UE in the first state. The network may generate a mobile range determined by the network according to the cell list. The mobile range determined by the network may be a cell list reported by the UE, or may be a TA list or an ARA list generated according to the cell list reported by the UE.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的小区列表(Cell List),或,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的位置区列表。Optionally, as an embodiment, the first range information includes a cell list (Cell List) in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,该第一时间段信息用于指示该UE处于该第一范围的时间段。相对应的,核心网设备根据该第一时间段信息确定第二时间段信息,该第二时间段信息用于指示该核心网设备确定的该UE处于该第一状态的时间段。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range. Correspondingly, the core network device determines the second time period information according to the first time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate the time period determined by the core network device that the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,当该UE判断该UE移动出该第二范围信息标识的范围时,该UE向该核心网设备发送第三消息,该第三消息用于请求退出该第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second scope information identifier, the UE sends a third message to the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the The first state and/or enter the second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device that the UE leaves the second range.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括移动模式信息,该移动模 式信息用于指示该UE的移动模式,该移动模式包括该UE的移动频度或移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes mobile mode information, and the mobile mode The mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该移动模式是该UE根据该UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,该移动模式是该UE根据该UE的历史移动信息和该历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。相对应的,核心网设备根据该移动模式信息,确定UE的移动模式,之后在核心网设备向UE发送第二消息时,在该第二消息中携带用于指示该核心网设备确定的该UE的移动模式的信息。进一步,可选的,该UE是确定的移动模式发生变化时或该UE进入该移动模式对应的时间段信息时,向所述核心网实体发送所述第一消息的。In this embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the mobile mode is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the mobile mode is time that the UE corresponds to the historical mobile information of the UE and the historical mobile information. The segment is determined. Correspondingly, the core network device determines the mobile mode of the UE according to the mobility mode information, and then, when the core network device sends the second message to the UE, the second message carries the UE that is used to indicate the core network device determines Information about the mobile mode. Further, optionally, the UE sends the first message to the core network entity when the determined mobility mode changes or when the UE enters the time period information corresponding to the mobile mode.
需要说明的是,移动模式例如可以是:大范围移动、小范围移动或相对静止等。It should be noted that the movement mode may be, for example, a wide range movement, a small range movement, or a relatively stationary state.
例如,UE确定使用该UE的用户每天9:00-18:00在公司上班,则UE向网络上报UE的的移动模式为小范围内移动。该UE是在确定UE从大范围移动变更为小范围移动时,向核心网实体发送该第一消息的;或者,该UE是在确定UE进入9:00-18:00的小范围移动的时间段后,向核心网实体发送该第一消息的。For example, the UE determines that the user using the UE is working in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the UE reports the mobile mode of the UE to the network as a small range of movement. The UE sends the first message to the core network entity when determining that the UE changes from the large-range mobile to the small-scale mobile; or the UE is in the small-scale mobile that determines that the UE enters 9:00-18:00 After the segment, the first message is sent to the core network entity.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括该UE的业务量信息,该业务量信息用于描述该UE的数据收发频繁度。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, where the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
可选地,作为一个例子,该业务量信息是该UE根据该UE当前运行的应用确定的,或,该业务量信息是该UE根据该UE的历史业务量确定的,或,该业务量信息是该UE根据该UE的历史业务量和该历史业务量对应的时间周期确定的。Optionally, as an example, the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to the historical traffic of the UE, or the traffic information. The UE is determined according to the historical traffic volume of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
例如,UE确定该UE上有QQ或微信等社交类软件,需要频发的和网络间进行数据的收发,则UE的业务量为频繁发送数据。For example, the UE determines that the UE has social networking software such as QQ or WeChat, and needs to send and receive data frequently between the network and the network, and the service volume of the UE is to frequently send data.
在本发明实施中,可选地,在该用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息之前,如图20所示,方法3000还包括:In the implementation of the present invention, optionally, before the user equipment UE sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, as shown in FIG. 20, the method 3000 further includes:
S3030,该UE向该核心网设备发送注册消息,该注册消息中携带用于指示该UE支持该第一状态的信息;S3030: The UE sends a registration message to the core network device, where the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state.
也就是说,核心网设备接收该UE发送的注册消息,该注册消息中携带指示该UE支持该第一状态的信息。That is, the core network device receives the registration message sent by the UE, and the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state.
S3040,该UE接收该核心网设备发送的注册响应消息,该注册响应消 息中携带该核心网设备支持该第一状态的信息。S3040: The UE receives a registration response message sent by the core network device, where the registration response is cancelled. The information carrying the core network device supports the first state.
也就是说,核心网设备向UE发送注册响应消息,该注册响应消息中携带该核心网设备支持该第一状态的信息。That is, the core network device sends a registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪AN Level Tracking;或者,RRC无线资源管理去激活连接态(Inactive Connected);或者,挂起(Suspend)状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。AN级别的位置跟踪为由AN来跟踪UE的位置,即,当UE处于AN给UE发送的移动范围时,不需通知AN;当UE移动出AN的范围时,需要通知AN。RRC Inactive Connected为一个UE的状态,在该状态下,UE和AN间的信令和/或数据连接不存在,但是AN和核心网实体间存在UE的信令和/或数据连接,并且AN和核心网实体中都保存UE的上下文。Suspend为UE的一个状态,在该状态下,UE和AN间的信令和/或数据连接不存在,但是AN和核心网实体间存在UE的信令和/或数据连接,并且AN和核心网实体中都保存UE的上下文。CM连接管理长连接态为一个UE的状态,在该状态下,在核心网实体看来,UE一直处于CM连接态,即NAS信令连接态。CM连接态,RRC无线资源管理去激活连接态为一个UE的状态,在该状态下,UE和AN间的RRC连接可以处于断开状态,在核心网实体看来,UE处于CM连接态,即NAS信令连接态。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first state includes: AN level tracking of AN level tracking; or RRC radio resource management deactivated connection state (Inactive Connected); or, Suspend state; Alternatively, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state. The location tracking of the AN level is to track the location of the UE by the AN, that is, when the UE is in the range of motion sent by the AN to the UE, the AN is not required to be notified; when the UE moves out of the range of the AN, the AN needs to be notified. RRC Inactive Connected is the state of a UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and AN and The context of the UE is stored in the core network entity. Suspend is a state of the UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and the AN and the core network The context of the UE is stored in the entity. The CM connection manages the long connection state to the state of one UE. In this state, the UE is always in the CM connection state, that is, the NAS signaling connection state, in the view of the core network entity. In the CM connection state, the RRC radio resource management deactivates the connection state to a UE state. In this state, the RRC connection between the UE and the AN may be in a disconnected state. In the view of the core network entity, the UE is in the CM connection state, that is, NAS signaling connection state.
图21是根据本发明一个具体实施例的数据传输的方法,如图21所示,方法4000包括:21 is a method of data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 21, the method 4000 includes:
S4010,用户设备UE向接入网AN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该AN设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;S4010: The user equipment UE sends a first message to the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine the UE. Parameter information used in the first state;
这里,AN设备可以是根据第一消息本身确定所述UE请求进入第一状态,或者,AN设备是根据第一消息中携带的内容确定所述UE请求进入第一状态的,具体的,可以根据第一消息中携带的请求进入第一状态的指示信息确定的。Here, the AN device may determine that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the first message itself, or the AN device determines that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the content carried in the first message, specifically, according to The indication information carried in the first message is determined by entering the indication information of the first state.
这里,AN可以是3GPP定义的接入网络,例如4G RAN,5G RAN,也可以是非3GPP定义的网络,例如WiFi,以太网等。Here, the AN may be an access network defined by 3GPP, such as 4G RAN, 5G RAN, or may be a non-3GPP defined network, such as WiFi, Ethernet, or the like.
S4020,该UE接收该AN设备发送的第二消息,该第二消息中包含该参数信息。 S4020: The UE receives a second message sent by the AN device, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
因此,根据本发明实施例的数据传输的方法,用户设备向接入网设备发送请求进入第一状态的第一消息,接入网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, according to the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the access network device, and the access network device determines, according to the information in the first message, that the UE is in the first state. The parameter information is used, and the second message including the parameter information is sent to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
这里,AN设备可以是根据第一消息本身确定所述UE请求进入第一状态,或者,AN设备是根据第一消息中携带的内容确定所述UE请求进入第一状态的,具体的,可以根据第一消息中携带的请求进入第一状态的指示信息确定的,或者可以根据第一消息中携带的Cell list确定。Here, the AN device may determine that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the first message itself, or the AN device determines that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the content carried in the first message, specifically, according to The indication information carried in the first message is determined by entering the indication information of the first state, or may be determined according to the Cell list carried in the first message.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,当该UE进入该第一状态时,该UE停止向核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。UE停止向核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息包括,UE进入第一状态后,停止周期性更新定时器或将周期性更新定时器设置成不可用状态,从而停止向该核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, when the UE enters the first state, the UE stops sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device. The UE stops sending the periodic location update request message to the core network device, and after the UE enters the first state, stops the periodic update timer or sets the periodic update timer to an unavailable state, thereby stopping sending to the core network device. Periodic location update request message.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括第一范围信息,该第一范围信息用于标识该UE处于该第一状态的移动范围。相对应的,AN设备根据该第一范围信息,确定第二范围信息,第二范围信息用于指示核AN设备设备确定的UE处于该第一状态时的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state. Correspondingly, the AN device determines, according to the first range information, second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the UE determined by the core AN device device is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一范围信息是UE根据UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE moves information according to history of the UE and the The time period corresponding to the historical movement information is determined.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该UE向AN设备发送第一消息之前,该UE确定进入该第一移动范围信息所述指示的第一移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, before the UE sends the first message to the AN device, the UE determines to enter the first moving range of the indication of the first mobile range information.
举例来说,UE可以根据自身记录的UE的历史移动信息,确定UE处于第一状态的移动范围。当UE确定该UE进入了该移动范围时,UE向AN设备发送第一消息。AN设备确定的UE处于第一状态的移动范围可以理解为,AN确定该UE在该范围内移动时,一直处于第一状态。可选的,当该UE移动出该移动范围,则UE会向AN上报已移出该范围。AN设备确定的UE处于第一状态的的移动范围可以是UE发送的第一范围信息,或者是AN设备基于UE上报的第一范围信息和/或网络配置信息生成的范围。假设UE上报的是Cell List,AN设备可以根据Cell List生成跟踪区(Tracking Area,简 称为“TA”)List或ARA List。例如,UE确定使用该UE的用户每天9:00-18:00在公司上班,公司的范围为包含cell-1,cell-2,cell-3的cell list。则UE在确定用户到达公司(即UE进入cell list)后,向AN请求进入第一状态,请求中携带该cell list,该cell list为UE上报的处于第一状态的移动范围。AN可以根据该cell list生成网络确定的移动范围,该网络确定的移动范围可以是UE上报的cell list,也可以是根据UE上报的cell list生成的TA list或ARA list。For example, the UE may determine, according to the historical movement information of the UE recorded by itself, the moving range of the UE in the first state. When the UE determines that the UE has entered the mobile range, the UE sends a first message to the AN device. The range of motion of the UE determined by the AN device in the first state may be understood as the AN determining that the UE is always in the first state when moving within the range. Optionally, when the UE moves out of the mobile range, the UE reports to the AN that the range has been removed. The range of the UE that is determined by the UE to be in the first state may be the first range information sent by the UE, or the range generated by the AN device based on the first range information and/or the network configuration information reported by the UE. Assuming that the UE reports a Cell List, the AN device can generate a tracking area according to the Cell List. Called "TA") List or ARA List. For example, the UE determines that the user using the UE works in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the scope of the company is a cell list including cell-1, cell-2, and cell-3. Then, after determining that the user arrives at the company (that is, the UE enters the cell list), the UE requests the AN to enter the first state, and the request carries the cell list, where the cell list is the mobile range that is reported by the UE in the first state. The AN may generate a mobile range determined by the network according to the cell list. The mobile range determined by the network may be a cell list reported by the UE, or may be a TA list or an ARA list generated according to the cell list reported by the UE.
可选地,作为一个实施例,AN设备收到UE的第一消息后,可以向核心网设备发送消息,用于请求核心网设备判断是否允许该UE进入第一状态,若核心网设备确定允许该UE进入第一状态,则AN向所述UE发送第二消息。Optionally, as an embodiment, after receiving the first message of the UE, the AN device may send a message to the core network device, to request the core network device to determine whether the UE is allowed to enter the first state, if the core network device determines to allow When the UE enters the first state, the AN sends a second message to the UE.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的小区列表(Cell List),或,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的位置区列表。Optionally, as an embodiment, the first range information includes a cell list (Cell List) in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,该第一时间段信息用于指示该UE处于该第一范围的时间段。相对应的,AN设备根据该第一时间段信息确定第二时间段信息,该第二时间段信息用于指示该AN设备确定的该UE处于该第一状态的时间段。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range. Correspondingly, the AN device determines the second time period information according to the first time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate the time period determined by the AN device that the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,当该UE判断该UE移动出该第二范围信息标识的范围时,该UE向该AN设备发送第三消息,该第三消息用于请求退出该第一状态和/或进入第二状态;或,所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second scope information identifier, the UE sends a third message to the AN device, where the third message is used to request to quit the first a state and/or entering a second state; or, the third message is used to notify the core network device that the UE leaves the second range.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括移动模式信息,该移动模式信息用于指示该UE的移动模式,该移动模式包括该UE的移动频度或移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
可选地,作为一个例子,该移动模式是该UE根据该UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,该移动模式是该UE根据该UE的历史移动信息和该历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。相对应的,AN设备根据该移动模式信息,确定UE的移动模式,之后在AN设备向UE发送第二消息时,在该第二消息中携带用于指示该AN设备确定的该UE的移动模式的信息。进一步,可选的,该UE是确定的移动模式发生变化时或该UE进入该移动模式对应的时 间段信息时,向所述核心网实体发送所述第一消息的。Optionally, as an example, the mobile mode is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the mobile mode is determined by the UE according to historical movement information of the UE and a time period corresponding to the historical mobile information. . Correspondingly, the AN device determines the mobile mode of the UE according to the mobile mode information, and then, when the second device sends the second message to the UE, the second message carries a mobile mode for indicating the UE determined by the AN device. Information. Further, optionally, when the UE is determined to change when the mobile mode changes or when the UE enters the mobile mode, And sending the first message to the core network entity.
需要说明的是,移动模式例如可以是:大范围移动、小范围移动或相对静止等。It should be noted that the movement mode may be, for example, a wide range movement, a small range movement, or a relatively stationary state.
例如,UE确定使用该UE的用户每天9:00-18:00在公司上班,则UE向网络上报UE的的移动模式为小范围内移动。该UE是在确定UE从大范围移动变更为小范围移动时,向核心网实体发送该第一消息的;或者,该UE是在确定UE进入9:00-18:00的小范围移动的时间段后,向核心网实体发送该第一消息的。For example, the UE determines that the user using the UE is working in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the UE reports the mobile mode of the UE to the network as a small range of movement. The UE sends the first message to the core network entity when determining that the UE changes from the large-range mobile to the small-scale mobile; or the UE is in the small-scale mobile that determines that the UE enters 9:00-18:00 After the segment, the first message is sent to the core network entity.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括该UE的业务量信息,该业务量信息用于描述该UE的数据收发频繁度。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, where the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
可选地,作为一个例子,该业务量信息是该UE根据该UE当前运行的应用确定的,或,该业务量信息是该UE根据该UE的历史业务量确定的,或,该业务量信息是该UE根据该UE的历史业务量和该历史业务量对应的时间周期确定的。Optionally, as an example, the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to the historical traffic of the UE, or the traffic information. The UE is determined according to the historical traffic volume of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
例如,UE确定该UE上有QQ或微信等社交类软件,需要频发的和网络间进行数据的收发,则UE的业务量为频繁发送数据。For example, the UE determines that the UE has social networking software such as QQ or WeChat, and needs to send and receive data frequently between the network and the network, and the service volume of the UE is to frequently send data.
在本发明实施中,可选地,在该用户设备UE向接入网AN设备发送第一消息之前,如图21所示,方法4000还包括:In the implementation of the present invention, optionally, before the user equipment UE sends the first message to the access network AN device, as shown in FIG. 21, the method 4000 further includes:
S4030,该UE通过该AN设备向核心网设备发送注册消息,该注册消息中携带用于指示该UE支持该第一状态的信息;S4030: The UE sends a registration message to the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state.
或者,可以理解为AN设备接收UE发送的注册消息,并向核心网设备转发该注册消息。Alternatively, it can be understood that the AN device receives the registration message sent by the UE, and forwards the registration message to the core network device.
S4040,该UE接收该核心网设备通过该AN设备发送的注册响应消息,该注册响应消息中携带该核心网设备支持该第一状态的信息。S4040: The UE receives a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
或者,可以理解为AN设备接收核心网设备发送的注册响应消息,并将该注册响应消息转发给UE。Alternatively, it can be understood that the AN device receives the registration response message sent by the core network device, and forwards the registration response message to the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪AN Level Tracking;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态(Inactive Connected);或者,挂起(Suspend)状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。AN级别的位置跟踪为由AN来跟踪UE的位置,即,当UE处于AN给UE发送的移动范围时,不需通知AN;当UE移动出 AN的范围时,需要通知AN。RRC Inactive Connected为一个UE的状态,在该状态下,UE和AN间的信令和/或数据连接不存在,但是AN和核心网实体间存在UE的信令和/或数据连接,并且AN和核心网实体中都保存UE的上下文。Suspend为UE的一个状态,在该状态下,UE和AN间的信令和/或数据连接不存在,但是AN和核心网实体间存在UE的信令和/或数据连接,并且AN和核心网实体中都保存UE的上下文。CM连接管理长连接态为一个UE的状态,在该状态下,在核心网实体看来,UE一直处于CM连接态,即NAS信令连接态。CM连接态,RRC无线资源管理去激活连接态为一个UE的状态,在该状态下,UE和AN间的RRC连接可以处于断开状态,在核心网实体看来,UE处于CM连接态,即NAS信令连接态。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first state includes: AN Level Tracking AN Level Tracking; or, Radio Resource Management RRC Deactivated Connected State; or Suspend state; Alternatively, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state. The location tracking of the AN level is to track the location of the UE by the AN, that is, when the UE is in the range of motion sent by the AN to the UE, it is not necessary to notify the AN; when the UE moves out When the scope of the AN is required, the AN needs to be notified. RRC Inactive Connected is the state of a UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and AN and The context of the UE is stored in the core network entity. Suspend is a state of the UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and the AN and the core network The context of the UE is stored in the entity. The CM connection manages the long connection state to the state of one UE. In this state, the UE is always in the CM connection state, that is, the NAS signaling connection state, in the view of the core network entity. In the CM connection state, the RRC radio resource management deactivates the connection state to a UE state. In this state, the RRC connection between the UE and the AN may be in a disconnected state. In the view of the core network entity, the UE is in the CM connection state, that is, NAS signaling connection state.
图22是根据本发明再一实施例的数据传输的方法,如图22所示,方法5000包括:FIG. 22 is a diagram of a method of data transmission according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 22, the method 5000 includes:
S5010,用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该AN设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;S5010: The user equipment UE sends a first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes the first information, where the first information is used by the AN The device determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
这里,核心网设备可以是根据第一消息本身确定所述UE请求进入第一状态,或者,核心网设备是根据第一消息中携带的内容确定所述UE请求进入第一状态的,具体的,可以根据第一消息中携带的请求进入第一状态的指示信息确定的,或者可以根据第一消息中携带的Cell list确定。Here, the core network device may determine that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the first message itself, or the core network device determines that the UE requests to enter the first state according to the content carried in the first message, specifically, It may be determined according to the indication information that the request carried in the first message enters the first state, or may be determined according to the Cell list carried in the first message.
这里,AN可以是3GPP定义的接入网络,例如4G RAN,5G RAN,也可以是非3GPP定义的网络,例如WiFi,以太网等。Here, the AN may be an access network defined by 3GPP, such as 4G RAN, 5G RAN, or may be a non-3GPP defined network, such as WiFi, Ethernet, or the like.
S5020,该核心网设备向AN设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中包含第一信息,该第一信息用于该AN设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;S5020, the core network device sends a second message to the AN device, where the second message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine parameter information used by the UE in the first state.
S5030,该UE接收该AN设备发送的第三消息,该第三消息中包含该参数信息。S5030: The UE receives a third message sent by the AN device, where the third message includes the parameter information.
因此,根据本发明实施例的数据传输的方法,接入网设备接收核心网设备发送的第二消息,根据该第二消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, according to the data transmission method of the embodiment of the present invention, the access network device receives the second message sent by the core network device, determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the second message, and sends the parameter information to the UE. The second message including the parameter information is sent, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,当该UE进入该第一状态时,该UE停止 向该AN设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。UE停止向该核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息包括,UE进入第一状态后,停止周期性更新定时器或将周期性更新定时器设置成不可用状态,从而停止向该核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, when the UE enters the first state, the UE stops. A periodic location update request message is sent to the AN device. The UE stops sending the periodic location update request message to the core network device, and after the UE enters the first state, stops the periodic update timer or sets the periodic update timer to an unavailable state, thereby stopping the device to the core network. A periodic location update request message is sent.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括第一范围信息,该第一范围信息用于标识该UE处于该第一状态的移动范围。相对应的,AN设备根据该第一范围信息,确定第二范围信息,第二范围信息用于指示核AN设备设备确定的UE处于该第一状态时的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state. Correspondingly, the AN device determines, according to the first range information, second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the UE determined by the core AN device device is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该UE是根据UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the UE is determined according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the mobile mode is time that the UE corresponds to the historical mobile information of the UE and the historical mobile information. The segment is determined.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该UE向AN设备发送第一消息之前,该UE确定进入该第一移动范围信息所述指示的第一移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, before the UE sends the first message to the AN device, the UE determines to enter the first moving range of the indication of the first mobile range information.
举例来说,UE可以根据自身记录的UE的历史移动信息,确定UE处于第一状态的移动范围。当UE确定该UE进入了该移动范围时,UE向AN设备发送第一消息。AN设备确定的UE处于第一状态的移动范围可以理解为,AN确定该UE在该范围内移动时,一直处于第一状态。可选的,当该UE移动出该移动范围,则UE会向AN上报已移出该范围。AN设备确定的UE处于第一状态的的移动范围可以是UE发送的第一范围信息,或者是AN设备基于UE上报的第一范围信息和/或网络配置信息生成的范围。假设UE上报的是Cell List,AN设备可以根据Cell List生成跟踪区(Tracking Area,简称为“TA”)List或ARA List。例如,UE确定使用该UE的用户每天9:00-18:00在公司上班,公司的范围为包含cell-1,cell-2,cell-3的cell list。则UE在确定用户到达公司(即UE进入cell list)后,向AN请求进入第一状态,请求中携带该cell list,该cell list为UE上报的处于第一状态的移动范围。AN可以根据该cell list生成网络确定的移动范围,该网络确定的移动范围可以是UE上报的cell list,也可以是根据UE上报的cell list生成的TA list或ARA list。For example, the UE may determine, according to the historical movement information of the UE recorded by itself, the moving range of the UE in the first state. When the UE determines that the UE has entered the mobile range, the UE sends a first message to the AN device. The range of motion of the UE determined by the AN device in the first state may be understood as the AN determining that the UE is always in the first state when moving within the range. Optionally, when the UE moves out of the mobile range, the UE reports to the AN that the range has been removed. The range of the UE that is determined by the UE to be in the first state may be the first range information sent by the UE, or the range generated by the AN device based on the first range information and/or the network configuration information reported by the UE. Assuming that the UE reports a Cell List, the AN device can generate a Tracking Area ("TA") List or an ARA List according to the Cell List. For example, the UE determines that the user using the UE works in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the scope of the company is a cell list including cell-1, cell-2, and cell-3. Then, after determining that the user arrives at the company (that is, the UE enters the cell list), the UE requests the AN to enter the first state, and the request carries the cell list, where the cell list is the mobile range that is reported by the UE in the first state. The AN may generate a mobile range determined by the network according to the cell list. The mobile range determined by the network may be a cell list reported by the UE, or may be a TA list or an ARA list generated according to the cell list reported by the UE.
可选地,作为一个实施例,核心网设备收到UE的第一消息后,可以向AN设备发送第二消息,第二消息用于请求核心网设备将所述UE设置为第一状态;或者,第二消息用于通知所述接入网设备该UE进入第一状态。 Optionally, as an embodiment, after receiving the first message of the UE, the core network device may send a second message to the AN device, where the second message is used to request the core network device to set the UE to the first state; or The second message is used to notify the access network device that the UE enters the first state.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的小区列表(Cell List),或,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的位置区列表。Optionally, as an embodiment, the first range information includes a cell list (Cell List) in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,该第一时间段信息用于指示该UE处于该第一范围的时间段。相对应的,AN设备根据该第一时间段信息确定第二时间段信息,该第二时间段信息用于指示该AN设备确定的该UE处于该第一状态的时间段。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range. Correspondingly, the AN device determines the second time period information according to the first time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate the time period determined by the AN device that the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,当该UE判断该UE移动出该第二范围信息标识的范围时,该UE向该AN设备发送第四消息,该第四消息用于请求退出该第一状态和/或进入第二状态;或者,所述第四消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。可选地,核心网设备向AN设备发送第五消息,所述第五消息用于通知AN设备该UE退出该第一状态和/或进入第二状态。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second scope information identifier, the UE sends a fourth message to the AN device, where the fourth message is used to request to quit the first a state and/or entering a second state; or, the fourth message is used to notify the core network device that the UE leaves the second range. Optionally, the core network device sends a fifth message to the AN device, where the fifth message is used to notify the AN device that the UE exits the first state and/or enters the second state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括移动模式信息,该移动模式信息用于指示该UE的移动模式,该移动模式包括该UE的移动频度或移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
可选地,作为一个实施例,其中,该移动模式是该UE根据该UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,该移动模式是该UE根据该UE的历史移动信息和该历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。相对应的,AN设备根据该移动模式信息,确定UE的移动模式,之后在AN设备向UE发送第二消息时,在该第二消息中携带用于指示该AN设备确定的该UE的移动模式的信息。进一步,可选的,该UE是确定的移动模式发生变化时或该UE进入该移动模式对应的时间段信息时,向所述核心网实体发送所述第一消息的。Optionally, as an embodiment, where the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is a time that the UE corresponds to the historical mobility information of the UE and the historical mobility information. The segment is determined. Correspondingly, the AN device determines the mobile mode of the UE according to the mobile mode information, and then, when the second device sends the second message to the UE, the second message carries a mobile mode for indicating the UE determined by the AN device. Information. Further, optionally, the UE sends the first message to the core network entity when the determined mobility mode changes or when the UE enters the time period information corresponding to the mobile mode.
需要说明的是,移动模式例如可以是:大范围移动、小范围移动或相对静止等。It should be noted that the movement mode may be, for example, a wide range movement, a small range movement, or a relatively stationary state.
例如,UE确定使用该UE的用户每天9:00-18:00在公司上班,则UE向网络上报UE的的移动模式为小范围内移动。该UE是在确定UE从大范围移动变更为小范围移动时,向核心网实体发送该第一消息的;或者,该UE是在确定UE进入9:00-18:00的小范围移动的时间段后,向核心网实体发送该第一消息的。For example, the UE determines that the user using the UE is working in the company from 9:00 to 18:00 every day, and the UE reports the mobile mode of the UE to the network as a small range of movement. The UE sends the first message to the core network entity when determining that the UE changes from the large-range mobile to the small-scale mobile; or the UE is in the small-scale mobile that determines that the UE enters 9:00-18:00 After the segment, the first message is sent to the core network entity.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括该UE的业务量信息,该 业务量信息用于描述该UE的数据收发频繁度。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes traffic information of the UE, where The traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该业务量信息是该UE根据该UE当前运行的应用确定的,或,该业务量信息是该UE根据该UE的历史业务量确定的,或,该业务量信息是该UE根据该UE的历史业务量和该历史业务量对应的时间周期确定的。Optionally, as an embodiment, the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to the historical traffic of the UE, or the traffic The information is determined by the UE according to the historical traffic volume of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
例如,UE确定该UE上有QQ或微信等社交类软件,需要频发的和网络间进行数据的收发,则UE的业务量为频繁发送数据。For example, the UE determines that the UE has social networking software such as QQ or WeChat, and needs to send and receive data frequently between the network and the network, and the service volume of the UE is to frequently send data.
在本发明实施中,可选地,在该用户设备UE向接入网AN设备发送第一消息之前,如图22所示,方法5000还包括:In the implementation of the present invention, optionally, before the user equipment UE sends the first message to the access network AN device, as shown in FIG. 22, the method 5000 further includes:
S5040,该UE通过该AN设备向核心网设备发送注册消息,该注册消息中携带用于指示该UE支持该第一状态的信息;S5040: The UE sends a registration message to the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state.
或者,可以理解为AN设备接收UE发送的注册消息,并向核心网设备转发该注册消息。Alternatively, it can be understood that the AN device receives the registration message sent by the UE, and forwards the registration message to the core network device.
S5050,该UE接收该核心网设备通过该AN设备发送的注册响应消息,该注册响应消息中携带该核心网设备支持该第一状态的信息。S5050: The UE receives a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
或者,可以理解为AN设备接收核心网设备发送的注册响应消息,并将该注册响应消息转发给UE。Alternatively, it can be understood that the AN device receives the registration response message sent by the core network device, and forwards the registration response message to the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪AN Level Tracking;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态(Inactive Connected);或者,挂起(Suspend)状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。AN级别的位置跟踪为由AN来跟踪UE的位置,即,当UE处于AN给UE发送的移动范围时,不需通知AN;当UE移动出AN的范围时,需要通知AN。RRC Inactive Connected为一个UE的状态,在该状态下,UE和AN间的信令和/或数据连接不存在,但是AN和核心网实体间存在UE的信令和/或数据连接,并且AN和核心网实体中都保存UE的上下文。Suspend为UE的一个状态,在该状态下,UE和AN间的信令和/或数据连接不存在,但是AN和核心网实体间存在UE的信令和/或数据连接,并且AN和核心网实体中都保存UE的上下文。CM连接管理长连接态为一个UE的状态,在该状态下,在核心网实体看来,UE一直处于CM连接态,即NAS信令连接态。CM连接态,RRC无线资源管理去激活连接态为一个UE的状态,在该状态下,UE和AN间的RRC连接可以处于断开状 态,在核心网实体看来,UE处于CM连接态,即NAS信令连接态。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first state includes: AN Level Tracking AN Level Tracking; or, Radio Resource Management RRC Deactivated Connected State; or Suspend state; Alternatively, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state. The location tracking of the AN level is to track the location of the UE by the AN, that is, when the UE is in the range of motion sent by the AN to the UE, the AN is not required to be notified; when the UE moves out of the range of the AN, the AN needs to be notified. RRC Inactive Connected is the state of a UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and AN and The context of the UE is stored in the core network entity. Suspend is a state of the UE in which the signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the AN does not exist, but there is a signaling and/or data connection between the UE and the core network entity, and the AN and the core network The context of the UE is stored in the entity. The CM connection manages the long connection state to the state of one UE. In this state, the UE is always in the CM connection state, that is, the NAS signaling connection state, in the view of the core network entity. In the CM connection state, the RRC radio resource management deactivates the connection state to a UE state, in which the RRC connection between the UE and the AN may be in a disconnected state. In the view of the core network entity, the UE is in the CM connection state, that is, the NAS signaling connection state.
图23是根据本发明一个具体实施例的数据传输的方法的示意性流程图,如图23所示,方法6000包括:FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 23, the method 6000 includes:
S6010,UE确定进入相对位置固定区域;S6010: The UE determines to enter a relative location fixed area;
具体来说,UE确定在预定时间内,在预定区域(Cell List或TA List)内移动。Specifically, the UE determines to move within a predetermined area (Cell List or TA List) within a predetermined time.
S6020,UE向CP Fcunction发送跟踪区更新(Tracking Area Updating,简称为“TAU”)请求消息;S6020: The UE sends a Tracking Area Updating (TAU) request message to the CP Fcunction.
具体地,该TAU请求消息中携带用于指示UE可以进入Suspend态的信息,UE的预定区域,或者,TUA消息中可选地携带UE的最新移动级别,例如,不受限的移动性(Unlimited Mobility)、受限的移动性(Limited Mobility)、不具有移动性(No Mobility)。Specifically, the TAU request message carries information indicating that the UE can enter the Suspend state, the predetermined area of the UE, or the TUA message optionally carries the latest mobility level of the UE, for example, unrestricted mobility (Unlimited) Mobility), Limited Mobility, No Mobility.
S6030,CP Function根据UE的签约信息,确定是否响应该TAU请求消息;S6030: The CP Function determines, according to the subscription information of the UE, whether to respond to the TAU request message.
或者,可以理解为,CP Function确定是否允许UE发送TAU请求,CP Function可以根据预定区域确定允许的UE的移动范围,进一步的,可以确定UE的移动级别。Alternatively, it can be understood that the CP Function determines whether the UE is allowed to send a TAU request, and the CP Function can determine the mobile range of the allowed UE according to the predetermined area. Further, the mobile level of the UE can be determined.
S6040,CP Function向UE发送TAU Accept消息;S6040: The CP Function sends a TAU Accept message to the UE.
该TAU Accept消息中携带允许的UE的移动范围,进一步,TAU Accept消息中包括最新移动级别。The TAU Accept message carries the allowed mobile range of the UE. Further, the TAU Accept message includes the latest mobile level.
S6050,UE向CP Function发送服务请求(Service Request)消息;S6050: The UE sends a Service Request message to the CP Function.
具体地,UE确定是否在预定时段内,如果是在预定时段内,UE在该Service Request消息中包含激活Suspend态的指示信息;Specifically, the UE determines whether the UE includes the indication information for activating the Suspend state in the Service Request message if it is within the predetermined time period;
S6060,CP Fucntion向AN设备发送NG2 AP消息;S6060: The CP Fucntion sends an NG2 AP message to the AN device.
该N2 AP消息中携带会话上下文,UE进入Suspend态的制式和允许的UE的移动范围。The N2 AP message carries the session context, and the UE enters the Suspend state and the allowed UE's mobility range.
S6070,AN设备保存允许的UE的移动范围;S6070: The AN device saves the allowed mobile range of the UE.
S6080,AN与UE之间建立用于传输数据的DRB;S6080: A DRB is established between the AN and the UE for transmitting data.
S6090,AN设备确定UE的Inactive Time超时,AN设备向UE发送RRC Connection Release消息;S6090: The AN device determines that the Inactive Time of the UE is timed out, and the AN device sends an RRC Connection Release message to the UE.
该RRC Connection Release消息中携带为UE分配的Resume ID及用于 指示释放原因为进入小数据传输的Suspend态(Cause=Suspend for Small Data Transfer)的指示信息。后续AN设备接收到发送给UE的下行数据时,在保存的UE的移动范围内寻呼UE。The RRC Connection Release message carries the Resume ID assigned to the UE and is used for Indicates that the release reason is the indication of the Suspend state (Cause=Suspend for Small Data Transfer) entering the small data transmission. When the subsequent AN device receives the downlink data sent to the UE, the UE is paged within the mobile range of the saved UE.
下面将结合图24详细描述根据本发明实施例的用户设备,如图24所示,用户设备UE 50包括:The user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 24. As shown in FIG. 24, the user equipment UE 50 includes:
发送单元51,用于通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,其中,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该核心网设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;The sending unit 51 is configured to send, by using the access network AN device, a first message to the core network device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes the first information, where the first information is used by Determining, by the core network device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
接收单元52,用于接收该核心网设备发送的第二消息,该第二消息中包括该参数信息。The receiving unit 52 is configured to receive a second message sent by the core network device, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
因此,根据本发明实施例的用户设备向核心网设备发送请求进入第一状态的第一消息,核心网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention sends a first message requesting the first state to the core network device, and the core network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message, and The UE sends a second message including the parameter information, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该发送单元51还用于:当该UE进入该第一状态时,停止向该核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。In the embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 51 is further configured to: when the UE enters the first state, stop sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括第一范围信息,该第一范围信息用于标识该UE处于该第一状态的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的小区列表,或,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的位置区列表。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is based on the history of the UE. The time period corresponding to the movement information and the historical movement information is determined.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述UE还包括:确定单元,用于确定所述UE进入所述第一移动范围信息所指示的第一移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the UE further includes: a determining unit, configured to determine, by the UE, the first moving range indicated by the first moving range information.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,该第一时间段信息用于指示该UE处于该第一范围的时间段。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该参数信息包括第二范围信息,其中,该第二范围信息是该AN设备根据该第一范围信息确定的,该第二范围信息用于标识该AN设备确定的该UE处于该第一状态时的移动范围。 In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the parameter information includes second range information, where the second range information is determined by the AN device according to the first range information, where the second range information is used to identify the AN The range of motion when the UE is in the first state determined by the device.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该发送单元52还用于:当该UE判断该UE移动出该第二范围信息标识的范围时,向该核心网设备发送第三消息,该第三消息用于请求退出该第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或所述第三消息用于通知所述AN设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 52 is further configured to: when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second range information identifier, send a third message to the core network device, where the third The message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter the second state, or the third message is used to notify the AN device that the UE leaves the second range.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括移动模式信息,该移动模式信息用于指示该UE的移动模式,该移动模式包括该UE的移动频度或移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves information and information according to the history of the UE. The time period corresponding to the historical movement information is determined.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括该UE的业务量信息,该业务量信息用于描述该UE的数据收发频繁度。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, where the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该发送单元52通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息之前,该发送单元52还用于:向该核心网设备发送注册消息,该注册消息中携带用于指示该UE支持该第一状态的信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, before the sending unit 52 sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, the sending unit 52 is further configured to: send a registration message to the core network device, where The registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state;
其中,该接收单元51用于:接收该核心网设备发送的注册响应消息,该注册响应消息中携带该核心网设备支持该第一状态的信息。The receiving unit 51 is configured to: receive a registration response message sent by the core network device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first state includes: location tracking of an AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state; or , CM connected state, RRC deactivates the connected state.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的用户设备50可对应于执行本发明实施例中数据传输的方法3000,并且用户设备50中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法3000中的用户设备体执行的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the user equipment 50 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the method 3000 for performing data transmission in the embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the user equipment 50 are respectively implemented in the method 3000. The corresponding process performed by the user equipment body is not described here for brevity.
图25是根据本发明再一实施例的用户设备,如图25所示,用户设备UE 60包括:FIG. 25 is a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 25, the user equipment UE 60 includes:
发送单元61,用于向接入网AN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该AN设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;The sending unit 61 is configured to send a first message to the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine the Parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
接收单元62,用于接收该AN设备发送的第二消息,该第二消息是该第一消息的确认消息,该第二消息中包含该参数信息。 The receiving unit 62 is configured to receive a second message sent by the AN device, where the second message is an acknowledgement message of the first message, and the second message includes the parameter information.
因此,根据本发明实施例的用户设备向接入网设备发送请求进入第一状态的第一消息,接入网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the access network device, and the access network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message. And sending a second message including the parameter information to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该发送单元61还用于:当该UE进入该第一状态时,停止向该核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。In the embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 61 is further configured to: when the UE enters the first state, stop sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括第一范围信息,该第一范围信息用于标识该UE处于该第一状态的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的小区列表,或,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的位置区列表。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is based on the history of the UE. The time period corresponding to the movement information and the historical movement information is determined.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述UE还包括确定单元,用于确定所述UE进入所述第一移动范围信息所指示的第一移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the UE further includes a determining unit, configured to determine that the UE enters the first moving range indicated by the first moving range information.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该参数信息包括第二范围信息,其中,该第二范围信息是该AN或核心网设备根据该第一范围信息确定的,该第二范围信息用于标识该AN或该核心网设备确定的该UE处于该第一状态时的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the parameter information includes second range information, where the second range information is determined by the AN or the core network device according to the first range information, where the second range information is used. And identifying a range of movement when the UE or the core network device determines that the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该发送单元62还用于:当该UE判断该UE移动出该第二范围信息标识的范围时,向该核心网设备发送第三消息,该第三消息用于请求退出该第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 62 is further configured to: when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second range information identifier, send a third message to the core network device, where the third The message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter the second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device that the UE leaves the second range.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括移动模式信息,该移动模式信息用于指示该UE的移动模式,该移动模式包括所述UE的移动频度或移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves information and information according to the history of the UE. The time period corresponding to the historical movement information is determined.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括该UE的业务量信息,该 业务量信息用于描述该UE的数据收发频繁度。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes traffic information of the UE, where The traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该发送单元62向AN设备发送第一消息之前,该发送单元62还用于:通过该AN设备向核心网设备发送注册消息,该注册消息中携带该UE支持该第一状态的信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, before the sending unit 62 sends the first message to the AN device, the sending unit 62 is further configured to: send, by using the AN device, a registration message to the core network device, where the registration message is carried in the The UE supports the information of the first state;
其中,该接收单元61还用于:接收该核心网设备通过该AN设备发送的注册响应消息,该注册响应消息中携带该核心网设备支持该第一状态的信息。The receiving unit 61 is further configured to: receive a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first state includes: location tracking of the AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state; Alternatively, the CM is connected to the state, and the RRC deactivates the connected state.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的用户设备60可对应于执行本发明实施例中数据传输的方法4000,并且用户设备60中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法4000中的用户设备体执行的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the user equipment 60 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the method 4000 of performing data transmission in embodiments of the present invention, and that the above and other operations and/or functions of the various modules in the user equipment 60 are respectively implemented in the method 4000. The corresponding process performed by the user equipment body is not described here for brevity.
图26示出了根据本发明再一实施例的用户设备UE,如图26所示,用户设备70包括:FIG. 26 shows a user equipment UE according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 26, the user equipment 70 includes:
发送单元71,用于通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;The sending unit 71 is configured to send, by using the access network AN device, a first message to the core network device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is Determining, by the AN device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
接收单元72,用于接收所述AN设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。The receiving unit 72 is configured to receive a second message sent by the AN device, where the second message includes the parameter information.
因此,根据本发明实施例的用户设备向核心网设备发送请求进入第一状态的第一消息,并接收接入网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定的UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the core network device, and receives a parameter used by the access network device according to the information in the first message, which is used by the UE in the first state. The information, the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述发送单元71还用于:当所述UE进入所述第一状态时,停止向所述核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。In the embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 71 is further configured to: when the UE enters the first state, stop sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述 第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first range information includes that the UE is in the a cell list of the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first range information is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is according to the UE. The historical movement information is determined by the time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述UE还包括:确定单元,用于确定所述UE进入所述第一移动范围信息所述指示的第一移动范围。In an embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the UE further includes: a determining unit, configured to determine, by the UE, the first moving range of the indication that the first mobile range information is entered.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述参数信息包括第二范围信息,其中,所述第二范围信息是所述AN或核心网设备根据所述第一范围信息确定的,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN或所述核心网设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the parameter information includes second range information, where the second range information is determined by the AN or the core network device according to the first range information, where The second range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE or the core network device determines that the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述发送单元71还用于:当所述UE判断所述UE移动出所述第二范围信息标识的范围时,向所述核心网设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围信息标识的范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 71 is further configured to: when the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second range information identifier, send the third to the core network device. a message, the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter a second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device, the UE leaving the second scope information identifier The scope.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括该UE的移动频度或移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE. .
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves information and information according to the history of the UE. The time period corresponding to the historical movement information is determined.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE当前运行的应用确定的,或,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史业务量确定的,或,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史业务量和所述历史业务量对应的时间周期确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is a historical traffic of the UE according to the UE. Determining, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to a historical traffic volume of the UE and a time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在发送单元通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息之前,所述发送单元71还用于:通过所述AN设备向所述核心网设备发送注册消息,所述注册消息中携带所述UE支持所述第一状 态的信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, before the sending unit sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, the sending unit 71 is further configured to: use the AN device to the core network device Sending a registration message, where the registration message carries the UE to support the first state State information
所述接收单元72,还用于接收所述核心网设备通过所述AN设备发送的注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The receiving unit 72 is further configured to receive a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first state includes: location tracking of the AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state Or, CM connected state, RRC deactivates the connected state.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的用户设备70可对应于执行本发明实施例中数据传输的方法5000,并且用户设备70中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法5000中的用户设备体执行的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the user equipment 70 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the method 5000 of performing data transmission in embodiments of the present invention, and that the above and other operations and/or functions of the various modules in the user equipment 70 are respectively implemented in the method 5000. The corresponding process performed by the user equipment body is not described here for brevity.
图27示出了根据本发明再一实施例的核心网设备,如图27所示,核心网设备80包括:FIG. 27 shows a core network device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 27, the core network device 80 includes:
接收单元81:用于接收用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,其中,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该核心网设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;The receiving unit 81 is configured to receive a first message sent by the user equipment UE by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is included Determining, by the core network device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
确定单元82:用于根据该第一信息,确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;a determining unit 82: configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
发送单元83:用于向该UE发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括该参数信息。The sending unit 83 is configured to send a second message to the UE, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
因此,根据本发明实施例的核心网设备接收用户设备发送的请求进入第一状态的第一消息,核心网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the core network device according to the embodiment of the present invention receives the first message sent by the user equipment to enter the first state, and the core network device determines, according to the information in the first message, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state, and The second message including the parameter information is sent to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括第一范围信息,该第一范围信息用于标识该UE处于该第一状态的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括第一范围信息,该第一范围信息用于标识该UE处于该第一状态的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的小区列表,或,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的位置区列表。 In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area list in which the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first range information is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is according to the UE. The historical movement information is determined by the time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,该第一时间段信息用于指示该UE处于该第一范围的时间段;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range;
其中,在根据该第一信息,确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,该确定单元82具体用于:根据该第一时间段信息,确定第二时间段信息,该第二时间段信息用于指示该确定单元确定的该UE处于该第一状态的时间段。The determining unit 82 is configured to: determine, according to the first time period information, second time period information, the second, according to the first information, determining the parameter information used by the UE in the first state. The time period information is used to indicate a time period determined by the determining unit that the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在根据该第一信息,确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,该确定单元82具体用于:根据该第一范围信息,确定第二范围信息,该第二范围信息用于指示该确定单元确定的该UE处于该第一状态时的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, determining, according to the first information, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state, the determining unit 82 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first range information, The second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the determining unit determines that the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述发送单元83用于:向所述AN设备发送所述第一范围信息,以使所述AN设备确定第二范围信息,所述第二范围信息用于指示所述AN设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围;In the embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 83 is configured to: send, to the AN device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information. The first range information, so that the AN device determines second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the UE is determined to be in the first state by the AN device;
所述接收单元81,用于接收所述AN设备发送的包含所述第二范围信息的消息;The receiving unit 81 is configured to receive a message that is sent by the AN device and includes the second range information.
所述确定单元82,用于从所述消息中确定所述第二范围信息。The determining unit 82 is configured to determine the second range information from the message.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该接收单元81还用于:接收该UE发送的第三消息,该第三消息用于请求退出该第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving unit 81 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the UE, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter the second state, or The third message is used to notify the core network device, and the UE leaves the second range.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括移动模式信息,该移动模式信息用于指示该UE的移动模式,该移动模式包括该UE的移动频度或移动范围;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE;
其中,在根据该第一信息,确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,该确定单元82具体用于:根据该移动模式信息,确定该UE的移动模式;其中,该参数信息包括用于指示该确定单元确定的该UE的移动模式的信息。 The determining unit 82 is specifically configured to determine, according to the mobile mode information, a mobile mode of the UE, where the parameter information is determined according to the first information, where the parameter information is used by the UE in the first state. Information for indicating a mobile mode of the UE determined by the determining unit is included.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括该UE的业务量信息,该业务量信息用于描述该UE的数据收发频繁度。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, where the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该接收单元81接收用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备发送的第一消息之前,该接收单元81还用于:接收该UE发送的注册消息,该注册消息中携带用于指示该UE支持该第一状态的信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, before the receiving unit 81 receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE through the access network AN device, the receiving unit 81 is further configured to: receive the registration message sent by the UE, where The registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state;
其中,该发送单元82还用于:向该UE发送注册响应消息,该注册响应消息中携带该核心网实体支持该第一状态的信息。The sending unit 82 is further configured to: send a registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries information that the core network entity supports the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first state includes: location tracking of an AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state; or , CM connected state, RRC deactivates the connected state.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的核心网设备80可对应于执行本发明实施例中数据传输的方法3000,并且核心网设备80中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法3000中的核心网设备体执行的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the core network device 80 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the method 3000 for performing data transmission in the embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the core network device 80 are respectively implemented in order to implement the method. The corresponding process performed by the core network device body in 3000 is not described here for brevity.
图28示出了根据本发明再一实施例的接入网设备,如图28所示,接入网设备90包括:FIG. 28 shows an access network device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 28, the access network device 90 includes:
接收单元91,用于接收UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该AN设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;The receiving unit 91 is configured to receive a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine that the UE is in the Parameter information used in the first state;
确定单元92,用于根据该第一信息,确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;a determining unit 92, configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
发送单元93,用于向该UE发送第二消息,该第二消息中包含该参数信息。The sending unit 93 is configured to send a second message to the UE, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
因此,根据本发明实施例的接入网设备接收用户设备发送的请求进入第一状态的第一消息,接入网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the access network device according to the embodiment of the present invention receives the first message sent by the user equipment to enter the first state, and the access network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message. And sending a second message including the parameter information to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括第一范围信息,该第一范围信息用于标识该UE处于该第一状态的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的小区列表,或,该第一范围信息包括该UE处于该第一状态的位置区列 表。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes a location area column in which the UE is in the first state. table.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,该第一时间段信息用于指示该UE处于该第一范围的时间段;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range;
其中,在根据该第一信息,确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,该确定单元92具体用于:根据该第一时间段信息,确定第二时间段信息,该第二时间段信息用于指示该AN确定的该UE处于该第一状态的时间段。The determining unit 92 is configured to determine, according to the first time period information, the second time period information, the second, according to the first information, determining the parameter information used by the UE in the first state. The time period information is used to indicate a period of time that the UE determines that the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在根据该第一信息,确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,该确定单元92具体用于:根据该第一信息,确定第二范围信息,该第二范围信息用于标识该AN设备确定的该UE处于该第一状态时的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, determining, according to the first information, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state, the determining unit 92 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first information, the second The range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE is in the first state determined by the AN device.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该接收单元91还用于:接收该UE发送的第三消息,该第三消息用于请求退出该第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述AN设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving unit 91 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the UE, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter the second state, or The third message is used to notify the AN device that the UE leaves the second range.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括移动模式信息,该移动模式信息用于指示该UE的移动模式,该移动模式包括该UE的移动频度或移动范围;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, where the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE;
其中,在根据该第一信息,确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,该确定单元92具体用于:根据该移动模式信息,确定该UE的移动模式;其中,该参数信息包括用于指示该确定单元确定的该UE的移动模式的信息。The determining unit 92 is specifically configured to determine, according to the mobile mode information, a mobile mode of the UE, where the parameter information is determined according to the first information, where the parameter information is used by the UE in the first state. Information for indicating a mobile mode of the UE determined by the determining unit is included.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,该第一信息包括该UE的业务量信息,该业务量信息用于描述该UE的数据收发频繁度。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, where the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在接收单元91接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息之前,该接收单元91还用于:接收该UE发送的注册消息;该发送单元还用于:核心网设备转发该注册消息,该注册消息中携带该UE支持该第一状态的信息;In the embodiment of the present invention, before the receiving unit 91 receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE, the receiving unit 91 is further configured to: receive the registration message sent by the UE; the sending unit is further configured to: The network device forwards the registration message, where the registration message carries information that the UE supports the first state;
该接收单元91还用于:接收该核心网设备发送的注册响应消息;该发送单元93还用于:向该UE转发该注册响应消息,该注册响应消息中携带该核心网设备支持该第一状态的信息。The receiving unit 91 is further configured to: receive the registration response message sent by the core network device, and the sending unit 93 is further configured to: forward the registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries the core network device to support the first Status information.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在该第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪; 或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first state includes: location tracking of an AN level; Alternatively, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的接入网设备90可对应于执行本发明实施例中数据传输的方法4000,并且接入网设备90中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法4000中的核心网设备体执行的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the access network device 90 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the method 4000 of performing data transmission in embodiments of the present invention, and that the above and other operations and/or functions of the various modules in the access network device 90 are respectively The corresponding process performed by the core network device in the method 4000 is not described here for brevity.
图29示出了根据本发明再一实施例的接入网设备,如图29所示,接入网设备1000包括FIG. 29 shows an access network device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 29, the access network device 1000 includes
接收单元1100,用于接收核心网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;The receiving unit 1100 is configured to receive a first message sent by the core network device, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine that the UE is used in the first state. Parameter information;
确定单元1200,用于根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;a determining unit 1200, configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
发送单元1300,用于向所述UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。The sending unit 1300 is configured to send a second message to the UE, where the second message includes the parameter information.
因此,根据本发明实施例的接入网设备接收核心网设备发送的用于请求将UE设置为第一状态的消息,并根据该消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the access network device according to the embodiment of the present invention receives a message sent by the core network device for requesting to set the UE to the first state, and determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the message. The second message including the parameter information is sent to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes first range information, where the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes that the UE is in the first state. A list of location areas.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,所述第一时间段信息用于指示所述UE处于所述第一范围的时间段;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range;
其中,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元1200具体用于:根据所述第一时间段信息,确定第二时间段信息,所述第二时间段信息用于指示所述AN确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态的时间段。The determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to determine, according to the first time period information, a second time period, according to the first information, determining the parameter information used by the UE in the first state. And the second time period information is used to indicate a period of time that the UE determined by the AN is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所 述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元1200具体用于:根据所述第一信息,确定第二范围信息,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, determining, according to the first information, that the UE is in the office The determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first information, second range information, where the second range information is used to identify the identifier determined by the AN device, in the parameter information used by the first state. The range of movement when the UE is in the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述发送单元1300还用于:接收所述UE或该核心网设备发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述AN设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。In the embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 1300 is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the UE or the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and Or entering a second state, or the third message is used to notify the AN device that the UE leaves the second range.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括移动频度或移动范围;In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first information includes mobile mode information, where the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range;
其中,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元1200具体用于:根据所述移动模式信息,确定所述UE的移动模式;The determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to determine, according to the mobile mode information, a mobile mode of the UE, according to the first information, determining the parameter information used by the UE in the first state. ;
其中,所述参数信息包括用于指示所述AN设备确定的所述UE的移动模式的信息。The parameter information includes information used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE determined by the AN device.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first information includes the traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe the frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在接收单元1100接收核心网设备发送的第一消息之前,所述接收单元1100还用于:接收所述UE发送的注册消息,并向核心网设备转发所述注册消息,所述注册消息中携带所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;接收所述核心网设备发送的注册响应消息;所述发送单元1300,用于向所述UE转发所述注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, before the receiving unit 1100 receives the first message sent by the core network device, the receiving unit 1100 is further configured to: receive the registration message sent by the UE, and forward the message to the core network device. And the registration message, where the registration message carries the information that the UE supports the first state, and the registration response message sent by the core network device, where the sending unit 1300 is configured to forward the And a registration response message, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
在本发明实施例中,可选地,在所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。In the embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the first state includes: location tracking of the AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state; or, the connection management CM long connection state Or, CM connected state, RRC deactivates the connected state.
图30是本发明另一实施例的用户设备的示意框图。图30的用户设备可以执行图20中各流程中用户设备所执行的方法。图30的用户设备300包括收发器310、处理器320和存储器330。处理器320控制用户设备300的操作,并可用于处理信号。存储器330可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器320提供指令和数据。用户设备300的各个组件通过总线系统340 耦合在一起,其中总线系统340除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统340。FIG. 30 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention. The user equipment of FIG. 30 can perform the method performed by the user equipment in each of the flows in FIG. The user device 300 of FIG. 30 includes a transceiver 310, a processor 320, and a memory 330. The processor 320 controls the operation of the user device 300 and can be used to process signals. Memory 330 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 320. The various components of user device 300 pass through bus system 340 Coupled together, the bus system 340 includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 340 in the figure.
上述本发明实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器320中,或者由处理器320实现。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器320中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器320可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器330,处理器320读取存储器330中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 320 or implemented by the processor 320. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 320 or an instruction in a form of software. The processor 320 can be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, and can be implemented or executed in an embodiment of the invention. Various methods, steps, and logic blocks of the disclosure. A general purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory 330, and the processor 320 reads the information in the memory 330 and combines the hardware to perform the steps of the above method.
具体地,该收发器310,用于通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,其中,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该核心网设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;该收发器310,还用于接收该核心网设备发送的第二消息,该第二消息是该第一消息的确认消息,该第二消息中包括该参数信息。Specifically, the transceiver 310 is configured to send, by using an access network AN device, a first message to the core network device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where The first information is used by the core network device to determine parameter information used by the UE in the first state. The transceiver 310 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the core network device, where the second message is the first message. A confirmation message of the message, the parameter information is included in the second message.
因此,根据本发明实施例的用户设备向核心网设备发送请求进入第一状态的第一消息,核心网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention sends a first message requesting the first state to the core network device, and the core network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message, and The UE sends a second message including the parameter information, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的用户设备300可对应于根据本发明实施例的用户设备50,并可以对应于执行根据本发明实施例的数据传输的方法中的相应主体,并且用户设备300中的各个模块的上述和其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法3000中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the user equipment 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the user equipment 50 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding subject in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and in the user equipment 300. The above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 3000, and are not described herein again for brevity.
或者,该收发器310:用于向接入网AN设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该AN设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;该收发器310,还用于 接收该AN设备发送的第二消息,该第二消息是该第一消息的确认消息,该第二消息中包含该参数信息。Or the transceiver 310 is configured to send a first message to the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN The device determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the transceiver 310 is further configured to Receiving a second message sent by the AN device, where the second message is an acknowledgement message of the first message, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
因此,根据本发明实施例的用户设备向接入网设备发送请求进入第一状态的第一消息,接入网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the access network device, and the access network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message. And sending a second message including the parameter information to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的用户设备300可对应于根据本发明实施例的用户设备60,并可以对应于执行根据本发明实施例的数据传输的方法中的相应主体,并且用户设备300中的各个模块的上述和其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法4000中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the user equipment 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the user equipment 60 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding subject in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and in the user equipment 300. The above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 4000, and are not described herein for brevity.
或者,该收发器310,用于通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;该收发器310,还用于接收所述AN设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。Or the transceiver 310 is configured to send, by using an access network AN device, a first message to the core network device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where The first information is used by the AN device to determine parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the transceiver 310 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the AN device, where the second message is Contains the parameter information.
因此,根据本发明实施例的用户设备向核心网设备发送请求进入第一状态的第一消息,并接收接入网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定的UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention sends a first message requesting to enter the first state to the core network device, and receives a parameter used by the access network device according to the information in the first message, which is used by the UE in the first state. The information, the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的用户设备300可对应于根据本发明实施例的用户设备70,并可以对应于执行根据本发明实施例的数据传输的方法中的相应主体,并且用户设备300中的各个模块的上述和其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法5000中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the user equipment 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the user equipment 70 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding subject in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and in the user equipment 300. The above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 5000, and are not described herein for brevity.
图31是本发明实施例的核心网设备的示意框图。图31的核心网设备可以执行图20中各流程中核心网设备所执行的方法。图31的核心网设备400包括收发器410、处理器420和存储器430。处理器420控制核心网设备400的操作,并可用于处理信号。存储器430可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器420提供指令和数据。核心网设备400的各个组件通过总线系统440耦合在一起,其中总线系统440除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统440。 Figure 31 is a schematic block diagram of a core network device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. The core network device of FIG. 31 can perform the method performed by the core network device in each flow in FIG. The core network device 400 of FIG. 31 includes a transceiver 410, a processor 420, and a memory 430. Processor 420 controls the operation of core network device 400 and can be used to process signals. Memory 430 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 420. The various components of the core network device 400 are coupled together by a bus system 440, which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 440 in the figure.
上述本发明实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器420中,或者由处理器420实现。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器420中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器420可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器430,处理器420读取存储器430中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 420 or implemented by the processor 420. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 420 or an instruction in a form of software. The processor 420 can be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, can be implemented or executed in an embodiment of the invention. Various methods, steps, and logic blocks of the disclosure. A general purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory 430, and the processor 420 reads the information in the memory 430 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
具体地,该收发器410:接收用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,其中,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该核心网设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;该处理器420:用于根据该第一信息,确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;该收发器410:还用于向该UE发送第二消息,该第二消息是该第一消息的确定消息,该第二消息中包括该参数信息。Specifically, the transceiver 410 is configured to receive a first message sent by the user equipment UE by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the a message for the core network device to determine parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the processor 420: configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state; The transceiver 410 is further configured to send a second message to the UE, where the second message is a determining message of the first message, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
因此,根据本发明实施例的核心网设备接收用户设备发送的请求进入第一状态的第一消息,核心网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the core network device according to the embodiment of the present invention receives the first message sent by the user equipment to enter the first state, and the core network device determines, according to the information in the first message, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state, and The second message including the parameter information is sent to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的核心网设备400可对应于根据本发明实施例的核心网设备70,并可以对应于执行根据本发明实施例的数据传输的方法中的相应主体,并且核心网设备400中的各个模块的上述和其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法3000中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the core network device 400 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the core network device 70 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding body in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the core network The foregoing and other operations and/or functions of the modules in the device 400 are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 3000, and are not described herein again for brevity.
图32是本发明实施例的接入网设备的示意框图。图32的接入网设备可以执行图21中各流程中接入网设备所执行的方法。图32的接入网设备500包括收发器510、处理器520和存储器530。处理器520控制接入网设备500的操作,并可用于处理信号。存储器530可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器520提供指令和数据。接入网设备500的各个组件通过总 线系统540耦合在一起,其中总线系统540除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统540。32 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The access network device of FIG. 32 can perform the method performed by the access network device in each of the processes in FIG. The access network device 500 of FIG. 32 includes a transceiver 510, a processor 520, and a memory 530. Processor 520 controls the operation of access network device 500 and can be used to process signals. Memory 530 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 520. Each component of the access network device 500 passes through the total The line systems 540 are coupled together, wherein the bus system 540 includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 540 in the figure.
上述本发明实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器520中,或者由处理器520实现。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器520中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器520可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器530,处理器520读取存储器530中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 520 or implemented by the processor 520. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 520 or an instruction in a form of software. The processor 520 can be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, and can be implemented or executed in an embodiment of the invention. Various methods, steps, and logic blocks of the disclosure. A general purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory 530, and the processor 520 reads the information in the memory 530 and performs the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
具体地,该收发器410:用于接收UE发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,该第一消息中包括第一信息,该第一信息用于该AN设备确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;该处理器520,用于根据该第一信息,确定该UE在该第一状态所使用的参数信息;该收发器510,还用于向该UE发送第二消息,该第二消息中包含该参数信息。Specifically, the transceiver 410 is configured to receive a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine The parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the processor 520, configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the transceiver 510 is further configured to The UE sends a second message, where the parameter information is included in the second message.
因此,根据本发明实施例的接入网设备接收用户设备发送的请求进入第一状态的第一消息,接入网设备根据该第一消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the access network device according to the embodiment of the present invention receives the first message sent by the user equipment to enter the first state, and the access network device determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the first message. And sending a second message including the parameter information to the UE, so that the user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的接入网设备400可对应于根据本发明实施例的接入网设备90,并可以对应于执行根据本发明实施例的数据传输的方法中的相应主体,并且接入网设备400中的各个模块的上述和其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法4000中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the access network device 400 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the access network device 90 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding body in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and The foregoing and other operations and/or functions of the modules in the access network device 400 are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 4000, and are not described herein again for brevity.
或者,该收发器510,用于接收核心网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;该处理器520,用于根据所述第一信息,确定 所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;该收发器510,还用于向所述UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。Or the transceiver 510 is configured to receive a first message sent by the core network device, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine that the UE is in the first The parameter information used by the state; the processor 520, configured to determine, according to the first information, The parameter information used by the UE in the first state; the transceiver 510 is further configured to send a second message to the UE, where the second message includes the parameter information.
因此,根据本发明实施例的接入网设备接收核心网设备发送的消息,并根据该消息中的信息确定UE在第一状态所使用的参数信息,并向UE发送包括参数信息的第二消息,使得用户设备能够进入挂起状态,由此能够提高数据传输效率,节省信令开销。Therefore, the access network device according to the embodiment of the present invention receives the message sent by the core network device, and determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the information in the message, and sends a second message including the parameter information to the UE. The user equipment can enter the suspended state, thereby improving data transmission efficiency and saving signaling overhead.
应理解,根据本发明实施例的接入网设备500可对应于根据本发明实施例的接入网设备1000,并可以对应于执行根据本发明实施例的数据传输的方法中的相应主体,并且接入网设备500中的各个模块的上述和其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法5000中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the access network device 500 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the access network device 1000 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and may correspond to a corresponding body in a method of performing data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention, and The foregoing and other operations and/or functions of the modules in the access network device 500 are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the method 5000. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一 个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated in one unit. In the unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (202)

  1. 一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting data, comprising:
    第一无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括数据和第一标识;Receiving, by the first radio access network, the RAN device, the first message sent by the user equipment, where the first message includes data and a first identifier;
    所述第一RAN设备根据所述第一标识,确定所述数据的传输路径信息;Determining, by the first RAN device, transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier;
    所述第一RAN设备根据所述数据的传输路径信息,转发所述数据。The first RAN device forwards the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括数据和第一标识,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first radio access network RAN device receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier, including:
    所述第一RAN设备接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息,所述第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识、所述UE的标识和核心网设备的标识;Receiving, by the first RAN device, the first message that is sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data that is encrypted by the first key group, and the that is processed by the first key group. Describe a first identifier, an identifier of the UE, and an identifier of a core network device;
    其中,所述第一RAN设备根据所述第一标识,确定所述数据的传输路径信息,包括:The determining, by the first RAN device, the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, including:
    所述第一RAN设备根据所述核心网设备的标识,向所述核心网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述UE的标识和所述第一秘钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识,以便于所述核心网设备根据所述UE的标识和所述第一秘钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识验证所述UE合法后,向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息;The first RAN device sends a second message to the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device, where the second message includes an identifier of the UE and an encryption process of the first key group. Determining, to the first RAN device, the first RAN device, after the core network device verifies that the UE is legal according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group. Sending the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
    所述第一RAN设备将所述与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为所述数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向核心网设备发送第二消息,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the sending the second message to the core network device comprises:
    当所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识确定没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,所述第一RAN设备向所述核心网设备发送所述第二消息。When the first RAN device determines that the context information of the UE is not saved according to the identifier of the UE, the first RAN device sends the second message to the core network device.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一RAN设备接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, the method further includes:
    所述第一RAN设备接收所述UE发送的所述UE的标识;Receiving, by the first RAN device, an identifier of the UE that is sent by the UE;
    所述第一RAN设备向所述UE发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识判断是否保存有所述UE的上下文信 息的判断结果,以便于所述UE在所述反馈信息指示所述第一RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,请求核心网设备向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息包括所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息;The first RAN device sends feedback information to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether a context message of the UE is saved. As a result of the judgment, the UE is requested to send the context information of the UE to the first RAN device when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE. The context information of the UE includes the first identifier and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
    其中,所述第一RAN设备根据所述第一标识,确定所述数据的传输路径信息,包括:The determining, by the first RAN device, the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, including:
    所述第一RAN设备将所述与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为所述数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一RAN设备接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, the method further includes:
    所述第一RAN设备接收所述UE发送的所述UE的标识;Receiving, by the first RAN device, an identifier of the UE that is sent by the UE;
    所述第一RAN设备向所述UE发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识判断是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息的判断结果;The first RAN device sends feedback information to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate, by the first RAN device, whether a determination result of the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE;
    当所述反馈信息指示所述第一RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,所述第一RAN设备接收所述UE发送的第三消息,所述第三消息中包括所述UE的标识、第二密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和核心网设备的标识;When the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the first RAN device receives a third message sent by the UE, where the third message includes an identifier of the UE. And identifying, by the second key group, the first identifier and the identifier of the core network device;
    所述第一RAN设备根据所述核心网设备的标识,向所述核心网设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息中包括所述UE的标识和所述第二密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识,以便于所述核心网设备根据所述UE的标识和所述第二密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识验证所述UE合法后向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息;The first RAN device sends a fourth message to the core network device according to the identifier of the core network device, where the fourth message includes an identifier of the UE and an encryption process of the second key group. Determining, by the core network device, that the UE is authenticated according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the second key group, and sends the UE to the first RAN device. The context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
    其中,所述第一RAN设备根据所述第一标识,确定所述数据的传输路径信息,包括:The determining, by the first RAN device, the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, including:
    所述第一RAN设备将与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为所述数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括数据和第一标识,包括: The method according to claim 1, wherein the first radio access network RAN device receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier, including:
    第一RAN设备接收UE发送的所述第一消息,所述第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识、所述UE的标识和第二RAN设备的标识,所述第二RAN设备为所述UE确定的保存有所述UE的上下文信息的RAN设备;Receiving, by the first RAN device, the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group And the identifier of the UE and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the second RAN device is the RAN device that is determined by the UE and holds the context information of the UE;
    其中,所述第一RAN设备根据所述第一标识,确定所述数据的传输路径信息,包括:The determining, by the first RAN device, the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, including:
    当所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识确定没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,所述第一RAN设备根据所述第二RAN设备的标识,向所述第二RAN设备发送第五消息,所述第五消息中包括所述UE的标识和所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识,以便于所述第二RAN设备根据所述UE的标识和所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识确定所述UE合法后向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息;When the first RAN device determines that the context information of the UE is not saved according to the identifier of the UE, the first RAN device sends a fifth message to the second RAN device according to the identifier of the second RAN device. a message, the fifth message includes an identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, so that the second RAN device is configured according to the identifier of the UE and the first The first identifier that has been processed by a key group is configured to determine that the UE is legal, and then sends the context information of the UE to the first RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, The first identifier and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
    所述第一RAN设备将所述与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为所述数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括数据和第一标识,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first radio access network RAN device receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier, including:
    第一RAN设备接收UE发送的所述第一消息,所述第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和所述第一RAN设备的公共密钥加密处理过的所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一密钥组,在所述第一RAN设备接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:Receiving, by the first RAN device, the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group And the context information of the UE that is processed by the public key of the first RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, and the first RAN device receives the UE to send Before the first message, the method further includes:
    所述第一RAN设备接收所述UE发送的所述UE的标识;Receiving, by the first RAN device, an identifier of the UE that is sent by the UE;
    所述第一RAN设备向所述UE发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识判断是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息的判断结果,以便于所述UE在所述反馈信息指示所述第一RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,使用所述第一RAN设备的公共密钥对所述UE的上下文进行加密处理。The first RAN device sends feedback information to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether to save the judgment result of the context information of the UE, so as to facilitate When the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the UE performs encryption processing on the context of the UE by using the public key of the first RAN device.
    其中,所述第一RAN设备根据所述第一标识,确定所述数据包的传输 路径信息,包括:The first RAN device determines the transmission of the data packet according to the first identifier. Path information, including:
    所述第一RAN设备采用与所述公共密钥相对应的私钥对所述UE的上下文信息进行解密处理,获取所述UE的上下文信息中包括的所述第一密钥组;The first RAN device decrypts the context information of the UE by using a private key corresponding to the public key, and acquires the first key group included in the context information of the UE;
    所述第一RAN设备使用所述第一密钥组对所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识进行解密处理,获得所述第一标识;The first RAN device decrypts the first identifier encrypted by the first key group using the first key group to obtain the first identifier;
    所述第一RAN设备根据所述第一标识与传输路径信息的对应关系,确定所述数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information of the data according to the correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一RAN设备与所述UE内均保存有所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在所述第一RAN设备接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first RAN device and the UE both have context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes a first key group, the And the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the first RAN device receives the first message sent by the UE, the method further includes:
    所述第一RAN设备接收所述UE发送的第六消息,所述第六消息用于请求所述第一RAN设备恢复所述第一RAN设备与所述UE之间的信令连接;Receiving, by the first RAN device, a sixth message sent by the UE, where the sixth message is used to request the first RAN device to restore a signaling connection between the first RAN device and the UE;
    所述第一RAN设备向所述UE发送第七消息,所述第七消息用于指示所述第一RAN设备与所述UE之间的信令连接已恢复,以便于所述UE在接收到所述第七消息后,使用所述第一密钥组对所述数据和所述第一标识进行加密处理;The first RAN device sends a seventh message to the UE, where the seventh message is used to indicate that the signaling connection between the first RAN device and the UE has been restored, so that the UE is receiving After the seventh message, encrypting the data and the first identifier by using the first key group;
    其中,所述第一RAN设备根据所述第一标识,确定所述数据的传输路径信息,包括:The determining, by the first RAN device, the transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier, including:
    所述第一RAN设备将所述与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为所述数据的传输路径信息。The first RAN device determines the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一RAN设备根据所述数据的传输路径信息,转发所述数据之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein before the first RAN device forwards the data according to the transmission path information of the data, the method further includes:
    所述第一RAN设备获取所述UE的第二标识,所述第二标识用于所述第一RAN设备在接收到下行数据时,确定所述下行数据的目的接收设备为所述UE;Determining, by the first RAN device, a second identifier of the UE, where the second identifier is used by the first RAN device to determine, when receiving downlink data, that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE;
    其中,所述第一RAN设备根据所述数据的传输路径信息,转发所述数据,包括: The first RAN device forwards the data according to the transmission path information of the data, including:
    所述第一RAN设备根据所述数据的传输路径信息,确定所述数据的下一跳转发设备;Determining, by the first RAN device, the next hop forwarding device of the data according to the transmission path information of the data;
    所述第一RAN设备向所述下一跳转发设备发送所述数据和所述第二标识。The first RAN device sends the data and the second identifier to the next hop forwarding device.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述数据的传输路径信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the transmission path information of the data comprises:
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息;或,Address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data; or
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和所述下一跳转发设备为所述UE分配的第三标识,所述第三标识用于所述下一跳转发设备在接收到所述第一RAN设备发送的所述数据后,确定所述数据属于所述UE。The address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the third identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, where the third identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to receive After the data sent by the first RAN device, it is determined that the data belongs to the UE.
  11. 一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting data, comprising:
    用户设备UE确定数据对应的第一标识,所述第一标识用于第一无线接入网RAN设备根据所述第一标识确定所述数据的传输路径信息;Determining, by the user equipment UE, a first identifier corresponding to the data, where the first identifier is used by the first radio access network RAN device to determine transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier;
    所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述数据和所述第一标识。The UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 11 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述UE使用第一秘钥组对所述数据和所述第一标识进行加密处理;The UE performs encryption processing on the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
    其中,所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述数据和所述第一标识,包括:The UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier, including:
    所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识、所述UE的标识和核心网设备的标识,以便于所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识、所述核心网设备的标识和所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识,获取所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息。Transmitting, by the UE, a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is used by the UE to be encrypted by using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret Decrypting the first identifier, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device, so that the first RAN device is configured according to the identifier of the UE, the identifier of the core network device, and the UE And acquiring the context information of the UE by using the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and a location The transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier is described.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送所述第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein before the sending the first message by the UE to the first RAN device, the method further includes:
    所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的标识;Sending, by the UE, an identifier of the UE to the first RAN device;
    所述UE接收所述第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识判断是否保存有所述UE的上下 文信息的判断结果,所述UE的上下文信息包括所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息;Receiving, by the UE, the feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the UE is saved. As a result of the judgment of the text information, the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
    当所述反馈信息指示所述第一RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,所述UE向所述核心网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于请求所述核心网设备向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的上下文信息。When the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the UE sends a second message to the core network device, where the second message is used to request the core network device to The first RAN device sends context information of the UE.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送所述第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein before the sending the first message by the UE to the first RAN device, the method further includes:
    所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的标识;Sending, by the UE, an identifier of the UE to the first RAN device;
    所述UE接收所述第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识判断是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息的判断结果;Receiving, by the UE, the feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate, by the first RAN device, whether a determination result of the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE;
    当所述反馈信息指示所述第一RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息中包括所述UE的标识、第二密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和核心网设备的标识,以便于所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识、所述第二密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和所述核心网设备的标识获取所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息。When the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the UE sends a third message to the first RAN device, where the third message includes an identifier of the UE, Encrypting the first identifier and the identifier of the core network device by the second key group, so that the first RAN device encrypts and processes the second key group according to the identifier of the UE The identifier and the identifier of the core network device acquire the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  15. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 11 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述UE使用第一秘钥组对所述数据和所述第一标识进行加密处理;The UE performs encryption processing on the data and the first identifier by using a first key group;
    其中,所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述数据和所述第一标识,包括:The UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier, including:
    所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识、所述UE的标识和第二RAN设备的标识,所述第二RAN设备为所述UE确定的保存有所述UE的上下文信息的RAN设备,以便于所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识、所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和所述第二RAN设备的标识,获取所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息。Transmitting, by the UE, a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is used by the UE to be encrypted by using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret The first identifier of the key group, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the second RAN device is the RAN device that is determined by the UE and stores the context information of the UE, so that Obtaining, by the first RAN device, the context of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, the first identifier that is processed by the UE by using the first key group, and the identifier of the second RAN device. Information, the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  16. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括: The method of claim 11 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的标识;Sending, by the UE, an identifier of the UE to the first RAN device;
    所述UE接收所述第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识判断是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息的判断结果。The UE receives the feedback information sent by the first RAN device, and the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether a determination result of the context information of the UE is saved.
    当所述反馈信息指示所述第一RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,所述UE使用所述第一RAN设备的公共密钥对所述UE的上下文进行加密处理,所述UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组;When the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save context information of the UE, the UE performs encryption processing on a context of the UE by using a public key of the first RAN device, where the UE is The first key group is included in the context information;
    其中,所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述数据和所述第一标识,包括:The UE sends a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier, including:
    所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和所述UE使用所述第一RAN设备的公共密钥加密处理过的所述UE的上下文信息,以便于所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的上下文信息获取所述数据的传输路径信息。Transmitting, by the UE, a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is used by the UE to be encrypted by using the first key group, and the UE uses the first secret The first identifier identified by the key group encryption and the context information of the UE encrypted by the UE using the public key of the first RAN device, so that the first RAN device is configured according to the UE The context information acquires transmission path information of the data.
  17. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一RAN设备与所述UE内均保存有所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送所述第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the first RAN device and the UE both have context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes a first key group, the And the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device, the method further includes:
    所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于请求所述第一RAN设备恢复所述UE与所述第一RAN设备之间的连接;Sending, by the UE, a fourth message to the first RAN device, where the fourth message is used to request the first RAN device to restore a connection between the UE and the first RAN device;
    所述UE接收所述第一RAN设备发送的第五消息,所述第五消息用于指示所述UE与所述第一RAN设备之间的连接已恢复。The UE receives a fifth message sent by the first RAN device, where the fifth message is used to indicate that the connection between the UE and the first RAN device has been restored.
    其中,所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,包括:The sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device includes:
    所述UE通过所述连接向所述第一RAN设备发送所述第一消息。Sending, by the UE, the first message to the first RAN device by using the connection.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第四消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein before the sending the fourth message to the first RAN device by the UE, the method further includes:
    所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送第六消息,所述第六消息用于指示所述第一RAN设备将所述UE设置为挂起状态;Sending, by the UE, a sixth message to the first RAN device, where the sixth message is used to indicate that the first RAN device sets the UE to a suspended state;
    所述UE接收所述第一RAN设备发送的第七消息,所述第七消息用于指示所述第一RAN设备已将所述UE设置为挂起状态。The UE receives a seventh message sent by the first RAN device, where the seventh message is used to indicate that the first RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE向所述第一 RAN设备发送第六消息,包括:The method of claim 18, wherein said UE is directed to said first The RAN device sends a sixth message, including:
    当所述UE确定所述UE在预设时间段内的移动范围在预设范围内时,所述UE向所述第一RAN设备发送所述第六消息。When the UE determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time period is within a preset range, the UE sends the sixth message to the first RAN device.
  20. 根据权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述数据的传输路径信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 19, wherein the transmission path information of the data comprises:
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息,或者,Address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data, or
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和所述下一跳转发设备为所述UE分配的第三标识,所述第三标识用于所述下一跳转发设备在接收到所述第一RAN设备发送的所述数据后,确定所述数据属于所述UE。The address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the third identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, where the third identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to receive After the data sent by the first RAN device, it is determined that the data belongs to the UE.
  21. 一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting data, comprising:
    无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE通过数据无线承载DRB发送的数据;The radio access network RAN device receives data sent by the user equipment UE through the data radio bearer DRB;
    所述RAN设备根据所述DRB与传输路径信息的对应关系,确定所述数据的传输路径信息;Determining, by the RAN device, transmission path information of the data according to the correspondence between the DRB and the transmission path information;
    所述RAN设备获取所述UE的第一标识,所述第一标识用于所述RAN设备在接收到下行数据时,确定所述下行数据的目的接收设备为所述UE;The RAN device acquires the first identifier of the UE, where the first identifier is used by the RAN device to determine that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE when receiving downlink data;
    所述RAN设备根据所述数据的传输路径信息,向所述数据的下一跳转发设备发送所述数据和所述UE的第一标识。And transmitting, by the RAN device, the data and the first identifier of the UE to a next hop forwarding device of the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RAN设备与所述UE内均保存有所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在所述RAN设备接收所述UE发送的数据之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the context information of the UE is stored in the RAN device and the UE, and the context information of the UE includes a key group, the first identifier, and And the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the RAN device receives the data sent by the UE, the method further includes:
    所述RAN设备接收所述UE发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求所述RAN设备恢复所述RAN设备与所述UE之间的信令连接和所述DRB;Receiving, by the RAN device, the first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to restore a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and the DRB;
    所述RAN设备向所述UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述RAN设备与所述UE之间的信令连接和所述DRB已恢复。The RAN device sends a second message to the UE, where the second message is used to indicate that the signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and the DRB have been restored.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述RAN设备接收UE发送的数据包之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein before the RAN device receives the data packet sent by the UE, the method further includes:
    所述RAN设备接收核心网设备发送的第三消息,所述第三消息中包括所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息包括与所述DRB对应的传输路径信息; Receiving, by the RAN device, a third message sent by the core network device, where the third message includes context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes transmission path information corresponding to the DRB;
    其中,所述无线接入网RAN设备接收用户设备UE通过数据无线承载DRB发送的数据,包括:The radio access network RAN device receives data sent by the user equipment UE through the data radio bearer DRB, including:
    所述RAN设备根据所述UE的上下文信息建立与所述UE之间的所述DRB;The RAN device establishes the DRB with the UE according to context information of the UE;
    所述RAN设备接收所述UE通过所述DRB发送的数据。The RAN device receives data sent by the UE through the DRB.
  24. 根据权利要求21至23中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述数据的传输路径信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the transmission path information of the data comprises:
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息;或,Address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data; or
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和所述下一跳转发设备为所述UE分配的第二标识,所述第二标识用于所述下一跳转发设备在接收到所述第一RAN设备发送的所述数据后,确定所述数据属于所述UE。The address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the second identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, where the second identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to receive After the data sent by the first RAN device, it is determined that the data belongs to the UE.
  25. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:
    用户设备UE向无线接入网RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求所述RAN设备将所述UE设置为挂起状态;The user equipment UE sends a first message to the radio access network RAN device, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to set the UE to a suspended state;
    所述UE设备接收所述RAN设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述RAN设备已将所述UE设置为挂起状态,以便于所述UE在向所述RAN设备发送数据时,请求所述RAN设备恢复所述UE与所述RAN设备之间的连接,并通过所述连接向所述RAN设备发送数据。The UE device receives a second message sent by the RAN device, where the second message is used to indicate that the RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state, so that the UE is sent to the RAN device. When the data is requested, the RAN device is requested to restore the connection between the UE and the RAN device, and send data to the RAN device through the connection.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE向RAN设备发送第一消息,包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the sending, by the UE, the first message to the RAN device comprises:
    所述UE确定所述UE在预设时间段内的移动范围是否在预设范围内;Determining, by the UE, whether a range of movement of the UE within a preset time period is within a preset range;
    当所述UE确定所述UE在与设备时间段内的移动范围在预设范围内时,所述UE向所述RAN设备发送所述第一消息。When the UE determines that the mobile range of the UE within the time period of the device is within a preset range, the UE sends the first message to the RAN device.
  27. 一种无线接入网RAN设备,其特征在于,包括:A radio access network RAN device, comprising:
    收发单元,用于接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括数据和第一标识;a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first message sent by the user equipment UE, where the first message includes data and a first identifier;
    处理单元,用于根据所述第一标识,确定所述数据的传输路径信息;a processing unit, configured to determine, according to the first identifier, transmission path information of the data;
    所述收发单元,还用于根据所述数据的传输路径信息,转发所述数据。The transceiver unit is further configured to forward the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,所述收发单元具体用于:The RAN device according to claim 27, wherein the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息,所述第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加 密处理过的所述数据、所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识、所述UE的标识和核心网设备的标识;Receiving the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes a first key group plus The encrypted data, the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, the identifier of the UE, and an identifier of a core network device;
    根据所述核心网设备的标识,向所述核心网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述UE的标识和所述第一秘钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识,以便于所述核心网设备根据所述UE的标识和所述第一秘钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识验证所述UE合法后,向所述RAN设备发送所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息;Transmitting, according to the identifier of the core network device, a second message to the core network device, where the second message includes an identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group. After the core network device verifies that the UE is legal according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the first key group, the context information of the UE is sent to the RAN device, The context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
    所述处理单元,用于将所述与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为所述数据的传输路径信息。The processing unit is configured to determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,所述的处理单元还用于:The RAN device according to claim 28, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    根据所述UE的标识确定所述RAN设备是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息;Determining, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves context information of the UE;
    其中,所述收发单元还用于:The transceiver unit is further configured to:
    当所述处理单元确定所述RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,向所述核心网设备发送所述第二消息。And when the processing unit determines that the RAN device does not save context information of the UE, sending the second message to the core network device.
  30. 根据权利要求27所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,在所述收发单元接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息之前,所述收发单元还用于:The RAN device according to claim 27, wherein before the receiving and receiving unit receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的所述UE的标识;Receiving an identifier of the UE sent by the UE;
    向所述UE发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述处理单元根据所述UE的标识判断所述RAN设备是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息的判断结果,以便于所述UE在所述反馈信息指示所述RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,请求核心网设备向所述RAN设备发送所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息包括所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息;Sending feedback information to the UE, the feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the judgment result of the context information of the UE, so that the UE is in the The feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, and requests the core network device to send the context information of the UE to the RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the Transmitting the path information corresponding to the first identifier;
    其中,所述处理单元具体用于:The processing unit is specifically configured to:
    将所述与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为所述数据的传输路径信息。And determining the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  31. 根据权利要求26所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,在所述收发单元接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息之前,所述收发单元还用于: The RAN device according to claim 26, wherein before the receiving and receiving unit receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的所述UE的标识;Receiving an identifier of the UE sent by the UE;
    向所述UE发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述处理单元根据所述UE的标识判断所述RAN设备是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息的判断结果;Sending feedback information to the UE, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the determination result of the context information of the UE;
    当所述反馈信息指示所述RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,接收接收所述UE发送的第三消息,所述第三消息中包括所述UE的标识、第二密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和核心网设备的标识;When the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, receiving and receiving a third message sent by the UE, where the third message includes an identifier of the UE, and a second key group encryption. The processed first identifier and the identifier of the core network device;
    根据所述核心网设备的标识,向所述核心网设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息中包括所述UE的标识和所述第二密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识,以便于所述核心网设备根据所述UE的标识和所述第二密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识验证所述UE合法后向所述RAN设备发送所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息;Transmitting, according to the identifier of the core network device, a fourth message to the core network device, where the fourth message includes an identifier of the UE and the first identifier encrypted by the second key group, The core network device is configured to send the context information of the UE to the RAN device after the UE is authenticated according to the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the second key group. The context information of the UE includes the first identifier and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
    其中,所述处理单元具体用于:The processing unit is specifically configured to:
    将与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为所述数据的传输路径信息。The transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier is determined as the transmission path information of the data.
  32. 根据权利要求26所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,所述收发单元具体用于:The RAN device according to claim 26, wherein the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息,所述第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识、所述UE的标识和第二RAN设备的标识,所述第二RAN设备为所述UE确定的保存有所述UE的上下文信息的RAN设备;Receiving the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data that has been encrypted by the first key group, and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group. Determining an identifier of the UE and an identifier of the second RAN device, where the second RAN device is the RAN device determined by the UE and storing context information of the UE;
    当所述处理单元根据所述UE的标识确定所述RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,根据所述第二RAN设备的标识,向所述第二RAN设备发送第五消息,所述第五消息中包括所述UE的标识和所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识,以便于所述第二RAN设备根据所述UE的标识和所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识确定所述UE合法后向所述RAN设备发送所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息;When the processing unit determines that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE according to the identifier of the UE, sending, according to the identifier of the second RAN device, a fifth message to the second RAN device, where The fifth message includes the identifier of the UE and the first identifier that is encrypted by the first key group, so that the second RAN device is configured according to the identifier of the UE and the first key group. The cryptographically processed first identifier determines that the UE is legal, and then sends the context information of the UE to the RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and Transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
    其中,所述处理单元具体用于:将所述与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为所述数据的传输路径信息。 The processing unit is specifically configured to: determine the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  33. 根据权利要求26所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,所述收发单元具体用于:The RAN device according to claim 26, wherein the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息,所述第一消息中包括第一秘钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和所述RAN设备的公共密钥加密处理过的所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一密钥组;Receiving the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes the data encrypted by the first key group, and the first identifier and the encrypted result of the first key group being processed. Context information of the UE that is processed by the public key of the RAN device, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group;
    其中,在所述收发单元接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息之前,所述收发单元还用于:The transceiver unit is further configured to: before the transceiver unit receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的所述UE的标识;Receiving an identifier of the UE sent by the UE;
    向所述UE发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述处理单元根据所述UE的标识判断所述RAN设备是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息的判断结果,以便于所述UE在所述反馈信息指示所述RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,使用所述RAN设备的公共密钥对所述UE的上下文进行加密处理。Sending feedback information to the UE, the feedback information is used to indicate that the processing unit determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether the RAN device saves the judgment result of the context information of the UE, so that the UE is in the When the feedback information indicates that the RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, the context of the UE is encrypted using the public key of the RAN device.
    其中,所述处理单元具体用于:The processing unit is specifically configured to:
    采用与所述公共密钥相对应的私钥对所述UE的上下文信息进行解密处理,获取所述UE的上下文信息中包括的所述第一密钥组;Decrypting the context information of the UE by using a private key corresponding to the public key, and acquiring the first key group included in the context information of the UE;
    使用所述第一密钥组对所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识进行解密处理,获得所述第一标识;Decrypting the first identifier encrypted by the first key group by using the first key group to obtain the first identifier;
    根据所述第一标识与传输路径信息的对应关系,确定所述数据的传输路径信息。And determining, according to the correspondence between the first identifier and the transmission path information, the transmission path information of the data.
  34. 根据权利要求26所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,所述RAN设备与所述UE内均保存有所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在所述收发单元接收所述UE发送的所述第一消息之前,所述收发单元还用于:The RAN device according to claim 26, wherein the context information of the UE is stored in the RAN device and the UE, and the context information of the UE includes a first key group, the first An identifier and a transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the receiving and receiving unit receives the first message sent by the UE, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的第六消息,所述第六消息用于请求所述RAN设备恢复所述RAN设备与所述UE之间的信令连接;Receiving a sixth message sent by the UE, where the sixth message is used to request the RAN device to restore a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE;
    向所述UE发送第七消息,所述第七消息用于指示所述RAN设备与所述UE之间的信令连接已恢复,以便于所述UE在接收到所述第七消息后,使用所述第一密钥组对所述数据和所述第一标识进行加密处理;Sending a seventh message to the UE, where the seventh message is used to indicate that a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE has been restored, so that the UE uses after receiving the seventh message. The first key group performs encryption processing on the data and the first identifier;
    其中,所述处理单元具体用于: The processing unit is specifically configured to:
    将所述与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,确定为所述数据的传输路径信息。And determining the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier as the transmission path information of the data.
  35. 根据权利要求26至34中任一项所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,在所述收发单元根据所述数据的传输路径信息,转发所述数据之前,所述处理单元还用于:The RAN device according to any one of claims 26 to 34, wherein before the transmitting and receiving unit forwards the data according to the transmission path information of the data, the processing unit is further configured to:
    获取所述UE的第二标识,所述第二标识用于所述RAN设备在接收到下行数据时,确定所述下行数据的目的接收设备为所述UE;Obtaining a second identifier of the UE, where the second identifier is used by the RAN device to determine that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE when receiving downlink data;
    根据所述数据的传输路径信息,确定所述数据的下一跳转发设备;Determining, according to the transmission path information of the data, a next hop forwarding device of the data;
    其中,所述收发单元具体用于:向所述下一跳转发设备发送所述数据和所述第二标识。The transceiver unit is specifically configured to: send the data and the second identifier to the next hop forwarding device.
  36. 根据权利要求26至35中任一项所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,所述数据的传输路径信息,包括:The RAN device according to any one of claims 26 to 35, wherein the transmission path information of the data comprises:
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息;或,Address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data; or
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和所述下一跳转发设备为所述UE分配的第三标识,所述第三标识用于所述下一跳转发设备在接收到所述RAN设备发送的所述数据后,确定所述数据属于所述UE。The address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the third identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, where the third identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to receive After the data sent by the RAN device, it is determined that the data belongs to the UE.
  37. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment (UE), comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定数据对应的第一标识,所述第一标识用于第一无线接入网RAN设备根据所述第一标识确定所述数据的传输路径信息;a processing unit, configured to determine a first identifier corresponding to the data, where the first identifier is used by the first radio access network RAN device to determine transmission path information of the data according to the first identifier;
    收发单元,用于向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述数据和所述第一标识。And a transceiver unit, configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data and the first identifier.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的UE,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The UE according to claim 37, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    使用第一秘钥组对所述数据和所述第一标识进行加密处理;Encrypting the data and the first identifier using a first key group;
    其中,所述收发单元具体用于:The transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
    向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识、所述UE的标识和核心网设备的标识,以便于所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识、所述核心网设备的标识和所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识,获取所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息。 Sending, to the first RAN device, a first message, where the first message includes the data that is encrypted by the UE by using the first key group, and the UE encrypts by using the first key group Processing the first identifier, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the core network device, so that the first RAN device is configured according to the identifier of the UE, the identifier of the core network device, and the UE Acquiring the first identifier of the first key group to obtain the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and the first Identify the corresponding transmission path information.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的UE,其特征在于,在收发单元向所述第一RAN设备发送所述第一消息之前,所述收发单元还用于:The UE according to claim 37, wherein before the sending and receiving unit sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的标识;Sending an identifier of the UE to the first RAN device;
    接收所述第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识判断是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息的判断结果,所述UE的上下文信息包括所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息;Receiving feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate, by the first RAN device, whether to determine, according to the identifier of the UE, whether a context information of the UE is saved, a context of the UE The information includes the first identifier and transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier;
    当所述反馈信息指示所述第一RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时向所述核心网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于请求所述核心网设备向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的上下文信息。Sending, to the core network device, a second message, where the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, where the second message is used to request the core network device to be the first The RAN device sends context information of the UE.
  40. 根据权利要求37所述的UE,其特征在于,在所述收发单元向所述第一RAN设备发送所述第一消息之前,所述收发单元还用于:The UE according to claim 37, wherein before the sending and receiving unit sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的标识;Sending an identifier of the UE to the first RAN device;
    接收所述第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识判断是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息的判断结果;Receiving feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the first RAN device determines, according to the identifier of the UE, whether a determination result of the context information of the UE is saved;
    当所述反馈信息指示所述第一RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,向所述第一RAN设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息中包括所述UE的标识、第二密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和核心网设备的标识,以便于所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识、所述第二密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和所述核心网设备的标识获取所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息。When the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save the context information of the UE, send a third message to the first RAN device, where the third message includes the identifier of the UE, and the second secret Decrypting the first identifier and the identifier of the core network device, so that the first RAN device encrypts the first identifier according to the identifier of the UE, the second key group, and The identifier of the core network device acquires the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  41. 根据权利要求37所述的UE,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The UE according to claim 37, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    使用第一秘钥组对所述数据和所述第一标识进行加密处理;Encrypting the data and the first identifier using a first key group;
    其中,所述收发单元具体用于:The transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
    向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识、所述UE的标识和第二RAN设备的标识,所述第二RAN设备为所述UE确定的保存有所述UE的上下文信息的RAN设备,以便于所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识、所述UE使用所述第一密钥 组加密处理过的所述第一标识和所述第二RAN设备的标识,获取所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括所述第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息。Sending, to the first RAN device, a first message, where the first message includes the data that is encrypted by the UE by using the first key group, and the UE encrypts by using the first key group Processing the first identifier, the identifier of the UE, and the identifier of the second RAN device, where the second RAN device is a RAN device determined by the UE and storing context information of the UE, to facilitate the The first RAN device uses the first key according to the identifier of the UE, and the UE Encrypting the first identifier and the identifier of the second RAN device to obtain the context information of the UE, where the context information of the UE includes the first key group, the first identifier, and Transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier.
  42. 根据权利要求37所述的UE,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The UE according to claim 37, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向所述第一RAN设备发送所述UE的标识;Sending an identifier of the UE to the first RAN device;
    接收所述第一RAN设备发送的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于指示所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的标识判断是否保存有所述UE的上下文信息的判断结果。Receiving feedback information sent by the first RAN device, where the feedback information is used to indicate, by the first RAN device, whether to determine whether the context information of the UE is saved according to the identifier of the UE.
    所述处理单元,还用于当所述反馈信息指示所述第一RAN设备没有保存所述UE的上下文信息时,使用所述第一RAN设备的公共密钥对所述UE的上下文进行加密处理,所述UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组;The processing unit is further configured to: when the feedback information indicates that the first RAN device does not save context information of the UE, encrypt a context of the UE by using a public key of the first RAN device The context information of the UE includes a first key group;
    所述收发单元,还用于向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述处理单元使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述数据、所述UE使用所述第一密钥组加密处理过的所述第一标识和所述处理单元使用所述第一RAN设备的公共密钥加密处理过的所述UE的上下文信息,以便于所述第一RAN设备根据所述UE的上下文信息获取所述数据的传输路径信息。The transceiver unit is further configured to send a first message to the first RAN device, where the first message includes the data that is processed by the processing unit by using the first key group, and the UE Encrypting the first identifier and the processing unit using the first key group to encrypt the processed context information of the UE using the public key of the first RAN device, to facilitate the first The RAN device acquires transmission path information of the data according to the context information of the UE.
  43. 根据权利要求37所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一RAN设备与所述UE内均保存有所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括第一密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在所述收发单元向所述第一RAN设备发送所述第一消息之前,所述收发单元还用于:The UE according to claim 37, wherein the first RAN device and the UE both have context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes a first key group, the The first identifier and the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the sending and receiving unit sends the first message to the first RAN device, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向所述第一RAN设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于请求所述第一RAN设备恢复所述UE与所述第一RAN设备之间的连接;Sending a fourth message to the first RAN device, where the fourth message is used to request the first RAN device to restore a connection between the UE and the first RAN device;
    接收所述第一RAN设备发送的第五消息,所述第五消息用于指示所述UE与所述第一RAN设备之间的连接已恢复。Receiving a fifth message sent by the first RAN device, where the fifth message is used to indicate that the connection between the UE and the first RAN device has been restored.
    其中,所述收发单元向所述第一RAN设备发送第一消息,具体为:The transceiver unit sends a first message to the first RAN device, specifically:
    通过所述连接向所述第一RAN设备发送所述第一消息。Transmitting the first message to the first RAN device over the connection.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的UE,其特征在于,在所述收发单元向所述第一RAN设备发送第四消息之前,所述收发单元还用于:The UE according to claim 43, wherein before the sending and receiving unit sends a fourth message to the first RAN device, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向所述第一RAN设备发送第六消息,所述第六消息用于指示所述第一 RAN设备将所述UE设置为挂起状态;Sending a sixth message to the first RAN device, where the sixth message is used to indicate the first The RAN device sets the UE to a suspended state;
    接收所述第一RAN设备发送的第七消息,所述第七消息用于指示所述第一RAN设备已将所述UE设置为挂起状态。Receiving a seventh message sent by the first RAN device, where the seventh message is used to indicate that the first RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的UE,其特征在于,所述处理单元,还用于确定所述UE在预设时间段内的移动范围是否在预设范围内;The UE according to claim 44, wherein the processing unit is further configured to determine whether a range of movement of the UE within a preset time period is within a preset range;
    所述收发单元,用于当所述处理单元确定所述UE在预设时间段内的移动范围在预设范围内时,向所述第一RAN设备发送所述第六消息。The transceiver unit is configured to send the sixth message to the first RAN device when the processing unit determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time period is within a preset range.
  46. 根据权利要求37至45中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述数据的传输路径信息,包括:The UE according to any one of claims 37 to 45, wherein the transmission path information of the data comprises:
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息,或者,Address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data, or
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和所述下一跳转发设备为所述UE分配的第三标识,所述第三标识用于所述下一跳转发设备在接收到所述第一RAN设备发送的所述数据后,确定所述数据属于所述UE。The address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the third identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, where the third identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to receive After the data sent by the first RAN device, it is determined that the data belongs to the UE.
  47. 一种无线接入网RAN设备,其特征在于,包括:A radio access network RAN device, comprising:
    收发单元,用于接收用户设备UE通过数据无线承载DRB发送的数据;a transceiver unit, configured to receive data sent by the user equipment UE by using a data radio bearer DRB;
    处理单元,用于根据所述DRB与传输路径信息的对应关系,确定所述数据的传输路径信息;a processing unit, configured to determine, according to the correspondence between the DRB and the transmission path information, transmission path information of the data;
    所述处理单元,用于获取所述UE的第一标识,所述第一标识用于所述RAN设备在接收到下行数据时,确定所述下行数据的目的接收设备为所述UE;The processing unit is configured to acquire a first identifier of the UE, where the first identifier is used by the RAN device to determine, when receiving downlink data, that the destination receiving device of the downlink data is the UE;
    所述收发单元,还用于根据所述数据的传输路径信息,向所述数据的下一跳转发设备发送所述数据和所述UE的第一标识。The transceiver unit is further configured to send the data and the first identifier of the UE to a next hop forwarding device of the data according to the transmission path information of the data.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,所述RAN设备与所述UE内均保存有所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息中包括密钥组、所述第一标识以及与所述第一标识对应的传输路径信息,在所述收发单元接收所述UE发送的数据之前,所述收发单元还用于:The RAN device according to claim 47, wherein the RAN device and the UE both have context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes a key group and the first identifier. And the transmission path information corresponding to the first identifier, before the transceiver unit receives the data sent by the UE, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求所述RAN设备恢复所述RAN设备与所述UE之间的信令连接和所述DRB;Receiving a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to restore a signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and the DRB;
    向所述UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述RAN设备与所述UE之间的信令连接和所述DRB已恢复。Sending a second message to the UE, the second message is used to indicate that the signaling connection between the RAN device and the UE and the DRB have been restored.
  49. 根据权利要求47所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,在所述收发单元 接收UE发送的数据包之前,所述收发单元还用于:The RAN device according to claim 47, wherein said transceiver unit Before receiving the data packet sent by the UE, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收核心网设备发送的第三消息,所述第三消息中包括所述UE的上下文信息,所述UE的上下文信息包括与所述DRB对应的传输路径信息;Receiving a third message sent by the core network device, where the third message includes context information of the UE, and the context information of the UE includes transmission path information corresponding to the DRB;
    所述处理单元,还用于根据所述UE的上下文信息建立与所述UE之间的所述DRB;The processing unit is further configured to establish, according to context information of the UE, the DRB between the UE and the UE;
    所述收发单元,还用于接收所述UE通过所述DRB发送的数据。The transceiver unit is further configured to receive data sent by the UE by using the DRB.
  50. 根据权利要求47至49中任一项所述的RAN设备,其特征在于,所述数据的传输路径信息包括:The RAN device according to any one of claims 47 to 49, wherein the transmission path information of the data comprises:
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息;或,Address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data; or
    所述数据的下一跳转发设备的地址信息和所述下一跳转发设备为所述UE分配的第二标识,所述第二标识用于所述下一跳转发设备在接收到所述RAN设备发送的所述数据后,确定所述数据属于所述UE。The address information of the next hop forwarding device of the data and the second identifier allocated by the next hop forwarding device to the UE, where the second identifier is used by the next hop forwarding device to receive After the data sent by the RAN device, it is determined that the data belongs to the UE.
  51. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment (UE), comprising:
    发送单元,用于向无线接入网RAN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求所述RAN设备将所述UE设置为挂起状态;a sending unit, configured to send a first message to the radio access network RAN device, where the first message is used to request the RAN device to set the UE to a suspended state;
    接收单元,用于接收所述RAN设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述RAN设备已将所述UE设置为挂起状态,以便于所述UE在向所述RAN设备发送数据时,请求所述RAN设备恢复所述UE与所述RAN设备的连接,并通过所述连接向所述RAN设备发送数据。a receiving unit, configured to receive a second message sent by the RAN device, where the second message is used to indicate that the RAN device has set the UE to a suspended state, so that the UE is in the RAN device When transmitting data, the RAN device is requested to restore the connection between the UE and the RAN device, and send data to the RAN device through the connection.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的UE,其特征在于,所述UE还包括:The UE according to claim 51, wherein the UE further comprises:
    处理单元,用于确定所述UE在预设时间段内的移动范围是否在预设范围内;a processing unit, configured to determine whether a moving range of the UE in a preset time period is within a preset range;
    所述发送单元,具体用于当所述处理单元确定所述UE在与设备时间段内的移动范围在预设范围内时,向所述RAN设备发送所述第一消息。The sending unit is specifically configured to: when the processing unit determines that the mobile range of the UE within a preset time range is within a preset range, send the first message to the RAN device.
  53. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:
    用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,其中,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述核心网设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;The user equipment UE sends a first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes the first information, and the first information is used by the first information. Determining, by the core network device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    所述UE接收所述核心网设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述参数信息。 The UE receives the second message sent by the core network device, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 53, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述UE进入所述第一状态时,所述UE停止向所述核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。When the UE enters the first state, the UE stops sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
  55. 根据权利要求53或54所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The method according to claim 53 or 54, wherein the first information comprises first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The method according to claim 55, wherein the first range information comprises a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information comprises that the UE is in the first A list of location locations for the status.
  57. 根据权利要求55或56所述的方法,其特征在于,所述所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The method according to claim 55 or 56, wherein the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is the UE And determining according to the historical movement information of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  58. 根据权利要求55至57中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 55 to 57, wherein before the user equipment UE sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, the method further includes:
    所述UE确定所述UE进入所述第一移动范围信息所指示的第一移动范围。The UE determines that the UE enters a first mobility range indicated by the first mobility range information.
  59. 根据权利要求55至58中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,所述第一时间段信息用于指示所述UE处于所述第一范围的时间段。The method according to any one of claims 55 to 58, wherein the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first The time period of the range.
  60. 根据权利要求55至59中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参数信息包括第二范围信息,其中,所述第二范围信息是所述AN或所述核心网设备根据所述第一范围信息确定的,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN或所述核心网设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。The method according to any one of claims 55 to 59, wherein the parameter information comprises second range information, wherein the second range information is the AN or the core network device according to the And determining, by the first range information, the second range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE or the core network device determines that the UE is in the first state.
  61. 根据权利要求59所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 59, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述UE判断所述UE移动出所述第二范围信息标识的范围时,所述UE向所述核心网设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围信息标识的范围。When the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second scope information identifier, the UE sends a third message to the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and Or entering the second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device, the UE leaving the range of the second range information identification.
  62. 根据权利要求53至61中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第 一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括所述UE的移动频度或移动范围。The method according to any one of claims 53 to 61, wherein said The information includes mobile mode information, the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode includes a mobile frequency or a mobile range of the UE.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The method according to claim 62, wherein the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves according to history of the UE Determined by a time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  64. 根据权利要求53至63中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The method according to any one of claims 53 to 63, wherein the first information comprises traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE当前运行的应用确定的,或,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史业务量确定的,或,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史业务量和所述历史业务量对应的时间周期确定的。The method according to claim 64, wherein the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is a history of the UE according to the UE. The traffic volume is determined, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to a historical traffic volume of the UE and a time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
  66. 根据权利要求53至65中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 53 to 65, wherein before the user equipment UE sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, the method further includes:
    所述UE向所述核心网设备发送注册消息,所述注册消息中携带用于指示所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;Sending, by the UE, a registration message to the core network device, where the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state;
    所述UE接收所述核心网设备发送的注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The UE receives the registration response message sent by the core network device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  67. 根据权利要求53至66中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。The method according to any one of claims 53 to 66, wherein the first state comprises: location tracking of an AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connected state; or, the suspended state; or The connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  68. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:
    用户设备UE向接入网AN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;The user equipment UE sends a first message to the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes first information, and the first information is used by the AN device to determine Parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    所述UE接收所述AN设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。The UE receives the second message sent by the AN device, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 68, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述UE进入所述第一状态时,所述UE停止向核心网设备发送周期 性的位置更新请求消息。When the UE enters the first state, the UE stops sending a period to the core network device. Sexual location update request message.
  70. 根据权利要求68或69所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The method according to claim 68 or 69, wherein the first information comprises first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The method according to claim 70, wherein the first range information comprises a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information comprises that the UE is in the first A list of location locations for the status.
  72. 根据权利要求70或71所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The method according to claim 70 or 71, wherein the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is based on the The historical movement information of the UE is determined according to a time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  73. 根据权利要求70至72中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 70 to 72, wherein before the user equipment UE sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, the method further includes:
    所述UE确定所述UE进入所述第一移动范围信息所指示的第一移动范围。The UE determines that the UE enters a first mobility range indicated by the first mobility range information.
  74. 根据权利要求70至73中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参数信息包括第二范围信息,其中,所述第二范围信息是所述AN设备根据所述第一范围信息确定的,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。The method according to any one of claims 70 to 73, wherein the parameter information comprises second range information, wherein the second range information is determined by the AN device according to the first range information The second range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE is in the first state determined by the AN device.
  75. 根据权利要求74所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 74, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述UE判断所述UE移动出所述第二范围信息标识的范围时,所述UE向所述核心网设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述AN设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。When the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second scope information identifier, the UE sends a third message to the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and Or entering a second state, or the third message is used to notify the AN device that the UE leaves the second range.
  76. 根据权利要求68至75中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括移动频度或移动范围。The method according to any one of claims 68 to 75, wherein the first information comprises mobile mode information, the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode comprises a mobile Frequency or range of motion.
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。 The method according to claim 76, wherein the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves information according to historical history of the UE. Determined by a time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  78. 根据权利要求68至77中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The method according to any one of claims 68 to 77, wherein the first information comprises traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe data transmission and reception frequency of the UE.
  79. 根据权利要求78所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE当前运行的应用确定的,或,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史业务量确定的,或,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史业务量和所述历史业务量对应的时间周期确定的。The method according to claim 78, wherein the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is a history of the UE according to the UE. The traffic volume is determined, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to a historical traffic volume of the UE and a time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
  80. 根据权利要求68至79中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述用户设备UE向AN设备发送第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 68 to 79, wherein before the user equipment UE sends the first message to the AN device, the method further includes:
    所述UE通过所述AN设备向核心网设备发送注册消息,所述注册消息中携带所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;The UE sends a registration message to the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration message carries information that the UE supports the first state;
    所述UE接收所述核心网设备通过所述AN设备发送的注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The UE receives a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  81. 根据权利要求68至80中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。The method according to any one of claims 68 to 80, wherein the first state comprises: AN-level location tracking; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connected state; or, the suspended state; Alternatively, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  82. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:
    用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;The user equipment UE sends a first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes first information, and the first information is used by the user. Determining, by the AN device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    所述UE接收所述AN设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。The UE receives the second message sent by the AN device, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  83. 根据权利要求82所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 82, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述UE进入所述第一状态时,所述UE停止向所述核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。When the UE enters the first state, the UE stops sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
  84. 根据权利要求82或83所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The method according to claim 82 or 83, wherein the first information comprises first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  85. 根据权利要求84所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述 UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The method according to claim 84, wherein the first range information comprises a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information comprises the The UE is in the location area list of the first state.
  86. 根据权利要求84或85所述的方法,其特征在于,所述所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The method according to claim 84 or 85, wherein the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobility information of the UE, or the first range information is the UE And determining according to the historical movement information of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  87. 根据权利要求84至86中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 84 to 86, wherein before the user equipment UE sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, the method further includes:
    所述UE确定所述UE进入所述第一移动范围信息所述指示的第一移动范围。The UE determines that the UE enters the first movement range of the indication of the first movement range information.
  88. 根据权利要求84至87中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参数信息包括第二范围信息,其中,所述第二范围信息是所述AN或核心网设备根据所述第一范围信息确定的,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN或所述核心网设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。The method according to any one of claims 84 to 87, wherein the parameter information comprises second range information, wherein the second range information is that the AN or core network device is according to the first And determining, by the range information, the second range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE or the core network device determines that the UE is in the first state.
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 88, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述UE判断所述UE移动出所述第二范围信息标识的范围时,所述UE向所述核心网设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。When the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second scope information identifier, the UE sends a third message to the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and Or entering a second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device that the UE leaves the second range.
  90. 根据权利要求82至89中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括移动频度或移动范围。The method according to any one of claims 82 to 89, wherein the first information comprises mobile mode information, the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode comprises a mobile Frequency or range of motion.
  91. 根据权利要求90所述的方法,其特征在于,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The method according to claim 90, wherein the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves information according to history of the UE Determined by a time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  92. 根据权利要求82至91中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The method according to any one of claims 82 to 91, wherein the first information comprises traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  93. 根据权利要求92所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE当前运行的应用确定的,或,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史业务量确定的,或,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所 述UE的历史业务量和所述历史业务量对应的时间周期确定的。The method according to claim 92, wherein the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is that the UE is based on a history of the UE. The traffic is determined, or the traffic information is the UE according to the location The historical traffic of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical traffic are determined.
  94. 根据权利要求82至93中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 82 to 93, wherein before the user equipment UE passes the access network AN device to the core network device, the method further includes:
    所述UE通过AN设备向所述核心网设备发送注册消息,所述注册消息中携带所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;Sending, by the AN device, the registration message to the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration message carries information that the UE supports the first state;
    所述UE接收所述核心网设备通过所述AN设备发送的注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The UE receives a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  95. 根据权利要求82至94中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。The method according to any one of claims 82 to 94, wherein the first state comprises: location tracking at an AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connected state; or, the suspended state; Alternatively, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  96. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:
    核心网设备接收用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,其中,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述核心网设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;The core network device receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE through the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes the first information, the first information Determining, by the core network device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    所述核心网设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;Determining, by the core network device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information;
    所述核心网设备向所述UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述参数信息。The core network device sends a second message to the UE, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  97. 根据权利要求96所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The method according to claim 96, wherein the first information comprises first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  98. 根据权利要求97所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The method according to claim 97, wherein the first information comprises first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  99. 根据权利要求98所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The method according to claim 98, wherein the first range information comprises a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information comprises that the UE is in the first A list of location locations for the status.
  100. 根据权利要求98或99所述的方法,其特征在于,所述所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范 围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The method according to claim 98 or 99, wherein the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical movement information of the UE, or the first fan The information is determined by the UE according to the historical movement information of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  101. 根据权利要求98至100所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,所述第一时间段信息用于指示所述UE处于所述第一范围的时间段;The method according to any one of claims 98 to 100, wherein the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range ;
    其中,所述核心网设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息,包括:The determining, by the core network device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information, including:
    所述核心网设备根据所述第一时间段信息,确定第二时间段信息,所述第二时间段信息用于指示所述核心网设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态的时间段。Determining, by the core network device, the second time period information according to the first time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate a time period that the core network device determines that the UE is in the first state .
  102. 根据权利要求98至101中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述核心网设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 98 to 101, wherein the determining, by the core network device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information comprises:
    所述核心网设备根据所述第一范围信息,确定第二范围信息,所述第二范围信息用于指示所述核心网设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。The core network device determines, according to the first range information, second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the UE determined by the core network device is in the first state.
  103. 根据权利要求98至101中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述核心网设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 98 to 101, wherein the determining, by the core network device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information comprises:
    所述核心网设备向所述AN设备发送所述第一范围信息,以使所述AN设备确定第二范围信息,所述第二范围信息用于指示所述AN设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围;The core network device sends the first range information to the AN device, so that the AN device determines second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate that the UE determined by the AN device is in the The range of movement in the first state;
    所述核心网设备接收所述AN设备发送的包含所述第二范围信息的消息;Receiving, by the core network device, a message that is sent by the AN device and includes the second range information;
    所述核心网设备从所述消息中确定所述第二范围信息。The core network device determines the second range information from the message.
  104. 根据权利要求102所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 102, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述核心网设备接收所述UE发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。Receiving, by the core network device, a third message sent by the UE, the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter a second state, or the third message is used to notify the core The network device, the UE leaving the second range.
  105. 根据权利要求103或104所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所 述移动模式包括移动频度或移动范围;The method according to claim 103 or 104, wherein the first information comprises mobile mode information, and the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE, The movement mode includes a movement frequency or a movement range;
    其中,所述核心网设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息,包括:The determining, by the core network device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information, including:
    所述核心网设备根据所述移动模式信息,确定所述UE的移动模式;Determining, by the core network device, a mobile mode of the UE according to the mobility mode information;
    其中,所述参数信息包括用于指示所述核心网设备确定的所述UE的移动模式的信息。The parameter information includes information used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE determined by the core network device.
  106. 根据权利要求103或104所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The method according to claim 103 or 104, wherein the first information comprises traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE.
  107. 根据权利要求103至106中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述核心网设备接收用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备发送的第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 103 to 106, wherein before the core network device receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE through the access network AN device, the method further includes:
    所述核心网设备接收所述UE发送的注册消息,所述注册消息中携带用于指示所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;Receiving, by the core network device, a registration message sent by the UE, where the registration message carries information used to indicate that the UE supports the first state;
    所述核心网设备向所述UE发送注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网实体支持所述第一状态的信息。The core network device sends a registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries information that the core network entity supports the first state.
  108. 根据权利要求96至107中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。The method according to any one of claims 96 to 107, wherein the first state comprises: location tracking of an AN level; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connected state; or, the suspended state; or The connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  109. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:
    接入网AN设备接收UE发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;The access network AN device receives the first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request to enter the first state, where the first message includes first information, and the first information is used by the AN device to determine Determining parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    所述AN设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;Determining, by the AN device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information;
    所述AN设备向所述UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。The AN device sends a second message to the UE, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  110. 根据权利要求109所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。 The method according to claim 109, wherein the first information comprises first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  111. 根据权利要求110所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The method according to claim 110, wherein the first range information comprises a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information comprises that the UE is in the first A list of location locations for the status.
  112. 根据权利要求110或111所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,所述第一时间段信息用于指示所述UE处于所述第一范围的时间段;The method according to claim 110 or 111, wherein the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first range of time ;
    其中,所述AN设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息,包括:The determining, by the AN device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information, including:
    所述AN设备根据所述第一时间段信息,确定第二时间段信息,所述第二时间段信息用于指示所述AN确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态的时间段。The second device determines the second time period information according to the first time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate a time period that the UE determined by the AN is in the first state.
  113. 根据权利要求110至112中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述AN设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 110 to 112, wherein the determining, by the AN device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information comprises:
    所述AN设备根据所述第一信息,确定第二范围信息,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。The second device determines the second range information according to the first information, where the second range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE is in the first state determined by the AN device.
  114. 根据权利要求113所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 113, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述AN设备接收所述UE发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述AN设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。Receiving, by the AN device, a third message sent by the UE, the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter a second state, or the third message is used to notify the AN device The UE leaves the second range.
  115. 根据权利要求109至114中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括移动频度或移动范围;The method according to any one of claims 109 to 114, wherein the first information comprises mobile mode information, the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode comprises a mobile Frequency or range of motion;
    其中,所述AN设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息,包括:The determining, by the AN device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information, including:
    所述AN设备根据所述移动模式信息,确定所述UE的移动模式;Determining, by the AN device, a mobile mode of the UE according to the mobility mode information;
    其中,所述参数信息包括用于指示所述AN设备确定的所述UE的移动模式的信息。The parameter information includes information used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE determined by the AN device.
  116. 根据权利要求109至115中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The method according to any one of claims 109 to 115, wherein the first information comprises traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe data transmission and reception frequency of the UE.
  117. 根据权利要求109至116中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在 所述接入网AN设备接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:A method according to any one of claims 109 to 116, characterized in that Before the access network AN device receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE, the method further includes:
    所述AN设备接收所述UE发送的注册消息,并向核心网设备转发所述注册消息,所述注册消息中携带所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;Receiving, by the AN device, the registration message sent by the UE, and forwarding the registration message to the core network device, where the registration message carries information that the UE supports the first state;
    所述AN设备接收所述核心网设备发送的注册响应消息,并向所述UE转发所述注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The AN device receives the registration response message sent by the core network device, and forwards the registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  118. 根据权利要求109至117中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。The method according to any one of claims 109 to 117, wherein the first state comprises: AN-level location tracking; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or the suspended state; Alternatively, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  119. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:
    接入网AN设备接收核心网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;The access network AN device receives the first message sent by the core network device, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine that the UE is used in the first state. Parameter information;
    所述AN设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;Determining, by the AN device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information;
    所述AN设备向所述UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。The AN device sends a second message to the UE, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  120. 根据权利要求119所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The method according to claim 119, wherein the first information comprises first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  121. 根据权利要求120所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The method according to claim 120, wherein the first range information comprises a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information comprises that the UE is in the first A list of location locations for the status.
  122. 根据权利要求120或121所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,所述第一时间段信息用于指示所述UE处于所述第一范围的时间段;The method according to claim 120 or 121, wherein the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range ;
    其中,所述AN设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息,包括:The determining, by the AN device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information, including:
    所述AN设备根据所述第一时间段信息,确定第二时间段信息,所述第 二时间段信息用于指示所述AN确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态的时间段。Determining, by the AN device, the second time period information according to the first time period information, where the The two time period information is used to indicate a time period in which the UE determined by the AN is in the first state.
  123. 根据权利要求120至122中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述AN设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 120 to 122, wherein the determining, by the AN device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information comprises:
    所述AN设备根据所述第一信息,确定第二范围信息,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。The second device determines the second range information according to the first information, where the second range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE is in the first state determined by the AN device.
  124. 根据权利要求123所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 123, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述AN设备接收所述UE或所述核心网设备发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述AN设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。Receiving, by the AN device, a third message sent by the UE or the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter a second state, or the third message is used by Informing the AN device that the UE leaves the second range.
  125. 根据权利要求119至124中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括移动频度或移动范围;The method according to any one of claims 119 to 124, wherein the first information comprises mobile mode information, the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode comprises a mobile Frequency or range of motion;
    其中,所述AN设备根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息,包括:The determining, by the AN device, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information, including:
    所述AN设备根据所述移动模式信息,确定所述UE的移动模式;Determining, by the AN device, a mobile mode of the UE according to the mobility mode information;
    其中,所述参数信息包括用于指示所述AN设备确定的所述UE的移动模式的信息。The parameter information includes information used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE determined by the AN device.
  126. 根据权利要求119至125中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The method according to any one of claims 119 to 125, wherein the first information includes traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe data transmission and reception frequency of the UE.
  127. 根据权利要求119至125中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述接入网AN设备接收核心网设备发送的第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 119 to 125, wherein before the access network AN device receives the first message sent by the core network device, the method further includes:
    所述AN设备接收所述UE发送的注册消息,并向核心网设备转发所述注册消息,所述注册消息中携带所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;Receiving, by the AN device, the registration message sent by the UE, and forwarding the registration message to the core network device, where the registration message carries information that the UE supports the first state;
    所述AN设备接收所述核心网设备发送的注册响应消息,并向所述UE转发所述注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The AN device receives the registration response message sent by the core network device, and forwards the registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  128. 根据权利要求119至127中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接 态,RRC去激活连接态。The method according to any one of claims 119 to 127, wherein the first state comprises: AN-level location tracking; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or the suspended state; Or, the connection management CM long connection state; or, CM connection State, RRC deactivates the connected state.
  129. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment (UE), comprising:
    发送单元,用于通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,其中,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述核心网设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;a sending unit, configured to send a first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first The information is used by the core network device to determine parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    接收单元,用于接收所述核心网设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述参数信息。And a receiving unit, configured to receive a second message sent by the core network device, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  130. 根据权利要求129所述的UE,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于:The UE according to claim 129, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    当所述UE进入所述第一状态时,停止向所述核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。When the UE enters the first state, stopping sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
  131. 根据权利要求129或130所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The UE according to claim 129 or 130, wherein the first information includes first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  132. 根据权利要求131所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The UE according to claim 131, wherein the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes that the UE is in the first A list of location locations for the status.
  133. 根据权利要求131或132所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The UE according to claim 131 or 132, wherein the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is based on the The historical movement information of the UE is determined according to a time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  134. 根据权利要求129至133中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述UE还包括:The UE according to any one of claims 129 to 133, wherein the UE further comprises:
    确定单元,用于确定所述UE进入所述第一移动范围信息所指示的第一移动范围。And a determining unit, configured to determine, by the UE, the first moving range indicated by the first moving range information.
  135. 根据权利要求131至134中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,所述第一时间段信息用于指示所述UE处于所述第一范围的时间段。The UE according to any one of claims 131 to 134, wherein the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first The time period of the range.
  136. 根据权利要求131至135中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述参数信息包括第二范围信息,其中,所述第二范围信息是所述AN或所述核心网设备根据所述第一范围信息确定的,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述 AN或所述核心网设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。The UE according to any one of claims 131 to 135, wherein the parameter information includes second range information, wherein the second range information is the AN or the core network device according to the Determined by the first range information, the second range information is used to identify the The range of motion when the UE or the core network device determines that the UE is in the first state.
  137. 根据权利要求136所述的UE,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于:The UE according to claim 136, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    当所述UE判断所述UE移动出所述第二范围信息标识的范围时,向所述核心网设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。When the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second range information identifier, sends a third message to the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter The second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device, the UE leaving the second range.
  138. 根据权利要求129至137中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括所述UE的移动频度或移动范围。The UE according to any one of claims 129 to 137, wherein the first information includes mobility mode information, the mobility mode information is used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE, and the mobility mode includes The moving frequency or moving range of the UE.
  139. 根据权利要求138所述的UE,其特征在于,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The UE according to claim 138, wherein the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves information according to historical history of the UE. Determined by a time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  140. 根据权利要求130至139中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The UE according to any one of claims 130 to 139, wherein the first information includes traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe data transmission and reception frequency of the UE.
  141. 根据权利要求130至140中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,在所述发送单元通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息之前,所述发送单元还用于:The UE according to any one of claims 130 to 140, wherein before the sending unit sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, the sending unit is further configured to:
    向所述核心网设备发送注册消息,所述注册消息中携带用于指示所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;Sending a registration message to the core network device, where the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state;
    其中,所述接收单元用于:接收所述核心网设备发送的注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The receiving unit is configured to: receive a registration response message sent by the core network device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  142. 根据权利要求130至141中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。The UE according to any one of claims 130 to 141, wherein the first state comprises: AN-level location tracking; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connected state; or, the suspended state; or The connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  143. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment (UE), comprising:
    发送单元,用于向接入网AN设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;a sending unit, configured to send a first message to the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, and the first information is used by the AN The device determines parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    接收单元,用于接收所述AN设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包 含所述参数信息。a receiving unit, configured to receive a second message sent by the AN device, where the second message is encapsulated Contains the parameter information.
  144. 根据权利要求143所述的UE,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于:The UE according to claim 143, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    当所述UE进入所述第一状态时,停止向所述AN设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。When the UE enters the first state, stopping sending a periodic location update request message to the AN device.
  145. 根据权利要求143或144所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The UE according to claim 143 or 144, wherein the first information includes first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  146. 根据权利要求145所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The UE according to claim 145, wherein the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes that the UE is in the first A list of location locations for the status.
  147. 根据权利要求145或146所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The UE according to claim 145 or 146, wherein the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is that the UE is based on The historical movement information of the UE is determined according to a time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  148. 根据权利要求145至147中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述UE还包括确定单元;The UE according to any one of claims 145 to 147, wherein the UE further comprises a determining unit;
    所述确定单元,用于确定所述UE进入所述第一移动范围信息所指示的第一移动范围。The determining unit is configured to determine that the UE enters a first moving range indicated by the first moving range information.
  149. 根据权利要求145至148中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述参数信息包括第二范围信息,其中,所述第二范围信息是所述AN设备根据所述第一范围信息确定的,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。The UE according to any one of claims 145 to 148, wherein the parameter information includes second range information, wherein the second range information is determined by the AN device according to the first range information. The second range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE is in the first state determined by the AN device.
  150. 根据权利要求149所述的UE,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于:The UE according to claim 149, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    当所述UE判断所述UE移动出所述第二范围信息标识的范围时,向所述核心网设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述AN设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。When the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second range information identifier, sends a third message to the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter The second state, or the third message is used to notify the AN device, the UE leaving the second range.
  151. 根据权利要求143至150中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括所述UE的移动频度或移动范围。The UE according to any one of claims 143 to 150, wherein the first information includes mobility mode information, and the mobility mode information is used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE, where the mobility mode includes The moving frequency or moving range of the UE.
  152. 根据权利要求151所述的UE,其特征在于,所述移动模式是所述 UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The UE according to claim 151, wherein said moving mode is said The UE is determined according to the historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to the historical mobility information of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical mobility information.
  153. 根据权利要求143至152中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The UE according to any one of claims 143 to 152, wherein the first information includes traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe data transmission and reception frequency of the UE.
  154. 根据权利要求143至152中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,在所述发送单元向AN设备发送第一消息之前,所述发送单元还用于:The UE according to any one of claims 143 to 152, wherein before the sending unit sends the first message to the AN device, the sending unit is further configured to:
    通过所述AN设备向核心网设备发送注册消息,所述注册消息中携带所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;Transmitting, by the AN device, a registration message to the core network device, where the registration message carries information that the UE supports the first state;
    其中,所述接收单元还用于:接收所述核心网设备通过所述AN设备发送的注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The receiving unit is further configured to: receive a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  155. 根据权利要求143至154中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,在所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。The UE according to any one of claims 143 to 154, wherein the first state comprises: AN-level location tracking; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or the suspended state; Alternatively, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  156. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment (UE), comprising:
    发送单元,用于通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;a sending unit, configured to send, by using an access network AN device, a first message to a core network device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, and the first information is used by Determining, by the AN device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    接收单元,用于接收所述AN设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。a receiving unit, configured to receive a second message sent by the AN device, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  157. 根据权利要求156所述的UE,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于:The UE according to claim 156, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    当所述UE进入所述第一状态时,停止向所述核心网设备发送周期性的位置更新请求消息。When the UE enters the first state, stopping sending a periodic location update request message to the core network device.
  158. 根据权利要求156或157所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The UE according to claim 156 or 157, wherein the first information includes first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  159. 根据权利要求158所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。 The UE according to claim 158, wherein the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes that the UE is in the first A list of location locations for the status.
  160. 根据权利要求158或159所述的UE,其特征在于,所述所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The UE according to claim 158 or 159, wherein the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical mobile information of the UE, or the first range information is the UE. And determining according to the historical movement information of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  161. 根据权利要求158至160中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述UE还包括:The UE according to any one of claims 158 to 160, wherein the UE further comprises:
    确定单元,用于确定所述UE进入所述第一移动范围信息所述指示的第一移动范围。And a determining unit, configured to determine, by the UE, the first moving range of the indication that the first moving range information is entered.
  162. 根据权利要求158至161中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述参数信息包括第二范围信息,其中,所述第二范围信息是所述AN或核心网设备根据所述第一范围信息确定的,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN或所述核心网设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。The UE according to any one of claims 158 to 161, wherein the parameter information includes second range information, wherein the second range information is that the AN or core network device is according to the first And determining, by the range information, the second range information is used to identify a range of movement when the UE or the core network device determines that the UE is in the first state.
  163. 根据权利要求162所述的UE,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于:The UE according to claim 162, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    当所述UE判断所述UE移动出所述第二范围信息标识的范围时,向所述核心网设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围信息标识的范围。When the UE determines that the UE moves out of the range of the second range information identifier, sends a third message to the core network device, where the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter The second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device, where the UE leaves the range of the second range information identifier.
  164. 根据权利要求156至163中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括移动频度或移动范围。The UE according to any one of claims 156 to 163, wherein the first information comprises mobile mode information, the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode comprises a mobile Frequency or range of motion.
  165. 根据权利要求164所述的UE,其特征在于,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所述移动模式是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The UE according to claim 164, wherein the mobility mode is determined by the UE according to historical mobility information of the UE, or the mobility mode is that the UE moves information according to historical history of the UE. Determined by a time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  166. 根据权利要求164或165所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The UE according to claim 164 or 165, wherein the first information includes traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe data transmission and reception frequency of the UE.
  167. 根据权利要求166所述的UE,其特征在于,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE当前运行的应用确定的,或,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史业务量确定的,或,所述业务量信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史业务量和所述历史业务量对应的时间周期确定的。The UE according to claim 166, wherein the traffic information is determined by the UE according to an application currently running by the UE, or the traffic information is a history of the UE according to the UE. The traffic volume is determined, or the traffic information is determined by the UE according to a historical traffic volume of the UE and a time period corresponding to the historical traffic volume.
  168. 根据权利要求164至167中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,在发 送单元通过接入网AN设备向核心网设备发送第一消息之前,所述发送单元还用于:The UE according to any one of claims 164 to 167, characterized in that Before the sending unit sends the first message to the core network device by using the access network AN device, the sending unit is further configured to:
    通过所述AN设备向所述核心网设备发送注册消息,所述注册消息中携带所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;Sending, by the AN device, a registration message to the core network device, where the registration message carries information that the UE supports the first state;
    所述接收单元,还用于接收所述核心网设备通过所述AN设备发送的注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The receiving unit is further configured to receive a registration response message sent by the core network device by using the AN device, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  169. 根据权利要求164至168中任一项所述的UE,其特征在于,在所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。The UE according to any one of claims 164 to 168, wherein the first state includes: AN-level location tracking; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connected state; or, the suspended state; Alternatively, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  170. 一种核心网设备,其特征在于,包括:A core network device, comprising:
    接收单元:接收用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,其中,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述核心网设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;a receiving unit: receiving a first message sent by the user equipment UE by using the access network AN device, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, the first information Determining, by the core network device, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    确定单元:用于根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    发送单元:用于向所述UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述参数信息。The sending unit is configured to send a second message to the UE, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  171. 根据权利要求170所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The core network device according to claim 170, wherein the first information includes first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  172. 根据权利要求171所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The core network device according to claim 171, wherein the first information includes first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  173. 根据权利要求172所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The core network device according to claim 172, wherein the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes that the UE is in the A list of location areas for the first state.
  174. 根据权利要求172或173所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述所述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息确定的,或,所 述第一范围信息是所述UE根据所述UE的历史移动信息和所述历史移动信息对应的时间段确定的。The core network device according to claim 172 or 173, wherein the first range information is determined by the UE according to historical movement information of the UE, or The first range information is determined by the UE according to the historical movement information of the UE and the time period corresponding to the historical movement information.
  175. 根据权利要求172至174中任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,所述第一时间段信息用于指示所述UE处于所述第一范围的时间段;The core network device according to any one of claims 172 to 174, wherein the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the The time period of the first range;
    其中,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元具体用于:The determining unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first information, the parameter information that is used by the UE in the first state:
    根据所述第一时间段信息,确定第二时间段信息,所述第二时间段信息用于指示所述确定单元确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态的时间段。And determining, according to the first time period information, the second time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate a time period that the determining unit determines that the UE is in the first state.
  176. 根据权利要求172至175中任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元具体用于:The core network device according to any one of claims 172 to 175, wherein the determining unit is configured to determine parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information. Specifically used for:
    根据所述第一范围信息,确定第二范围信息,所述第二范围信息用于指示所述确定单元确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。Determining, according to the first range information, second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate a range of movement when the UE determined by the determining unit is in the first state.
  177. 根据权利要求172至176中任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述发送单元用于:向所述AN设备发送所述第一范围信息,以使所述AN设备确定第二范围信息,所述第二范围信息用于指示所述AN设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围;The core network device according to any one of claims 172 to 176, wherein the transmitting unit determines the parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information. And configured to: send the first range information to the AN device, so that the AN device determines second range information, where the second range information is used to indicate that the UE determined by the AN device is in the first The range of movement in a state;
    所述接收单元,用于接收所述AN设备发送的包含所述第二范围信息的消息;The receiving unit is configured to receive a message that is sent by the AN device and includes the second range information;
    所述确定单元,用于从所述消息中确定所述第二范围信息。The determining unit is configured to determine the second range information from the message.
  178. 根据权利要求177所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述接收单元还用于:The core network device according to claim 177, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述核心网设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。Receiving a third message sent by the UE, the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter a second state, or the third message is used to notify the core network device, The UE leaves the second range.
  179. 根据权利要求170至178中任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括所述UE的移动频道或移动范围;The core network device according to any one of claims 170 to 178, wherein the first information includes mobile mode information, the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode Including the mobile channel or mobile range of the UE;
    其中,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参 数信息方面,所述确定单元具体用于:Determining, according to the first information, a parameter used by the UE in the first state. In terms of number information, the determining unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述移动模式信息,确定所述UE的移动模式;Determining a mobility mode of the UE according to the mobility mode information;
    其中,所述参数信息包括用于指示所述确定单元确定的所述UE的移动模式的信息。The parameter information includes information used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE determined by the determining unit.
  180. 根据权利要求170至179中任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The core network device according to any one of claims 170 to 179, wherein the first information includes traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe data transmission and reception of the UE frequently. degree.
  181. 根据权利要求170至180中任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,在所述接收单元接收用户设备UE通过接入网AN设备发送的第一消息之前,所述接收单元还用于:The core network device according to any one of claims 170 to 180, wherein the receiving unit is further used before the receiving unit receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE through the access network AN device. :
    接收所述UE发送的注册消息,所述注册消息中携带用于指示所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;Receiving a registration message sent by the UE, where the registration message carries information indicating that the UE supports the first state;
    其中,所述发送单元还用于:向所述UE发送注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网实体支持所述第一状态的信息。The sending unit is further configured to: send a registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries information that the core network entity supports the first state.
  182. 根据权利要求170至181中任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。The core network device according to any one of claims 170 to 181, wherein the first state comprises: AN-level location tracking; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state Or, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  183. 一种接入网AN设备,其特征在于,包括:An access network AN device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收UE发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求进入第一状态,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive a first message sent by the UE, where the first message is used to request to enter a first state, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine Determining parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    确定单元,用于根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    发送单元,用于向所述UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。And a sending unit, configured to send a second message to the UE, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  184. 根据权利要求183所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The AN device according to claim 183, wherein the first information includes first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  185. 根据权利要求184所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包 括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The AN device according to claim 184, wherein the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information packet A list of location areas in which the UE is in the first state.
  186. 根据权利要求184或185所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,所述第一时间段信息用于指示所述UE处于所述第一范围的时间段;The AN device according to claim 184 or 185, wherein the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range. segment;
    其中,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元具体用于:The determining unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first information, the parameter information that is used by the UE in the first state:
    根据所述第一时间段信息,确定第二时间段信息,所述第二时间段信息用于指示所述AN确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态的时间段。Determining, according to the first time period information, second time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate a period of time that the UE determined by the AN is in the first state.
  187. 根据权利要求184至186中任一项所述的AN设备,其特征在于,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元具体用于:The AN device according to any one of claims 184 to 186, wherein, in determining parameter information used by the UE in the first state according to the first information, the determining unit is specific Used for:
    根据所述第一信息,确定第二范围信息,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。Determining, according to the first information, second range information, where the second range information is used to identify a range of motion when the UE determined by the AN device is in the first state.
  188. 根据权利要求187所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述接收单元还用于:The AN device according to claim 187, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述AN设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。Receiving a third message sent by the UE, the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter a second state, or the third message is used to notify the AN device, the UE Leave the second range.
  189. 根据权利要求183至188中任一项所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括所述UE的移动频度或移动范围;The AN device according to any one of claims 183 to 188, wherein the first information includes mobile mode information, the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobile mode of the UE, and the mobile mode includes The frequency of movement or the range of movement of the UE;
    其中,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元具体用于:The determining unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first information, the parameter information that is used by the UE in the first state:
    根据所述移动模式信息,确定所述UE的移动模式;Determining a mobility mode of the UE according to the mobility mode information;
    其中,所述参数信息包括用于指示所述确定单元确定的所述UE的移动模式的信息。The parameter information includes information used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE determined by the determining unit.
  190. 根据权利要求183至189中任一项所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The AN device according to any one of claims 183 to 189, wherein the first information includes traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE. .
  191. 根据权利要求183至190中任一项所述的AN设备,其特征在于,在接收单元接收用户设备UE发送的第一消息之前,所述接收单元还用于: 接收所述UE发送的注册消息;所述发送单元还用于:核心网设备转发所述注册消息,所述注册消息中携带所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;The AN device according to any one of claims 183 to 190, wherein, before the receiving unit receives the first message sent by the user equipment UE, the receiving unit is further configured to: Receiving a registration message sent by the UE; the sending unit is further configured to: the core network device forwards the registration message, where the registration message carries information that the UE supports the first state;
    所述接收单元还用于:接收所述核心网设备发送的注册响应消息;所述发送单元还用于:向所述UE转发所述注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The receiving unit is further configured to: receive a registration response message sent by the core network device, where the sending unit is further configured to: forward the registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries the core network The device supports the information of the first state.
  192. 根据权利要求183至191中任一项所述的AN设备,其特征在于,在所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。The AN device according to any one of claims 183 to 191, wherein the first state comprises: AN-level location tracking; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connected state; or, the suspended state Or, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
  193. 一种接入网AN设备,其特征在于,包括:An access network AN device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收核心网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述AN设备确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive a first message sent by the core network device, where the first message includes first information, where the first information is used by the AN device to determine that the UE is used in the first state Parameter information;
    确定单元,用于根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息;a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the first information, parameter information used by the UE in the first state;
    发送单元,用于向所述UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包含所述参数信息。And a sending unit, configured to send a second message to the UE, where the second message includes the parameter information.
  194. 根据权利要求193所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一范围信息,所述第一范围信息用于标识所述UE处于所述第一状态的移动范围。The AN device according to claim 193, wherein the first information includes first range information, and the first range information is used to identify a moving range of the UE in the first state.
  195. 根据权利要求194所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的小区列表,或,所述第一范围信息包括所述UE处于所述第一状态的位置区列表。The AN device according to claim 194, wherein the first range information includes a cell list in which the UE is in the first state, or the first range information includes that the UE is in the first A list of location locations for a state.
  196. 根据权利要求194或195所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一时间段信息,所述第一时间段信息用于指示所述UE处于所述第一范围的时间段;The AN device according to claim 194 or 195, wherein the first information further includes first time period information, where the first time period information is used to indicate that the UE is in the first time range. segment;
    其中,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元具体用于:The determining unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first information, the parameter information that is used by the UE in the first state:
    根据所述第一时间段信息,确定第二时间段信息,所述第二时间段信息用于指示所述AN确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态的时间段。Determining, according to the first time period information, second time period information, where the second time period information is used to indicate a period of time that the UE determined by the AN is in the first state.
  197. 根据权利要求194至196中任一项所述的AN设备,其特征在于, 在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元具体用于:The AN device according to any one of claims 194 to 196, characterized in that And determining, according to the first information, the parameter information used by the UE in the first state, where the determining unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第一信息,确定第二范围信息,所述第二范围信息用于标识所述AN设备确定的所述UE处于所述第一状态时的移动范围。Determining, according to the first information, second range information, where the second range information is used to identify a range of motion when the UE determined by the AN device is in the first state.
  198. 根据权利要求197所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于:The AN device according to claim 197, wherein the sending unit is further configured to:
    接收所述UE或所述核心网设备发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求退出所述第一状态和/或进入第二状态,或,所述第三消息用于通知所述AN设备,所述UE离开所述第二范围。Receiving a third message sent by the UE or the core network device, the third message is used to request to exit the first state and/or enter a second state, or the third message is used to notify the An AN device, the UE leaving the second range.
  199. 根据权利要求193至198中任一项所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括移动模式信息,所述移动模式信息用于指示所述UE的移动模式,所述移动模式包括移动频度或移动范围;The AN device according to any one of claims 193 to 198, wherein the first information comprises mobile mode information, the mobile mode information is used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE, and the mobile mode comprises Moving frequency or moving range;
    其中,在根据所述第一信息,确定所述UE在所述第一状态所使用的参数信息方面,所述确定单元具体用于:The determining unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first information, the parameter information that is used by the UE in the first state:
    根据所述移动模式信息,确定所述UE的移动模式;Determining a mobility mode of the UE according to the mobility mode information;
    其中,所述参数信息包括用于指示所述AN设备确定的所述UE的移动模式的信息。The parameter information includes information used to indicate a mobility mode of the UE determined by the AN device.
  200. 根据权利要求193至199中任一项所述的AN设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述UE的业务量信息,所述业务量信息用于描述所述UE的数据收发频繁度。The AN device according to any one of claims 193 to 199, wherein the first information includes traffic information of the UE, and the traffic information is used to describe frequency of data transmission and reception of the UE. .
  201. 根据权利要求193至200中任一项所述的AN设备,其特征在于,在接收单元接收核心网设备发送的第一消息之前,所述接收单元还用于:The AN device according to any one of claims 193 to 200, wherein before the receiving unit receives the first message sent by the core network device, the receiving unit is further configured to:
    接收所述UE发送的注册消息,并向核心网设备转发所述注册消息,所述注册消息中携带所述UE支持所述第一状态的信息;Receiving the registration message sent by the UE, and forwarding the registration message to the core network device, where the registration message carries information that the UE supports the first state;
    接收所述核心网设备发送的注册响应消息;Receiving a registration response message sent by the core network device;
    所述发送单元,用于向所述UE转发所述注册响应消息,所述注册响应消息中携带所述核心网设备支持所述第一状态的信息。The sending unit is configured to forward the registration response message to the UE, where the registration response message carries information that the core network device supports the first state.
  202. 根据权利要求193至201中任一项所述的AN设备,其特征在于,在所述第一状态包括:AN级别的位置跟踪;或者,无线资源管理RRC去激活连接态;或者,挂起状态;或者,连接管理CM长连接态;或者,CM连接态,RRC去激活连接态。 The AN device according to any one of claims 193 to 201, wherein the first state comprises: AN-level location tracking; or, the radio resource management RRC deactivates the connection state; or, the suspended state Or, the connection manages the CM long connection state; or, the CM connection state, the RRC deactivates the connection state.
PCT/CN2016/096296 2016-07-04 2016-08-22 Method and device for transmitting data WO2018006480A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201680080741.2A CN108886822B (en) 2016-07-04 2016-08-22 Method and device for transmitting data

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CNPCT/CN2016/088432 2016-07-04
CN2016088432 2016-07-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018006480A1 true WO2018006480A1 (en) 2018-01-11

Family

ID=60901599

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/096296 WO2018006480A1 (en) 2016-07-04 2016-08-22 Method and device for transmitting data

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN108886822B (en)
WO (1) WO2018006480A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110602800A (en) * 2018-05-24 2019-12-20 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
US20220377541A1 (en) * 2020-02-06 2022-11-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Key Management Method and Communication Apparatus

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011023090A1 (en) * 2009-08-25 2011-03-03 华为技术有限公司 Method and equipment for femtocell processing paging on accessing scene
CN103906262A (en) * 2012-12-26 2014-07-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Bearer distribution method, user equipment, base station and service gateway
CN104023327A (en) * 2013-03-01 2014-09-03 电信科学技术研究院 Downlink data transmission method and device

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4172207B2 (en) * 2002-05-29 2008-10-29 日本電気株式会社 Radio access network apparatus and mobile communication system using the same
US8576795B2 (en) * 2007-03-16 2013-11-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for handoff between source and target access systems
EP2464022B1 (en) * 2010-12-08 2014-04-23 BlackBerry Limited Decoding tail-biting convolutional codes
CN104540241B (en) * 2011-01-10 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 The method for releasing and equipment of customer equipment context related resource
CN102612163A (en) * 2011-01-22 2012-07-25 华为技术有限公司 Bearing process method, bearing process device and bearing process system
KR101417256B1 (en) * 2011-04-05 2014-07-08 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting data and a user eqipment
CN103138957A (en) * 2011-11-22 2013-06-05 中国移动通信集团上海有限公司 Method, device and system for business path failback
WO2014069748A1 (en) * 2012-11-01 2014-05-08 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for managing ran resources in wireless communication system
CN103906152B (en) * 2012-12-24 2022-02-25 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method for supporting UE quick recovery
CN103929828A (en) * 2013-01-16 2014-07-16 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 RRC connection reconstruction enhancement method
CN103945560B (en) * 2013-01-17 2018-04-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for building up and system, base station, the gateway in small data transmission path
CN103945537A (en) * 2013-01-18 2014-07-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Radio resource management method, device and system
CN104144524B (en) * 2013-05-08 2018-05-11 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of small data transmission method and evolution base station and user terminal
WO2015144213A1 (en) * 2014-03-26 2015-10-01 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Methods and nodes for improved network signaling
EP3005757A1 (en) * 2013-05-29 2016-04-13 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Identifying a user equipment in a communication network
CN104349502B (en) * 2013-08-09 2019-07-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of wireless heterogeneous networks connection processing method, device and base station
KR102176923B1 (en) * 2013-12-04 2020-11-10 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for improving the quality of call services in mobile communication systems
CN105052116B (en) * 2013-12-20 2019-03-19 华为技术有限公司 Method, router and the location management entity of routing optimality
CN104812070B (en) * 2014-01-29 2020-03-27 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and equipment for maintaining and releasing UE (user Equipment) resources
CN105704753B (en) * 2014-11-26 2018-09-07 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of method carried out data transmission, system and equipment

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011023090A1 (en) * 2009-08-25 2011-03-03 华为技术有限公司 Method and equipment for femtocell processing paging on accessing scene
CN103906262A (en) * 2012-12-26 2014-07-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Bearer distribution method, user equipment, base station and service gateway
CN104023327A (en) * 2013-03-01 2014-09-03 电信科学技术研究院 Downlink data transmission method and device

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110602800A (en) * 2018-05-24 2019-12-20 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN110602800B (en) * 2018-05-24 2023-06-20 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
US20220377541A1 (en) * 2020-02-06 2022-11-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Key Management Method and Communication Apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108886822B (en) 2021-10-01
CN108886822A (en) 2018-11-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI713614B (en) Methods and apparatus for wireless communication using a security model to support multiple connectivity and service contexts
JP6227631B2 (en) Method and system for connectionless transmission between uplink and downlink of data packets
JP2020129826A (en) Wireless communication method and device
JP2014511168A (en) Mobile communication network and method
CN108307456B (en) Message identification method and device
CN109155915A (en) Communication means, network side equipment and user equipment
WO2020001141A1 (en) Signaling processing method, node and apparatus
WO2018006480A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting data
WO2017128306A1 (en) Communication method and equipment
US20240172176A1 (en) Managing downlink early data transmission
WO2023154445A1 (en) Managing radio configurations for a user equipment
US20230413372A1 (en) Early data communication with preconfigured resources
WO2023154401A1 (en) Managing radio configurations for small data transmission
CN108924826B (en) Data transmission control method and device
US20240188164A1 (en) Managing radio connections during early data commuinication via a distributed base station
US20240155726A1 (en) Managing data communication in a distributed base station
WO2023014932A2 (en) Communicating early and non-early data between a user device and a core network
EP4331317A1 (en) Early data communication with configured resources
EP4353029A1 (en) Managing paging for a user device
WO2023211982A1 (en) Managing positioning measurement for an inactive state
WO2023133236A1 (en) Managing small data communication
WO2023009781A1 (en) Managing radio functions in the inactive state
WO2023163996A1 (en) Delaying requests for resources related small data transmission
WO2023196631A1 (en) Managing small data transmission configuration parameters in idle mobility
WO2023196617A1 (en) Managing small data transmission configuration parameters

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16907984

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16907984

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1